GE XR6000 X-Ray - Service Manual

PioneerSM_ENG.
book
Page 1
Thursday, October 30, 2014
1:28 PM
GE Healthcare
gehealthcare.com
Technical
Publication
Direction 5275601-100
Revision 12
Copyright 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All

Rights Reserved
eitconcepts@gmail.com
GE Healthcare
Medical Diagnostic Radiography XR 6000
Service Manual
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 2
GE HEALTHCARE
DIRECTION 5275601-100, REVISION 12
1:28 PM
XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL
Page 2
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 3
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Legal Notes
TRADEMARKS
All other products and their name brands are the trademarks of their respective holders.
COPYRIGHTS
All Material, Copyright 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All rights reserved. The
material presented and contained herein may not be reproduced in any form or manner, without the
written permission of General Electric Company, Inc.
Legal Notes
Page 3
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 4
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
This page is intentionally left blank.
Page 4
Legal Notes
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 5
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Important Precautions
LANGUAGE
(BG)
.
,
,
.

.

,

.
(ZH-CN)
VSTRAHA
(CS)
TENTO PROVOZN NVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKM JAZYCE.

V PPAD, E EXTERN SLUBA ZKAZNKM POTEBUJE NVOD V
JINM JAZYCE, JE ZAJITN PEKLADU DO ODPOVDAJCHO JAZYKA
KOLEM ZKAZNKA.
NESNATE SE O DRBU TOHOTO ZAZEN, ANI BYSTE SI PEETLI
TENTO PROVOZN NVOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH.
V PPAD NEDODROVN TTO VSTRAHY ME DOJT K PORANN
PRACOVNKA PRODEJNHO SERVISU, OBSLUNHO PERSONLU NEBO
PACIENT VLIVEM ELEKTRICKHOP PROUDU, RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM
MECHANICKCH I JINCH RIZIK.
ADVARSEL
(DA)
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN P ENGELSK.

HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END
ENGELSK, ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT SRGE FOR OVERSTTELSE.
FORSG IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE
DENNE SERVICEMANUAL HAR VRET KONSULTERET OG ER FORSTET.
MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDFRE
SKADE P GRUND AF ELEKTRISK, MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR
TEKNIKEREN, OPERATREN ELLER PATIENTEN.
Page 5
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 6
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
WAARSCHUWING
(NL)
DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS

VERKRIJGBAAR.
ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST, DAN IS
DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN.
PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE
ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS.
INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD, ZOU HET
ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL, DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATINT GEWOND
KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK,
MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN.
WARNING
(EN)
(ET)
KESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.

KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA NUAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST
ERINEVAS KEELES, VASTUTAB KLIENT TLKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST.
RGE RITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT
KESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU
SAAMIST.
KESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE VIB PHJUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA,
OPERAATORI VI PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRILGI, MEHAANILISE
VI MUU OHU TAGAJRJEL.
VAROITUS
(FI)
TM HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.

JOS ASIAKKAAN HUOLTOHENKILST VAATII MUUTA KUIN
ENGLANNINKIELIST MATERIAALIA, TARVITTAVAN KNNKSEN
HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA.
L YRIT KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT
JA YMMRTNYT TMN HUOLTO-OHJEEN.
MIKLI TT VAROITUSTA EI NOUDATETA, SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA
HUOLTOHENKILSTN, LAITTEISTON KYTTJN TAI POTILAAN
VAHINGOITTUMINEN SHKISKUN, MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN
VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI.
Page 6
HOIATUS
THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

IF A CUSTOMERS SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE
OTHER THAN ENGLISH, IT IS THE CUSTOMERS RESPONSIBILITY TO
PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES.
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS
SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD.
FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE
SERVICE PROVIDER, OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC
SHOCK, MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 7
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
ATTENTION
(FR)
WARNUNG
(DE)
CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.

SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE
AUTRE LANGUE QUE LANGLAIS, CEST AU CLIENT QUIL INCOMBE
DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE.
NE PAS TENTER DINTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT
QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE NA PAS T CONSULT ET COMPRIS.
LE NON-RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRANER CHEZ
LE TECHNICIEN, LOPRATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES
DUES DES DANGERS LECTRIQUES, MCANIQUES OU AUTRES.
DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.

FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENTIGT,
IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN FR EINE ENTSPRECHENDE
BERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN.
VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DIESE ANLAGE ZU WARTEN,
OHNE DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG GELESEN UND VERSTANDEN ZU HABEN.
(EL)
.

,
.

.
,
,
,
.
FIGYELMEZTETS
(HU)
EZEN KARBANTARTSI KZIKNYV KIZRLAG ANGOL NYELVEN RHET

EL.
HA A VEV SZOLGLTATJA ANGOLTL ELTR NYELVRE TART IGNYT,
AKKOR A VEV FELELSSGE A FORDTS ELKSZTTETSE.
NE PRBLJA ELKEZDENI HASZNLNI A BERENDEZST, AMG A
KARBANTARTSI KZIKNYVBEN LERTAKAT NEM RTELMEZTK.
EZEN FIGYELMEZTETS FIGYELMEN KVL HAGYSA A SZOLGLTAT,
MKDTET VAGY A BETEG RAMTS, MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYB
VESZLYHELYZET MIATTI SRLST EREDMNYEZHETI.
Page 7
WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU

VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS, DES BEDIENERS ODER
DES PATIENTEN DURCH STROMSCHLGE, MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE
GEFAHREN KOMMEN.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 8
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
AVRUN
(IS)
ESSI JNUSTUHANDBK ER EINGNGU FANLEG ENSKU.

EF A JNUSTUVEITANDI VISKIPTAMANNS ARFNAST ANNAS
TUNGUMLS EN ENSKU, ER A SKYLDA VISKIPTAMANNS A SKAFFA
TUNGUMLAJNUSTU.
REYNI EKKI A AFGREIA TKI NEMA A ESSI JNUSTUHANDBK
HEFUR VERI SKOU OG SKILIN.
BROT SINNA ESSARI AVRUN GETUR LEITT TIL MEISLA
JNUSTUVEITANDA, STJRNANDA EA SJKLINGS FR RAFLOSTI,
VLRNU EA RUM HTTUM.
AVVERTENZA
(IT)

(JA)
Page 8
IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE

SOLTANTO IN INGLESE.
SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEMS
RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA, IL CLIENTE
TENUTO A PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE.
SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELLAPPARECCHIATURA
SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED
AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO.
IL NON RISPETTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR
COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALLADDETTO
ALLA MANUTENZIONE, ALLUTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER
FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA, PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI
RISCHI.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 9
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
(KO)
.
,
.
,
, .
BRDINJUMS
(LV)
APKALPES ROKASGRMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGU VALOD.

JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZJAM NEPIECIEAMA INFORMCIJA CIT
VALOD, NEVIS ANGU, KLIENTA PIENKUMS IR NODROINT
TULKOANU.
NEVEICIET APRKOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGRMATAS
IZLASANAS UN SAPRAANAS.
SPJIMAS
(LT)
IS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGL KALBA.

JEI KLIENTO PASLAUG TIEKJAS REIKALAUJA VADOVO KITA KALBA NE
ANGL, NUMATYTI VERTIMO PASLAUGAS YRA KLIENTO ATSAKOMYB.
NEMGINKITE ATLIKTI RANGOS TECHNINS PRIEIROS, NEBENT
ATSIVELGTE EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOV IR J SUPRATOTE.
JEI NEATKREIPSITE DMESIO PERSPJIM, GALIMI SUALOJIMAI DL
ELEKTROS OKO.
MECHANINI AR KIT PAVOJ PASLAUG TIEKJUI, OPERATORIUI AR
PACIENTUI.
ADVARSEL
(NO)
DENNE SERVICEHNDBOKEN FINNES BARE P ENGELSK.

HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDR TRENGER ET ANNET SPRK, ER
DET KUNDENS ANSVAR SRGE FOR OVERSETTELSE.
IKKE FORSK REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE
SERVICEHNDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORSTTT.
MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN FRE TIL AT
SERVICELEVERANDREN, OPERATREN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES P
GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK STT, MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER.
Page 9
BRDINJUMA NEIEVROANA VAR RADT ELEKTRISKS STRVAS

TRIECIENA, MEHNISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISTU TRAUMU APKALPES
SNIEDZJAM, OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 10
Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
OSTRZEENIE
(PL)
NINIEJSZY PODRCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JZYKU

ANGIELSKIM.
JELI DOSTAWCA USUG KLIENTA WYMAGA JZYKA INNEGO NI
ANGIELSKI, ZAPEWNIENIE USUGI TUMACZENIA JEST OBOWIZKIEM
KLIENTA.
NIE PRBOWA SERWISOWA WYPOSAENIA BEZ ZAPOZNANIA SI I
ZROZUMIENIA NINIEJSZEGO PODRCZNIKA SERWISOWEGO.
NIEZASTOSOWANIE SI DO TEGO OSTRZEENIA MOE SPOWODOWA
URAZY DOSTAWCY USUG, OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU
PORAENIA ELEKTRYCZNEGO, ZAGROENIA MECHANICZNEGO BD
INNEGO.
ATENO
(PT)
ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA S SE ENCONTRA DISPONVEL

EM INGLS.
SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIO DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA, QUE NO A
GEMS, SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA, DA
RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIOS DE
TRADUO.
O NO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANA

DO TCNICO, OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO A CHOQUES ELTRICOS,
MECNICOS OU OUTROS.
ATENIE
(RO)
ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI N LIMBA ENGLEZ.

DAC UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENI NECESIT O ALT
LIMB DECT CEA ENGLEZ, ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI S
FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE.
NU NCERCAI S REPARAI ECHIPAMENTUL DECT ULTERIOR
CONSULTRII I NELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE.
IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RNIREA
DEPANATORULUI, OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI N URMA
PERICOLELOR DE ELECTROCUTARE, MECANICE SAU DE ALT NATUR.
Page 10
NO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E

COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 11
GE HEALTHCARE
!
(RU)

.

, - ,
.

.

, ,
,
.
UPOZORNENIE
(SK)
TENTO NVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZCII LEN V ANGLITINE.

AK ZKAZNKOV POSKYTOVATE SLUIEB VYADUJE IN JAZYK AKO
ANGLITINU, POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATESKCH SLUIEB JE
ZODPOVEDNOSOU ZKAZNKA.
NEPOKAJTE SA O OBSLUHU ZARIADENIA SKR, AKO SI NEPRETATE
NVOD NA OBLUHU A NEPOROZUMIETE MU.
ATENCION
(ES)
ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.

SI ALGUN PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEMS SOLICITA UN IDIOMA
QUE NO SEA EL INGLES, ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN
SERVICIO DE TRADUCCION.
NO SE DEBERA DAR SERVICIO TECNICO AL EQUIPO,
SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO.
LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL
PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS, EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN
LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS ELCTRICAS, MECNICAS O DE
OTRA NATURALEZA.
Page 11
ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA ME VYSTI DO ZRANENIA

POSKYTOVATEA SLUIEB, OBSLUHUJCEJ OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA
ELEKTRICKM PRDOM, DO MECHANICKHO ALEBO INHO
NEBEZPEENSTVA.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 12
GE HEALTHCARE
VARNING
(SV)
DEN HR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGNGLIG P ENGELSKA.

OM EN KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPRK N
ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FR ATT TILLHANDAHLLA
VERSTTNINGSTJNSTER.
FRSK INTE UTFRA SERVICE P UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LST
OCH FRSTR DEN HR SERVICEHANDBOKEN.
OM DU INTE TAR HNSYN TILL DEN HR VARNINGEN KAN DET RESULTERA
I SKADOR P SERVICETEKNIKERN, OPERATREN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL
FLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STTAR, MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA
FAROR.
DKKAT
(TR)
BU SERVS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE NGLZCES MEVCUTTUR.

EER MTER TEKNSYEN BU KILAVUZU NGLZCE DIINDA BR BAKA
LSANDAN TALEP EDERSE, BUNU TERCME ETTRMEK MTERYE DER.
SERVS KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EKPMANLARA MDAHALE
ETMEYNZ.
Page 12
BU UYARIYA UYULMAMASI, ELEKTRK, MEKANK VEYA DER

TEHLKELERDEN DOLAYI TEKNSYEN, OPERATR VEYA HASTANIN
YARALANMASINA YOL AABLR.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 13
GE HEALTHCARE
DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION
All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery. If damage is apparent write Damage
In Shipment on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or signed
for by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent. Whether noted or concealed, damage
MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery, or in any event, within 14 days after
receipt, and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier. A transportation
company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period.
Call GEHC Global Parts 1-800-548-3366 and select option 8, immediately after damage is found.
At this time be ready to supply name of carrier, delivery date, consignee name, freight or express
bill number, item damaged and extent of damage.
Complete instructions regarding claim procedure are found in Section S of the Policy And
Procedures Bulletins.
14 July 1993
CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT
IMPORTANT...X-RAY PROTECTION
X-ray equipment, if not properly used, may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein
contained should be thoroughly read and understood by everyone who will use the equipment
before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.
Although this apparatus incorporates a high degree of protection against x-radiation other than the
useful beam, no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any
practical design compel the operator to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any
persons carelessly exposing themselves or others to radiation.
It is important that anyone having anything to do with x-radiation be properly trained and fully
acquainted with the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and
Measurements as published in NCRP Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont
Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814, and of the International Commission on
Radiation Protection, and of any other local authorities, and take adequate steps to protect against
injury.
The equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Healthcare
Group, its agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result
from improper use of the equipment.
Various protective materials and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices be used.
Page 13
All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared
for the equipment shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. In addition, electrical feeds
into the Power Distribution Unit shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors. Other
connections between pieces of electrical equipment, calibrations and testing shall be performed by
qualified GE Healthcare personnel. The products involved (and the accompanying electrical
installations) are highly sophisticated, and special engineering competence is required. In
performing all electrical work on these products, GE will use its own specially trained field
engineers. All of GEs electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the
applicable electrical codes.
The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel (i.e., GEs field engineers,
personnel of third-party service companies with equivalent training, or licensed electricians) to
perform electrical servicing on the equipment.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 14
GE HEALTHCARE
OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Customers, please contact your GE Sales or Service representatives.
GE personnel, please use the GEHC Complaint Record Process to report all omissions, errors, and
defects in this publication.
WARNINGS
Do not modify this equipment without authorization of the manufacturer. Upon request,
MANUFACTURER will provide circuit diagrams, component part lists, descriptions, calibration
instructions, or other information to assist service personnel to repair parts
Page 14
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 15
GE HEALTHCARE
Preface
Publication Conventions
Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating

information to a reader in a consistent manner. Conventions are used so that the reader can easily
recognize the actions or decisions that must be made. There are a number of character and
paragraph styles used in this publication to accomplish this task. Please become familiar with them
before proceeding forward.
Its important that you read and understand hazard statements, and not just ignore them.
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information
Proper product safety labeling allows a person to safely use or service a product. The format and
style for safety communications reflected in this publication represents the harmonization of IEC/
ISO 3864 and ANSI Z535 standards.
1.1
Hazard Messages
Any action that will, could or potentially cause personal injury will be preceded by the safety alert
symbol and an appropriate signal word. The safety alert symbol is the triangle with an exclamation
mark within it. Its always used next to the signal word to indicate the severity of the hazard.
Together, they are used to indicate a hazard exists.
Signal words describe the severity of possible human injures that may be encountered. The alert
symbol and signal word are placed immediately before any paragraph they affect. Safety
information includes:
1.) Signal Word - The seriousness level of the hazard.
2.) Symbol or Pictorial - The consequence of interaction with the hazard.
3.) Word Message:
a.) The nature of the hazard (i.e. the type of hazard)
b.) How to avoid the hazard.
The safety alert symbol is not used when an action can only cause equipment damage.
1.2
Text Format of Signal Words

DANGER - INDICATES AN IMMINENTLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF
NOT AVOIDED, WILL RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY. THIS SIGNAL
WORD IS LIMITED TO THE MOST EXTREME SITUATIONS.
WARNING - INDICATES A POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS SITUATION WHICH, IF NOT
AVOIDED, COULD RESULT IN DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY.
Caution - Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in
minor or moderate injury. It may also be used to alert against unsafe practices.
Preface - Publication Conventions
Page 15
Within this publication, different paragraph and character styles are used to indicated potential
hazards. Paragraph prefixes, such as hazard, caution, danger and warning, are used to identify
important safety information. Text (Hazard) styles are applied to the paragraph contents that are
applicable to each specific safety statement.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 16
GE HEALTHCARE
NOTICE - Indicates information or a company policy that relates directly or indirectly to the
safety of personnel or protection of property. This signal word is associated directly with a
hazard or hazardous situation and is used in place of 'DANGER,' 'WARNING,' or 'CAUTION.'
It can include:
1.3
Destruction of a disk drive
Potential for internal mechanical damage, such as to a X-ray tube
Symbols and Pictorials Used

The following Symbols and Pictorials are be used in this publication. These graphical icons
(symbols) may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could possibly cause
harm.
Page 16
magnetic
biohazard
compressgas
ppe-hearing
fragile
impact
corrosive
heavyobject
ppe-2people
static_elec
heat
general
laser
ppe-respitory
keep_dry
pinch
radiation
poisongas
ppe-loto
general
explosive
electrical
flammable
ppe-eye
torque
crush/mechanical
tipping
Read Manual
ppe-gloves
ce
instuction
poisonmatl
entanglement
instuction
SPECIAL NOTICES
Section 1.0 - Safety & Hazard Information
1.3.1
keep_up
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 17
GE HEALTHCARE
Dangerous Voltage. Indicates an avoidable dangerous high voltage hazard.

This symbol on the equipment means that the operating instructions should be consulted to assure
safe operation.
This symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed of as
unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately. Please contact an authorized
representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your
equipment.
Follow instructions for use.
1.3.2
X-ray Tube
X-ray emission. X-ray tube head is emitting X-rays. Take adequate precautions to prevent the
possibility of any persons carelessly, unwisely, or unknowingly exposing themselves or others to
radiation.
Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of a small focal spot or the connection
for the corresponding filament.
1.3.3
Power ON and OFF

Power ON switch or switch position that applies mains voltage. Indicated connection to the mains
for all mains switches or their positions. This symbol is used in all cases where safety is involved.
Power OFF switch or switch positions that removes mains voltage. Indicated disconnection from
the mains for all mains switches or their positions. This symbol is used in all cases where safety is
involved.
1.3.4
Electrical Type
Type B Equipment. Equipment providing a particular degree of protection again electrical shock
regarding leakage current and protective grounding per IEC 60601-1.
1.3.5
Electrical Current
Alternating Current. Indicates equipment that is suitable for alternating current only.
Direct Current. Indicates equipment that is suitable for direct current only.
1.3.6
Collimator
Control for indicating radiation field by using light.
Page 17
Identifies controls or indicators associated with the selection of a large focal spot or the connection
for the corresponding filament.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 18
GE HEALTHCARE
1.3.7
Ground
Functional Earth (ground) Terminal. Terminal directly connected to a point of a measuring supply
or control circuit or to a screening part which is intended to be earthen for functional purposes.
Protective Earth (ground). Identifies any terminal that is intended for connection of an external
protective conductor to protect against electrical shock in case of a fault.
Section 2.0
Publication Conventions
2.1
General Paragraph and Character Styles

Prefixes are used to highlight important non-safety related information. Paragraph prefixes (such
as Purpose, Example, Comment or Note) are used to identify important but non-safety related
information. Text styles are also applied to text within each paragraph modified by the specific
prefix.
EXAMPLES OF PREFIXES USED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION:
Note:
Example:
Comment:
Page 18
Conveys information that should be considered important to the reader.

Used to make the reader aware that the paragraph(s) that follow are examples of information
possibly stated previously.
Represents additional information that may or may not be relevant to your situation.
Section 2.0 - Publication Conventions
Purpose: Introduces and provides meaning as to the information contained within the chapter,
section or subsection (such as used at the beginning this chapter, for example).
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 19
GE HEALTHCARE
2.2
Page Layout
Publication Part Number & Revision Number
The current section and its title

are always shown in the footer of
the left (even) page.
Paragraphs preceeded by Alphanumeric

characters (e.g. numbers) contain information that must be followed in a specific order.
The current chapter and its title

are always shown in the footer of
the right (odd) page.
Paragraphs preceeded by a symbol
(e.g. bullets) contain information that
has no specific order.
Headers and footers in this publication are designed to allow you to quickly identify your location.
The document part number and revision number appears in every header on every page. Odd
numbered page footers indicate the current chapter, its title and current page number. Even page
footers show the current section and its title, as well as the current page number.
2.3
Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles

Within this publication, mono-spaced character styles (fonts) are used to indicate computer text
thats either screen input and output. Mono-spaced fonts, such courier, are used to indicated text
direction. When you type at your keyboard, you are generating computer input. Occasionally you
will see the math operator greater-than and less-than symbols used to indicate the start and
finish of variable output. When reading text generated by the computer, you are reading it as
computer generated output. In addition to direction, characters are italicized (e.g. italics) to indicate
information specific to your system or site.
Example: Fixed
Output
This paragraphs font represents computer generated screen fixed output.

Its output is fixed from the sense that it does not vary from application
to application. Its the most commonly used style used to indicate
filenames, paths and text that do not change from system to system. The
character style used is a fixed width such as courier.
Example:
Variable Output
This paragraphs font represents computer screen output that is

variable. Its used to represent output that varies from application to
application or system to system. Variable output is sometimes found placed
between greater-than and less-than operators for clarification. For
example: <variable_ouput> or <3.45.120.3>. In both cases, the < and >
operators are not part of the actual input.
Page 19
An exclamation point in a triangle is used

to indicate important information to the user.
Publication Title
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 20
GE HEALTHCARE
Example: Fixed
Input
This paragraphs font represents fixed input. Its computer input that is
typed-in via the keyboard. Typed input that does not vary from application
to application or system to system. Fixed text the user is required to
supply as input. For example: cd /usr/3p
Example:
Variable Input
This paragraphs font represents computer input that can vary from
application to application or system to system. With variable text, the
user is required to supply system dependent input or information. Variable
input sometimes is placed between greater-than and less-than operators.
For example: <variable_input>. In these cases, the (<>) operators would
be dropped prior to input. For example: ypcat hosts | grep <3.45.120.3>
would be typed into the computer as:
ypcat hosts | grep 3.45.120.3
without the greater-than and less-than operators.
2.4
Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys)

Different character styles are used to indicate actions requiring the reader to press either a hard or
soft button, switch or key. Physical hardware, such as buttons and switches, are called hard keys
because they are hard wired or mechanical in nature. A keyboard or on/off switch would be a hard
key. Software or computer generated buttons are called soft keys because they are software
generated. Software driven menu buttons are an example of such keys. Soft and hard keys are
represented differently in this publication.
A power switch ON/OFF or a keyboard key like ENTER is indicated by applying a character style
that uses both over and under-lined bold text that is bold. This is a hard key.
Example: Soft
Keys
Whereas the computer MENU button that you would click with your mouse or touch with your hand
uses over and under-lined regular text. This is a soft key.
Page 20
Section 2.0 - Publication Conventions
Example: Hard
Keys
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 21
GE HEALTHCARE
Table of Contents
3
5
Preface
Publication Conventions ...................................................................................... 15
Section 1.0
Safety & Hazard Information ........................................................................... 15
1.1
1.2
1.3
15
15
16
16
17
17
17
17
17
18
Section 2.0
Publication Conventions ................................................................................. 18
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
General Paragraph and Character Styles........................................................................

Page Layout.....................................................................................................................
Computer Screen Output/Input Text Character Styles ....................................................
Buttons, Switches and Keyboard Inputs (Hard & Soft Keys) ...........................................
18
19
19
20
Chapter 1 - Before You Begin............................................................................... 37

Section 1.0
Introduction ...................................................................................................... 37
Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual............................................................... 37
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
Pre-Installation Check......................................................................................................
Installation Plan ...............................................................................................................
Interconnection ................................................................................................................
Presentation.....................................................................................................................
37
37
37
38
Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements...................................................................................... 38
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
EMC Requirements .........................................................................................................

Tools and Test Equipment...............................................................................................
Documentation.................................................................................................................
Audio and Visual..............................................................................................................
38
38
38
39
Section 4.0
Description of System ..................................................................................... 39
Table of Contents
Page 21
Hazard Messages............................................................................................................
Text Format of Signal Words ...........................................................................................
Symbols and Pictorials Used ...........................................................................................
1.3.1 SPECIAL NOTICES............................................................................................
1.3.2 X-ray Tube ..........................................................................................................
1.3.3 Power ON and OFF ............................................................................................
1.3.4 Electrical Type ....................................................................................................
1.3.5 Electrical Current ................................................................................................
1.3.6 Collimator............................................................................................................
1.3.7 Ground................................................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 22
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation .......................................................................... 41

Section 1.0
System Installation Guide................................................................................ 41
Section 2.0
Installation Checklist........................................................................................ 44
Section 3.0
Before You Begin.............................................................................................. 48
Section 4.0
Integrated Table ................................................................................................ 49
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
49
49
57
62
62
64
69
72
82
83
84
85
88
89
94
97
98
Section 5.0
System Console................................................................................................ 99
5.1
5.2
Without Console Stand ................................................................................................... 99

With Console Stand ........................................................................................................ 99
Section 6.0
Collimator Alignment ..................................................................................... 101
Section 7.0DAP Meter Installation................................................................. 102
Section 8.0
Standard Wall Stand....................................................................................... 105
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
Unpacking .....................................................................................................................
Installation .....................................................................................................................
Cassette Tray................................................................................................................
Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)..................................................................................
8.4.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for standard wall stand ..............................
8.4.2 Install the Grid Only for standard wall stand ....................................................
8.4.3 Install both Ion chamber and grid.....................................................................
Counterweight ...............................................................................................................
105
108
111
111
112
115
116
120
Section 9.0
Final Cover Installation .................................................................................. 121
9.1
Page 22
Install Standard Tube Stand Covers ............................................................................. 121

Table of Contents
4.8
4.9
4.10
Radiography Table..........................................................................................................
4.1.1 Unpacking and Positioning.................................................................................
4.1.2 Installation ..........................................................................................................
Tube Stand......................................................................................................................
4.2.1 Unpacking ..........................................................................................................
4.2.2 Installation ..........................................................................................................
X-Ray Tube .....................................................................................................................
Control Box and Collimator .............................................................................................
Counterweight .................................................................................................................
Cassette Tray..................................................................................................................
Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)....................................................................................
4.7.1 Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for system with standard Integrated table ...
4.7.2 Install the Grid Only for system with standard Integrated table..........................
4.7.3 Install the Ion Chamber and Grid for system with advanced Integrated table....
Electrical Connections.....................................................................................................
Install Cabinet Tray .........................................................................................................
Table Top Installation and Leveling ................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 23
GE HEALTHCARE
9.2
9.3
Install Table Front Cover ............................................................................................... 124

Install Standard Wall Stand Covers ............................................................................... 124
Section 10.0
Labels and Rating Plates............................................................................... 125
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
System Console.............................................................................................................
Integrated Table.............................................................................................................
Cabinet ..........................................................................................................................
Wall Stand .....................................................................................................................
125
125
126
126
Section 11.0
Installation Checklist ..................................................................................... 128
Section 12.0
Regulatory Tests and Final Steps................................................................. 130
12.1
130
130
130
130
130
130
130
131
131
131
132
132
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration ............................................................. 135

Section 1.0
Configuration & Calibration List ................................................................... 135
Section 2.0
Configuration & Calibration Contents.......................................................... 135
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
System Configuration ....................................................................................................

X-Ray Tube Seasoning..................................................................................................
2.2.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
2.2.2 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Service Software User Guide ........................................................................................
2.3.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.3.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.3.3 Safety Precautions............................................................................................
2.3.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.3.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.3.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.3.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
2.3.7.1
Loading service software on service laptop ..................................
2.3.7.2
Using service software ..................................................................
2.3.7.3
Typical screen description.............................................................
Tube Configuration ........................................................................................................
2.4.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.4.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
Table of Contents
135
136
136
136
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
139
141
145
145
146
Page 23
12.2
AEC Tests......................................................................................................................
12.1.1 AEC Maximum MAS .........................................................................................
12.1.1.1
Overview .......................................................................................
12.1.1.2
Procedure (50kV) ..........................................................................
12.1.2 AEC Minimum Exposure Time..........................................................................
12.1.2.1
Overview .......................................................................................
12.1.2.2
Procedure......................................................................................
12.1.3 Reproducibility Of Exposure .............................................................................
12.1.3.1
Overview .......................................................................................
12.1.3.2
Procedure......................................................................................
> Calculation for Coefficient of Variation (C.V.):...............................
Final Installation and Admin Tasks ................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 24
GE HEALTHCARE
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5
2.4.6
2.4.7
2.5
2.6
2.8
2.9
Page 24
Table of Contents
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
146
147
147
147
147
147
147
147
149
149
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
151
152
152
153
158
158
158
159
159
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
161
161
161
162
2.7
Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................

Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
Personnel .........................................................................................................
Time .................................................................................................................
Procedure.........................................................................................................
2.4.7.1
Load software according to tube present in the installation..........
2.4.7.2
Verify.............................................................................................
Receptor Programming .................................................................................................
2.5.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.5.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.5.3 Safety Precautions ...........................................................................................
2.5.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.5.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.5.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.5.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
2.5.7.1
Introduction ...................................................................................
2.5.7.2
Calling the subroutine ...................................................................
2.5.7.3
Parameter selection......................................................................
2.5.7.4
Renard or normal scale for kv selection .......................................
2.5.7.5
Date & Time..................................................................................
Automatic AEC Calibration............................................................................................
2.6.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.6.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.6.3 Safety precautions ...........................................................................................
2.6.4 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.6.5 Time .................................................................................................................
2.6.6 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.6.7 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................
2.6.7.1
Development equipment...............................................................
2.6.7.2
Preliminary Remarks ....................................................................
2.6.7.3
Principle ........................................................................................
2.6.7.4
KVEF Adjustment .........................................................................
CR AEC Calibration ......................................................................................................
2.7.1 Systems with CR Filming Only .........................................................................
2.7.1.1
Program Generator with Default CR Parameters .........................
2.7.1.2
CR Dose Adjustment ....................................................................
2.7.2 System with Film and CR Filming Combined ...................................................
2.7.3 Final Adjustment ..............................................................................................
2.7.3.1
Disable Unused Film-Screen ........................................................
2.7.3.2
Perform Checksum .......................................................................
2.7.3.3
Save Memory................................................................................
Checksum Validation ....................................................................................................
2.8.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.8.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.8.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.8.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.8.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.8.7 PROCEDURE ..................................................................................................
2.8.7.1
Preliminary Remarks ....................................................................
2.8.7.2
Checksum Validation ....................................................................
Backup and Restore Database Parameters..................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 25
GE HEALTHCARE
2.9.1
2.9.2
2.9.3
2.9.4
2.9.5
2.9.6
2.9.7
2.9.8
2.10
Supplies ............................................................................................................
Tools .................................................................................................................
Safety Precautions............................................................................................
Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
Personnel..........................................................................................................
Time..................................................................................................................
Applicability.......................................................................................................
Procedure .........................................................................................................
2.9.8.1
CPU memory backup ....................................................................
2.9.8.2
CPU memory restore.....................................................................
2.9.8.3
Error messages .............................................................................
Dosimetric Calibration....................................................................................................
2.10.1 Dose/DAP accuracy check procedure ..............................................................
2.10.2 Dose/DAP accuracy maintenance ....................................................................
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
162
163
163
163
163
164
Chapter 4 - Functional Checks........................................................................... 165

Section 1.0
Introduction .................................................................................................... 165
Section 2.0
Tools and Test Equipment ............................................................................ 166
3.1
3.2
System Power Up ..........................................................................................................

Tube Assembly Operation .............................................................................................
3.2.1 Tube Stand Longitudinal Movement .................................................................
3.2.2 Tube Stand Rotation.........................................................................................
3.2.3 Tube Arm Vertical Movement ...........................................................................
3.2.4 X-Ray Tube Angulation.....................................................................................
3.2.5 X-Ray Tube Tilting ............................................................................................
3.2.6 Table Top Movement Checks...........................................................................
3.2.7 Cassette Tray Movement..................................................................................
3.2.8 Collimator Rotation ...........................................................................................
3.2.9 Collimator Light Timer.......................................................................................
3.2.10 Wall Stand Carriage Vertical Movement...........................................................
167
167
168
168
168
168
169
169
169
169
169
169
Section 4.0
Performance Checks...................................................................................... 169
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Console..........................................................................................................................
Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light Field Alignment.......................................................
4.2.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.2.2 Test Method......................................................................................................
Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor............................................
4.3.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.3.2 Test Method......................................................................................................
Image Quality.................................................................................................................
4.4.1 Test Method......................................................................................................
Tube Voltage Accuracy..................................................................................................
4.5.1 Tools .................................................................................................................
4.5.2 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.5.3 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Table of Contents
169
170
170
170
173
173
173
174
174
175
175
175
175
Page 25
Section 3.0
Operational Checks........................................................................................ 167
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 26
GE HEALTHCARE
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
Tube Current .................................................................................................................

4.6.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.6.2 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Exposure Time ..............................................................................................................
4.7.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.7.2 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Exposure mAs...............................................................................................................
4.8.1 Requirements ...................................................................................................
4.8.2 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) - Optional ..............................................................
4.9.1 Table AEC........................................................................................................
4.9.2 Wall Stand AEC ...............................................................................................
Collimator Light Timer ...................................................................................................
175
175
175
176
176
176
176
176
176
177
177
177
177
Section 5.0
HHS Test.......................................................................................................... 178
Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 179

Section 1.0
Theory.............................................................................................................. 179
1.1
1.2
Glossary ........................................................................................................................ 179

JEDI HIGH LEVEL BLOCK DIAGRAM ......................................................................... 180
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Introduction ...................................................................................................................
Standard Features ........................................................................................................
Applications...................................................................................................................
Architecture ...................................................................................................................
2.4.1 A Kernel ...........................................................................................................
2.4.2 Options Depending on the Application.............................................................
A Packaging Architecture..............................................................................................
2.5.1 Auxiliaries Box..................................................................................................
2.5.2 Power Box........................................................................................................
2.5.3 AC/DC Box .......................................................................................................
2.5.4 System Interface Box .......................................................................................
2.5.5 Optional Boxes .................................................................................................
181
181
181
182
182
182
184
184
184
184
184
184
Section 3.0
Technique Factors Measurement Criteria .................................................... 186
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
kV Accuracies ...............................................................................................................
mA Accuracies ..............................................................................................................
mAs Accuracies ............................................................................................................
Exposure Time Accuracies ...........................................................................................
186
186
186
186
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes ........................................... 187

Section 1.0
Exception Handling ........................................................................................ 187
1.1
1.2
Page 26
Diagnostics.................................................................................................................... 187
Power-On Diagnostic .................................................................................................... 187
Table of Contents
Section 2.0
Theory Presentation ....................................................................................... 181
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 27
GE HEALTHCARE
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
Live Diagnostics.............................................................................................................
Error Code Structure......................................................................................................
Simplified Error Code Definition.....................................................................................
Generator Phase Definition ...........................................................................................
Error Class Definition.....................................................................................................
Error Code Definition .....................................................................................................
Data Associated With The Error Code...........................................................................
Number Of Occurrences................................................................................................
Date & Time...................................................................................................................
187
187
188
188
188
189
190
190
190
Section 2.0
Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting ............................................. 190
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
190
190
191
195
195
195
197
197
197
199
201
203
203
205
205
205
206
206
207
209
210
210
213
213
214
Section 3.0
Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes .................................................... 216
3.1
3.2
Error Codes ................................................................

Console Troubleshooting...............................................................................................
3.2.1 System Error (C01-0001)..................................................................................
3.2.2 Memory Error on Console Control Board (C02-0001) ......................................
3.2.3 Membrane Button Error (C02-1000) .................................................................
3.2.4 JEDI Communication Error (C03-0001)............................................................
3.2.5 APR Random or All (C04-0001) .......................................................................
3.2.6 No AEC Config (C04-0002) ..............................................................................
3.2.7 Overlimit (C04-0003) ........................................................................................
3.2.8 Phase Missing (C04-0004) ...............................................................................
3.2.9 Generator Error (C05-0001) .............................................................................
3.2.10 Other Troubleshooting ......................................................................................
Table of Contents
216
216
216
217
218
219
219
219
219
220
220
220
Page 27
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
Introduction ....................................................................................................................
Power On Diagnostics ...................................................................................................
Error Code List...............................................................................................................
Error Reporting ..............................................................................................................
Diagnostics ....................................................................................................................
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide.....................................................
2.6.1 Errors ................................................................................................................
2.6.1.1
Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30) ..........................................
2.6.1.2
Anode Rotation errors (Code 40) ..................................................
2.6.1.3
Filament Heater errors (Code 50) .................................................
2.6.1.4
Exposure errors (Code 60) .................................
2.6.1.5
Power supply (Code 70) ...................................
2.6.1.6
Hardware errors (Code 80) .................................
2.6.1.7
Application errors (Code 90) .........................................................
2.6.1.8
Communication errors (code 100).................................................
2.6.1.9
Thermal errors (code 110) .................................
2.6.1.10
Manipulation errors (code 120) .............................
Warning Errors...............................................................................................................
Other Failures ................................................................................................................
Heating Function diagnostics.........................................................................................
Rotation Function diagnostics........................................................................................
Inverter in Short Circuit Function diagnostics ................................................................
AEC diagnostics ............................................................................................................
No Load HV diagnostics ................................................................................................
Inverter Gate Command diagnostics .............................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 28
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.10.1
3.2.10.2
3.2.10.3
3.2.10.4
3.2.10.5
LED Unlit Failure...........................................................................

Buzzer Failure...............................................................................
LCD Display Failure......................................................................
LCD Display Faintness .................................................................
Power Un failure ...........................................................................
220
220
220
220
221
Section 4.0
PDU
Troubleshooting ............................................................................................. 221
4.1
PDU Troubleshooting....................................................................................................
4.1.1 No Console Power ...........................................................................................
4.1.2 No EM Lock Power or No Collimator Power ....................................................
4.1.3 No Generator Power ........................................................................................
221
221
222
223
Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance...................................................................... 225

Section 1.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List ............................................................. 225
Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance................................................................................. 227
2.1
2.3
2.4
Page 28
Table of Contents
227
227
227
227
227
227
227
227
227
227
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
228
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
2.2
General Cleaning and Painting .....................................................................................

2.1.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.1.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.1.4 prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.1.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.1.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.1.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Visual Inspection ...........................................................................................................
2.2.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.2.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.2.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.2.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.2.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.2.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Functional Checks.........................................................................................................
2.3.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.3.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.3.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.3.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.3.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.3.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
Table Base Maintenance ..............................................................................................
2.4.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
2.4.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
2.4.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
2.4.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
2.4.6 Time .................................................................................................................
2.4.7 Procedure.........................................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 29
GE HEALTHCARE
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.9
2.10
Table of Contents
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
230
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
231
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
232
233
233
233
234
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
235
236
236
Page 29
2.8
Patient Support Maintenance ........................................................................................

2.5.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.5.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.5.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.5.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.5.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.5.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Cassette Tray Carriage Maintenance ............................................................................
2.6.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.6.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.6.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.6.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.6.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.6.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Tube Stand and Wall Stand Maintenance .....................................................................
2.7.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.7.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.7.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.7.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.7.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.7.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Generator Functional Checks ........................................................................................
2.8.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.8.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.8.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.8.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.8.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.8.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
2.8.7.1
Test exposure................................................................................
> Post display initialization: ..............................................................
> mA accuracy..................................................................................
> AEC functionality check (if existing) ..............................................
2.8.7.2
Record last error codes .................................................................
2.8.7.3
Record results on counters ...........................................................
2.8.7.4
Check technique factors................................................................
2.8.7.5
Tighten terminals and remove dust ...............................................
HV Cable and Sockets Regreasing ...............................................................................
2.9.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.9.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
2.9.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
2.9.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
2.9.6 Time..................................................................................................................
2.9.7 Procedure .........................................................................................................
Replace Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAM ........................................................
2.10.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
2.10.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 30
GE HEALTHCARE
2.10.4
2.10.5
2.10.6
2.10.7
Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
Personnel .........................................................................................................
Time .................................................................................................................
Procedure.........................................................................................................
2.10.7.1
Remove and Replace the RAM ....................................................
2.10.7.2
Download Database .....................................................................
236
236
236
236
236
236
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts .................................................................................. 237

Section 1.0
Renewal Parts List.......................................................................................... 237
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
Bearing kit 5196543, 5196544 ......................................................................................

X-Ray Tube (5192454) / Collimator (5189248) Replacement.......................................
Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement ....................................................................
Rotundity Electricity Brake Assembly (5184986) Replacement ....................................
Wall Stand Cassette Tray Spring Kit (5196542) Replacement .....................................
Console Replacement...................................................................................................
Console Main Board Replacement ...............................................................................
Hand Switch Replacement............................................................................................
TAV Board Replacement ..............................................................................................
Table Top IF Board (5335073) Replacement................................................................
247
248
248
250
252
253
254
255
255
257
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
Introduction ...................................................................................................................
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List ..............................................................................
FRU Information............................................................................................................
Jedi 50 R 1T Structure ..................................................................................................
Renewal Parts...............................................................................................................
Cables ...........................................................................................................................
257
257
258
259
260
263
Section 3.0
JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly................................................... 264
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
Page 30
Introduction ...................................................................................................................
Tools .............................................................................................................................
HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase.........................................................................................
3.3.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.3.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.3.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.3.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.3.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.3.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.3.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.3.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly .......................................................................................
3.4.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.4.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.4.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.4.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.4.6 Time .................................................................................................................
Table of Contents
264
264
265
265
265
265
265
266
266
266
268
269
269
269
270
270
270
270
270
Section 2.0
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts ...................................................................... 257
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 31
GE HEALTHCARE
3.4.7
3.5
3.6
3.8
Table of Contents
271
272
272
273
274
276
278
278
278
279
279
279
279
279
279
279
280
280
280
280
280
280
281
282
282
282
282
282
282
282
283
283
283
283
283
283
283
284
284
285
285
285
285
285
285
286
286
286
286
287
287
287
Page 31
3.7
Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.4.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit .............................................................
3.4.7.2
Remove the Interface Unit.............................................................
3.4.7.3
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate.............................
3.4.7.4
Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly ...................................
3.4.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.4.9 Verify.................................................................................................................
I/F Board RAD ...............................................................................................................
3.5.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.5.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.5.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.5.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.5.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.5.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.5.7.1
Remove the I/F Board Rad............................................................
3.5.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
KV Board RAD...............................................................................................................
3.6.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.6.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.6.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.6.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.6.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.6.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.6.7.1
3.6.7.2
Remove the Interface Unit.............................................................
3.6.7.3
Remove the kV Control Board.......................................................
3.6.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.6.9 Verify.................................................................................................................
EMC Board 3 Phases ....................................................................................................
3.7.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.7.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.7.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.7.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.7.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.7.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.7.7.1
Remove the AC/DC Unit ...............................................................
3.7.7.2
Remove the EMC Board ...............................................................
3.7.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.7.9 Verify.................................................................................................................
AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly ................................................................................
3.8.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.8.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.8.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.8.5 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.8.5.1
Remove the AC/DC Unit ...............................................................
3.8.5.2
Remove the AC/DC Board ............................................................
3.8.5.3
Remove the Rectifier Block ...........................................................
3.8.6 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 32
GE HEALTHCARE
3.9
3.10
3.12
3.13
Page 32
Table of Contents
288
288
288
288
288
288
288
289
289
289
289
289
290
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
292
293
294
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
297
298
298
299
299
299
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
301
301
302
302
302
302
3.11
3.8.7 Verify ................................................................................................................

Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly ................................................................................
3.9.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.9.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.9.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.9.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.9.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.9.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.9.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit .........................
3.9.7.2
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate ............................
3.9.7.3
Remove the Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly ...........................
3.9.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.9.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Capacitor Inverter Assembly .........................................................................................
3.10.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.10.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.10.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.10.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.10.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.10.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.10.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit .........................
3.10.7.2
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the Support Plate ...........................
3.10.7.3
Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly ....................................
3.10.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.10.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board..................................................................................
3.11.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.11.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.11.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.11.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.11.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.11.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.11.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit ............................................................
3.11.7.2
Remove the LV Power Supply Board ...........................................
3.11.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.11.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Filament Board 1 INV....................................................................................................
3.12.1 Supplies ...........................................................................................................
3.12.2 Tools ................................................................................................................
3.12.4 Prerequisites ....................................................................................................
3.12.5 Personnel .........................................................................................................
3.12.6 Time .................................................................................................................
3.12.7 Disassembly.....................................................................................................
3.12.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit ............................................................
3.12.7.2
Remove the Filament Board .........................................................
3.12.8 Reassembly .....................................................................................................
3.12.9 Verify ................................................................................................................
Rotor Board High Speed ...............................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 33
GE HEALTHCARE
3.14
302
303
303
303
303
303
303
303
304
304
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
305
306
306
306
307
307
Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards................................................................... 309

Section 1.0
Software Download / Upgrade ...................................................................... 309
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
Supplies .........................................................................................................................
Tools ..............................................................................................................................
Safety Precautions.........................................................................................................
Prerequisites..................................................................................................................
Personnel.......................................................................................................................
Time...............................................................................................................................
Procedure ......................................................................................................................
1.7.1 Load Software File on Service Laptop..............................................................
1.7.2 Unzip software file ............................................................................................
1.7.3 Software download ...........................................................................................
309
309
309
309
309
309
309
309
309
310
Section 2.0
Tube Replacement Software Procedure ...................................................... 311
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
Supplies .........................................................................................................................
Tools ..............................................................................................................................
Safety Precautions.........................................................................................................
Prerequisites..................................................................................................................
Personnel.......................................................................................................................
Time...............................................................................................................................
Procedure ......................................................................................................................
2.7.1 Perform a Database backup .............................................................................
2.7.2 Reset Tube Data tracking counter and error log...............................................
2.7.3 Verify new tube operation, clear error log.........................................................
2.7.4 Generator Counter Reading Record.................................................................
Table of Contents
311
311
311
311
311
312
312
312
312
314
314
Page 33
3.13.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................

3.13.1.1
Tools..............................................................................................
3.13.3 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.13.4 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.13.5 Time..................................................................................................................
3.13.6 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.13.6.1
3.13.6.2
Remove the Rotor Board...............................................................
3.13.7 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.13.8 Verify.................................................................................................................
AEC Board.....................................................................................................................
3.14.1 Supplies ............................................................................................................
3.14.2 Tools .................................................................................................................
3.14.4 Prerequisites.....................................................................................................
3.14.5 Personnel..........................................................................................................
3.14.6 Time..................................................................................................................
3.14.7 Disassembly .....................................................................................................
3.14.7.1
3.14.7.2
Remove the AEC Board ................................................................
3.14.8 Reassembly ......................................................................................................
3.14.9 Verify.................................................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 34
GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.5
Tube Database Download................................................................................ 315
Chapter 10 - Schematics .................................................................................... 317

Section 1.0
MIS Map ........................................................................................................... 317
1.1
Jedi 50 R 1T Cabling..................................................................................................... 321
Section 2.0
Central Listings............................................................................................... 323
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.12
2.13
323
324
325
326
326
327
328
329
330
331
331
331
332
333
334
335
335
336
336
Section 3.0
Schematics...................................................................................................... 337
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12
3.13
3.14
3.15
PDU Connection Diagram.............................................................................................

Table Electrical Schematics ..........................................................................................
A61001C Console Control Board Circuit Diagram ........................................................
Jedi Generator TAV Interface Board.............................................................................
I/F Board RAD Electrical ...............................................................................................
I/F Board RAD V2 Electrical..........................................................................................
Rotor board ...................................................................................................................
Heater board .................................................................................................................
LVPS board...................................................................................................................
Inverter ..........................................................................................................................
Gate cmd.......................................................................................................................
Dual snub ......................................................................................................................
AC/DC board.................................................................................................................
AEC board.....................................................................................................................
Rad IF ...........................................................................................................................
337
338
341
355
359
363
367
378
385
387
388
391
392
393
397
Chapter 11 - MIS Chart........................................................................................ 401

Section 1.0
Scope ............................................................................................................... 401
Page 34
Table of Contents
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
kV Measure Board ........................................................................................................

Filament Board 1 Inv. ....................................................................................................
Rotation Board High Speed ..........................................................................................
2.3.1 Indicators..........................................................................................................
2.3.2 J2 Wiring ..........................................................................................................
LV Power Supply 3 PH Board .......................................................................................
Gate Command Board ..................................................................................................
Dual Snub Board...........................................................................................................
kV Control Board...........................................................................................................
2.7.1 Switches and Jumpers .....................................................................................
2.7.2 Indicators..........................................................................................................
2.7.3 Non Volatile RAM.............................................................................................
AC/DC 3 Phase board...................................................................................................
I/F Board RAD V1 .........................................................................................................
I/F Board RAD V2 .........................................................................................................
AEC Board ....................................................................................................................
2.11.1 Test Points .......................................................................................................
AEC Board V2...............................................................................................................
Test Points ....................................................................................................................
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 35
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 2.0
How to Use...................................................................................................... 401
Section 3.0
MIS Charts....................................................................................................... 402
3.1
3.2
3.3
System Console.............................................................................................................
3.1.1 J1 Handswitch Interface, 5184620 ...................................................................
3.1.2 J2 FW Download Serial Port, 5194292.............................................................
3.1.3 J3 Power and RTL Interface, 5183903 .............................................................
3.1.4 J4 Generator Interface, 5182354......................................................................
Generator.......................................................................................................................
3.2.1 Generator Power Cable, 5196454 ....................................................................
3.2.2 Generator Grounding Cable, 5196643 .............................................................
Table..............................................................................................................................
3.3.1 TM1-XS105 Cable, 5193103 ............................................................................
3.3.2 Table Grounding Cable 1, 5193105..................................................................
3.3.6 Table Power Cable, 5193607 ...........................................................................
3.3.6.1
Table MC7 Cable, 5197242 ..........................................................
3.3.7 Table Cable No1, 5197244...............................................................................
402
402
402
403
404
406
406
406
406
406
407
407
407
407
408
408
409
Section 1.0
Compliance Statement................................................................................... 411
Section 2.0
Compatibility Tables ...................................................................................... 412
2.1
2.2
Electromagnetic Emission ............................................................................................. 412

Electromagnetic Immunity ............................................................................................. 413
Section 3.0
Use Recommendations.................................................................................. 416
Section 4.0
Installation Recommendations ..................................................................... 416
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Cable Shielding & Grounding ........................................................................................

Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution ..................................................
Stacked Components & Equipment...............................................................................
Low Frequency Magnetic Field......................................................................................
Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations ..........................................
416
416
416
417
417
Chapter B - Revision History.............................................................................. 419
Table of Contents
Page 35
Chapter A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) ........................................... 411
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 36
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 36
Table of Contents
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 37
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 1 - Before You Begin

Section 1.0
Introduction
The goal of this document is to guide the service representative through an entire X-ray room
installation and to provide Diagnostic and Calibration information for troubleshooting and repair.
The following On-site Requirements must be accounted for prior to beginning installation of the
system.
Section 2.0
Objective and Scope of this Manual
This direction will lead you in a correct sequence through the manuals needed to install the
equipment. Following the suggested sequence will result in an orderly installation. However,
extenuating circumstances may dictate a deviation from the recommended sequence. Feel free to
deviate, but keep track of your progress by checking off the tasks in the flowchart as you complete
them.
2.1
Pre-Installation Check
Pre-installation planning should be complete. Inspect the pre-installation checklist, found in GEHC
document 5275600-100 (XR 6000 System Pre-Installation Manual), and verify that the tasks
specified have been completed. Immediately arrange for completion of any tasks still not
completed.
2.2
Installation Plan
The main steps in the installation plan are easily seen by referring to the Table of Contents of this
document. The plan objectives are to:
Give a logical installation order which recognizes mechanical and electrical interface areas.
Test and adjust each subsystem independently.
To obtain a good overall view of how these objectives are to be achieved review the Table of
Contents for this document before beginning the installation work. Then, if it is necessary to deviate
from the stated plan, you will be aware of the essential interface area. This document will give you
the information required to make another effective plan that applies to particular situations.
2.3
Interconnection
Interconnection of products by furnished cables or contractor supplied wiring is indicated by
numbered MIS runs in the installation sections. Run interconnect charts are available, which
describe the connection and function of each wire. For XR 6000 System, refer to the following:
XR 6000 System Schematics (Chapter 10)
XR 6000 System MIS Chart (Chapter 11)

Page 37
Check equipment according to the packing list for your system against the main catalog numbers
in the FDO (Field Delivery Order). Also, verify that all the manuals are present in the binders
according to the Table of Contents.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 38
GE HEALTHCARE
2.4
Presentation
The procedures in this steering manual are presented in jobcard forms.
Section 3.0
On-Site Requirements
3.1
EMC Requirements
If electromagnetic compliance is mandatory for the local country where this system is installed, this
equipment is allowed to be installed only in X-ray protected rooms, which provide an attenuation of
at least 12 dB for radio disturbances from 30 MHz to 1 GHz.
3.2
Tools and Test Equipment

There are no additional tools and test equipment besides the standard service representative tool
kit which must be available before installing the XR 6000 System as below.
3.3
Electric hammer drill with bits
Digital multimeter
4 Ft. Level (or two standard levels)
Torque wrench
HV cable removal spanner
Push-pull Gauge
Common service tools
Resolution Pattern
Dose Meter
Loctite 242
Documentation
Directions are necessary for correct installation of the XR 6000 System. Procedures from each
document will be used and reflect the latest information available at this time.
Not all procedures in this manual apply to all sites. Before you begin installation, cross out the
procedures that do not apply to your site.
Page 38
Section 3.0 - On-Site Requirements
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 39
GE HEALTHCARE
3.4
Audio and Visual

It is the Users responsibility to provide the means for audio and visual communication between the
Operator and the patient.
Section 4.0
Description of System
5
6
2
Standard / Advanced
Cabinet
4
WLS
Standard /
Advanced
Operator Console
The XR 6000 is divided into basic components:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Operator Console (Console Stand - Optional)

Integrated Table Standard / Advanced
Cabinet
Wall Stand Standard / Advanced (Optional)
50kW X-ray Tube - Toshiba E7843X
Collimator
Figure 1-1 XR 6000 System Component Identification
Page 39
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 40
GE HEALTHCARE
Item
Component
Model Number
1a
Console
5194507
1b
Console Pedestal
5192392
Standard Integrated Table
5180891
Advanced Integrated Table
5316772
2a
Standard Integrated Tube Stand
5183392
2a
Advanced Integrated Tube Stand
5183392-2
3a
Generator (VR Jedi 50 R1T)
2212259-2
3b
PDU
5220653
Standard Wall Stand
5194508
Advanced Wall Stand
5316773
50kW X-ray Tube - Toshiba E7843X
5192454
Manual Collimator
5189248
Table 1-1 XR 6000 System Component Identification
Page 40
Section 4.0 - Description of System
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 41
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 2 - Physical Installation

Installation is broken into two primary tasks: mechanical and electrical. Mechanical tasks focus on the physical aspects
of hardware assembly, equipment positioning, and cabling. Electrical tasks are performed when system power is
applied.
The primary tasks are designed to be performed in sequence. Follow the sequence of tasks describe for each primary
task in Section 1.0 that follow.
Section 1.0
System Installation Guide
1
Complete Pre-Installation Checklist

People Required: 1
Minutes to Complete: 10
Fill out the Pre-Installation Checklist to confirm completion of pre-install activities before beginning the
installation process.
Receive and Inventory System
People Required: 1
Inventory equipment & report discrepancies immediately.

Plan route and transport equipment to room.
3
Install Table
People Required: 2
Remove table from shipping container.

Position and install table according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
Remove tube stand from shipping container.
Install tube stand.
Install X-ray tube.
Install control box and collimator.
Counterweight balance.
Install cassette tray(Not needed for advanced Integrate table).
Install ion chamber and grid (optional).
Electrical connections.
Install cabinet tray.
Table top installation and leveling.
4
Install System Console
People Required: 1
Position and install system console according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
5
Collimator Alignment
People Required: 1
Power up system.
Collimator alignment.
Page 41
Collect Product Locator Cards and store in a secure location.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 42
GE HEALTHCARE
(Continued)
Install Wall Stand
People Required: 2
Remove wall stand from shipping container.

Position and install wall stand according to site plans & drawings, and secure.
Install cassette tray.
Install ion chamber and grid (optional).
Counterweight balance.
7
Equipment and Personnel Readiness
People Required: 1
Verify equipment is configured per the site plans and drawings.

Verify that the resistance between subsystems grounds is less than 0.1 ohms. Fix and/or report any
discrepancies.
8
Configure and Calibrate System
People Required: 1
People Required: 1
Tube seasoning.
Software installation.
Tube configuration.
Receptor parameter.
Checksum validation.
Backup database.
9
Install Subsystem Protective Covers

Tube stand covers.
Table cover.
Wall stand covers.
10
System Checks
People Required: 1
11
Attach Warning Labels and Rating Plates
People Required: 1
Attach all the warning labels and detent marks.

If your country requires the product rating plate to be in the language of that country, follow the
instructions on document #45474336. Paste the appropriate language label over the English rating plate.
12
Cleanup Site
People Required: 1
Remove and dispose of shipping materials and tools properly.

13
Customer Turnover
People Required: 1
Complete & Return Product (i.e; Locator) Cards.

Perform general house keeping tasks and turn system over to user.
Page 42
Section 1.0 - System Installation Guide
AEC calibration.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 43
GE HEALTHCARE
14
Complete Installation Checklist
(Continued)
People Required: 1
Field Engineer to fill out installation checklist at completion of installation.
Lead is used in this system to provide required radiation shielding, such as in tube, collimator,
please pay attention and do not touch it directly.
Page 43
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 44
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 2.0
Installation Checklist
Pre-Installation Checklist
Delivery Date:
Sales Person:
Customer:
FDO No.:
Room #
Equipment:
Physical Requirements of Site
Completed
1.) Room size adequate for intended equipment configuration?

2.) Floor is strong enough for intended equipment and mounting methods
approved?
3.) Delivery route accommodates all intended equipment?
4.) Radiation physicist consulted?
5.) Necessary alterations made to circumvent obstructions?
6.) Modifications to room finished?
7.) Supports, platforms materials been provided?

8.) Support structures installed for floor and wall mounted equipment?
9.) Has floor been modified for cable ducts?
10.) Electrical service in place at the ratings specified in pre-installation
documentation?
11.) Power available to operate power tools?
12.) All non-electrical lines (air, water, oxygen, vacuum) installed?
Interconnections
Completed
1.) Signal cable, power and grounding plans produced?

2.) Necessary interconnection hardware, such as junction boxes, conduit or
raceways, and fittings provided?
3.) Interconnection hardware installed?
4.) Flexible, stranded wire provided for System input power connection?
5.) System feeder power cables pulled and sufficient length available at
disconnect box for connections?
6.) Interconnecting cables continuity checked, and labeled?
7.) All high voltage cable lengths verified?
8.) Interface information available for equipment?
Page 44
Section 2.0 - Installation Checklist
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 45
GE HEALTHCARE
General
Completed
1.) Walls and floor clear of all obstructions?

2.) Walls finished?
3.) Finished floor installed?
4.) Room lights installed?
5.) Dust-creating work completed?
6.) Old equipment within room removed?
7.) Component positions clearly marked on floor?
8.) Space available to store equipment?
9.) Lock on door, or locked room available?
10.) Have all fire/safety inspections for occupancy been completed?
11.) Send completed checklist to the GE Healthcare installation team.
Comments:
Inspection Date(s):
Installation Project Manager Signature
Page 45
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 46
GE HEALTHCARE
Purpose:
Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.
Item #
1.)
Item
Sign Off
Power and ground cables connected and tightened:

Power cables (how many?, where?)
Ground cables (how many?, where?)
All signal cables connected and tightened.
3.)
Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many?, where?).
4.)
All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).
5.)
Control room cables properly dressed.
6.)
All covers installed.
7.)
Room cleaned.
8.)
Product locator cards collected.
9.)
Missing components and/or options:
10.)
List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should be signed by customer
and reviewed by the installation specialist).
11.)
Packing materials disposed of.
12.)
Dollies and crates returned:

Positioner table / Standard Wall Stand dolly
13.)
Have all calibrations been completed?
14.)
Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?
15.)
All appropriate regulatory labels installed:

X-ray tube focal spot
Warning labels
Rating plates
16.)
InSite checkout completed?
17.)
Have functional checks been completed?
18.)
Are all covers installed?
19.)
Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?
Page 46
2.)
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 47
GE HEALTHCARE
Item #
Item
20.)
Are there any cosmetic issues?
21.)
Are there any system issues?
22.)
Are there any functional limitations?
23.)
Has system documentation (paper and CDROM) been given to the customer?
24.)
Has local physics inspection been completed. Some states/sites may not allow use of
system for patients until this is done.
25.)
Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data Base as well as total
system backup)
26.)
Has Field Engineer completed all checklists:
Sign Off
Pre-Installation
Installation checklist
Field Engineer Signature:
____________________________________
Page 47
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 48
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 3.0
Before You Begin
Check all the crates appearances, preventive collision labels and preventive tilting labels.
If the center of the preventive collision label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any
collision during shippment.
If the center of the preventive collision label is RED, it means the system is not OK with collision
during shippment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.
Green
Red
Figure 2-1 Preventive Collision Label
If the center of the preventive tilting label is RED, it means the system is not OK with tilting during
shippment. Please open the crates to check system carefully.
Green
Red
Figure 2-2 Preventive Tilting Label
Page 48
Section 3.0 - Before You Begin
If the center of the preventive tilting label is GREEN, it means the system is OK without any tilting
during shippment.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 49
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 4.0
Integrated Table
4.1
Radiography Table
4.1.1
Unpacking and Positioning

Be careful of injured by the nails.
Note:
Do not discard any packing materials such as envelopes, boxes, bags until all parts are
accounted for against the packing list.
Check the mechanical conditions and external appearances of all parts for possible damages
or missing items.
The distribution center or factory must be notified immediately of any damage or shortage of
parts.
Unpacking OPEN ME FIRST box (Pink Box) in Crate #1 at first.

Take out the Documents: Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), Service Manual (5275601-100),
Operator Manual (5275602-100), and Quick Start (5275603-100). Read Pre-Installation Manual
and Service Manual carefully before system installation and calibration.
Figure 2-3 OPEN ME FIRST

1.) Loosen the 12 fibulaes on the side of shipping container.
Figure 2-4 Loosen Fibulaes

Page 49
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 50
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
To remove the side shipping container successfully, fix the fibulaes after loosen them.
2.) Remove the side shipping container, and table top is bound on it. See Figure 2-5.
Side Shipping Container
with Table Top
Figure 2-5 Table Crate with Side Removed

3.) Loosen the remaining fibulaes, and remove the top and other sides of shipping containers
together. See Figure 2-6 and Figure 2-7.
Figure 2-6 Loosen Remaining Fibulaes
Page 50
Section 4.0 - Integrated Table
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 51
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-7 Remove Crate Top and Sides

4.) Remove the protective covering.
Figure 2-8 Remove the Protective Covering

5.) Take out all the boxes from the crate.
Page 51
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 52
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-9 Take Out All the Boxes

6.) Unpack the ramps and dolly.
Figure 2-10 Unpack Ramps and Dolly

7.) Place the ramps.
Page 52
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 53
GE HEALTHCARE
Ramps
Figure 2-11 Place Ramps

8.) Install the dolly to the table.
Figure 2-12 Install Dolly to Table

9.) Demount the two fixed screws, and remove the table front cover.
Page 53
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 54
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-13 Remove Table Front Cover

10.) Demount the four bolts which fixed the table to the crate base.
Figure 2-14 Demount Table Fixed Bolts_Front
Page 54
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 55
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-15 Demount Table Fixed Bolts_Rear

11.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the table base level. See Figure 2-16.
Figure 2-16 Lower Casters

12.) Pull the table down the ramp and to the field.
DO NOT put your feet under the table base.
Be careful of being injured by integrated table because of the heavy weight.
Page 55
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 56
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-17 Pull Table Down the Ramps
Figure 2-18 Pull Table to Field

13.) Unpack the table top, and take it into the field.
Page 56
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 57
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-19 Cut Belts
Figure 2-20 Remove Protective Covering
Figure 2-21 Take to Field
4.1.2
Installation
1.) Refer to the room layout in Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), confirm the location of the
table with the operator, make marks and move the table away.
2.) Drill four holes at the marks, and then clean the holes of all dust and chips.
Page 57
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 58
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
Please use 10 drill.
Figure 2-22 Drill Holes

3.) Move the table, let the mounting holes on the table align the holes in the floor, and adjust caster
bolts to upper the casters above the table base level.
Figure 2-23 Upper Casters

4.) Demount the casters.
5.) Insert the supplied four M10 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
6.) Level the table base as necessary with shims, and place the shims close to the anchors.
Figure 2-24 Table Base Level

Page 58
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 59
GE HEALTHCARE
7.) Tighten the anchors to fix the table to the floor.
8.) Demount the three table stop plates (RED color) in the table frame.
Figure 2-25 Demount Table Stop Plates

9.) Take out all the cables inside the tube stand rail, and route the cables.
Note:
Suggest to route the cables from the table food end.
Table
Head
End
Figure 2-26 Route Cables

10.) Demount the cabinet tray with two screws each side and pull it out.
Be careful! DO NOT damage the cables.
Page 59
Table
Foot
End
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 60
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-27 Demount Cabinet Tray

Note:
Pull the center of the foot pedal.

Pull Here
Figure 2-28 Pull Out Cabinet Tray
11.) Demount generator cover with four screws and PDU cover with two screws, and put them
aside.
Page 60
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 61
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-29 Demount Covers
Page 61
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 62
GE HEALTHCARE
4.2
4.2.1
Tube Stand
Unpacking
or missing items.
parts.
1.) Loosen all the 6 fibulaes, and remove the top and sides of shipping containers together. See
Figure 2-30.
Figure 2-30 Loosen Fibulaes and Remove Crate
Page 62
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 63
GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Take out the covers.
3.) Remove the two fixed plates with two bolts each.
Figure 2-31 Remove Fixed Plates

Page 63
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 64
GE HEALTHCARE
4.2.2
Installation
1.) Demount the rubber bumper and leveling bolt on one side of the tube stand rail.
Suggest to install the tube stand from the table head end (if the cables are routed from the table
food end).
Table
Head
End
2.) Raise the tube stand.
Page 64
Note:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 65
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-33 Raise the Tube Stand

3.) Slide the tube stand into the rail.
Figure 2-34 Install the Tube Stand

4.) Install the rubber bumper and screw back.
5.) Demount the RED counterweight lock screw on the back of tube stand.
Page 65
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 66
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-35 Demount Lock Screw

6.) Demount tube stand back cover, connect the tube stand cables (TM1-XS105 cable 5193103,
No1 cable 5197244, and Grouding cables 5193106 / 5193107), and remount the back cover.
Part No.
Part Name
5193103
TM1-XS105 Cable
END1 Label
XP105
From
END2 label
5197244s XS105
To
Table TM1 1
TM1-2
Table TM1 2
TM1-3
Table TM1 3
TM1-4
Table TM1 4
XS106
5220569s XP106
5139106
Table Grounding Cable 2
PE1
PE1
PE2
PE2
5193107
PE2
PE2
PE3
PE3
5139106/5139107
5139103 - XP105
5139103 - XS106
Figure 2-36 Connect Tube Stand Cables
Page 66
TM1-1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 67
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-37 Mount Back Cover

7.) Mount the cable routing plate to the tube stand.
Figure 2-38 Cable Routing in Plate

Note:
DO NOT twist the cables when mounting the plate.
Page 67
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 68
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-39 Mount Cable Routing Plate

8.) Press the tube arm to the appropriate position that are easy to install the tube and collimator,
and insert the carriage fixed bolt again to fix the carriage.
Figure 2-40 Fix the Carriage
Page 68
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 69
GE HEALTHCARE
4.3
X-Ray Tube
Note:
For tube instruction, refer to related contents contained in the related specifications.
Check calibration due date of Torque wrench and shelf-life of Loctite before usage.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the three screws
and tighten these 3 screws to 24 N-m (17.7 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be
performed, while installation and FRU replace.
1.) Loosen the three bolts on the tube arm, put the tube forks into the tube stand arm.
2.) Apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the three screws assembling the tube fork with tube stand arm
3.) Tighten these three bolts to 24 N-m (17.7 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench
4.) Mount the cable supporting plate
Figure 2-41 Install Tube Fork and Supporting Plate

Note:
Insert the tube fork by referring to the mark.
Figure 2-42 Mark

5.) Loosen the four screws of the upper clamp of tube fork, and remove the upper clamp of tube
fork.
To prevent the clamps from any impact. In case impact occurred, it should be verified that the
clamp has enough strength before installation.
Page 69
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 70
GE HEALTHCARE
Upper Clamps
Lower Clamps
6.) Take out X-ray tube from the box.

7.) Put the X-ray tube on the lower support of tube fork.
Notice the tube installation direction. If the direction is wrong, the tube focal spot will
be inaccurate, and the tube may be falling down if the clamps are loose.
Hold the tube to prevent it falling down.
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the screws and
tighten screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed,
while installation and FRU replace.
8.) Reinstall the upper clamp of the tube fork.
a.) Apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the four screws assembling the upper clamp with lower
support before mounting.
b.) Tighten these four screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Note:
Page 70
After installation of the tube, balance the tube arm again.
Figure 2-43 Remove Upper Clamps
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 71
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-44 Install X-ray Tube

9.) Adjust the tube to align the RED indication label with 0 degree, and lock the tube.
Locks
Figure 2-45 Tighten the Tube
10.) Rotate the tube 180 degrees.
Figure 2-46 Rotate Tube 180 Degrees
Page 71
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 72
GE HEALTHCARE
4.4
Control Box and Collimator

Control Box
Handle
Control Box
Cover
Spacer
Collimator
1.) Demount the two stop plates and take out the collimator flange.
Stop
Plates
Collimator
Flange
Figure 2-47 Demount Stop Plates and Take Out Flange
Suggest to demount the two stop plates totally, but NOT only loosen them. Or the stop
plates will crash the glass window during collimator installation.
Page 72
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 73
GE HEALTHCARE
Glass Window
Figure 2-48 Wrong Way
Figure 2-49 Correct Way

2.) Demount the four mounting screws on the tube.
Figure 2-50 Demount Mounting Screws
Page 73
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 74
GE HEALTHCARE
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, apply Loctite 242(or 243) to the screws and
tighten bolts to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed, while
installation and FRU replace.
3.) Put the spacer and control box handle between the collimator flange and the tube, apply
Loctite 242 (or 243) to the four screws, tighten to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Note:
Please install the collimator flange according to the marks on the x-ray tube.
Figure 2-51 Mark
Drop into
the hole
Collimator Flange
Spacer
Control Handle
Figure 2-52 Mount Control Box Handle
Page 74
Daub to the
screw thread
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 75
GE HEALTHCARE
In order to ensure to meet the security needs, The Loctite 242(or 243) to the bolts and tighten
bolts to 9.9 N-m (7.3 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench is the step must be performed, while
installation and FRU replace.
4.) Mount collimator onto the collimator adapter using the two stop plates, apply Loctite 242 (or
243) to the four screws, tighten to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Figure 2-53 Mount Collimator

5.) Rotate tube back.
Figure 2-54 Rotate Tube Back

6.) Route the cable through cable supporting bracket to the tube side.
Note:
DO NOT fix the cables on supporting bracket or plate before the cable connections on tube
side.
7.) Prior to the connection of the high-voltage cables, remove the old silicone compound on the
plug surfaces with clean dry cloth and check to verify there are as cracks, flaws, or traces of
creeping discharge on the surfaces.
Page 75
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 76
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
When the traces of creeping discharge are found, be sure to replace the defective parts.
Grinding off the traces only will not be effective.
8.) Coat the tip of the cable plugs with the silicone compound about five to seven grams, that is,
to the extent the tip is hidden under the heaped up compound. At this time, the side of the cable
plug should be greased.
Figure 2-55 Coating with Silicone Compound
10.) Connect the anode and cathode HV cables (2269002-5) to the X-ray tube.
HV Cable Socket
HV Cable
+ (ANODE)
- (CATHODE)
Check the polarity of HV cables carefully, and DO NOT connect the two HV cables
reversely.
Connect the HV cables in the correct polarity with sufficient care not to produce
clearance between the cable plug flange and the cable socket at the insertion of the
plugs. Presence of such clearance or incomplete silicone compound coating will cause
creeping discharge and normal operation of tube will be disturbed.
Page 76
9.) Remove the cap covered the socket of the tube housing and wipe the inside softly with a clean
dry cloth. DO NOT use any chlorinated solvents to clean any parts.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 77
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-56 Inserting Cable Plug

11.) Tighten the high-voltage cables solidly to the sockets of the tube housing by the threaded cable
flange.
12.) Demount the tube cover on Anode side.
Figure 2-57 Demount Tube Cover

13.) Connect the anode rotation cable (5195936).
Note:
Fix the cable with clamp.
Page 77
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 78
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-58 Anode Rotation Cable Conections

HV Tank
Color
White
Black
Red
SW
SW
Brown
SW
SW
Yellow
Green
Tube
14.) Remount the tube cover.
Figure 2-59 Remount Tube Cover

15.) Connect the control box cables to the connecting plate, fix the plate onto control box, ty-rap
the cables and fix with a cupule, and mount the control box cover.
Part No.
5197242
Page 78
Part Name
MC7 Cable
END1
Label
XP102
From
Tube Fork
5197245's XS102
END2 Label
To
MC7+
MC7+
MC7-
MC7-
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 79
GE HEALTHCARE
Part No.
5197244
5193107
Part Name
END1
Label
No1 Cable
From
END2 Label
To
XS105
5197103's XP105
XP104
Collimator
5135895-1's XS104
XS101
5193101's XP101
XP103
Control Box
5197245's XS103
PE2
PE2
PE3
PE3
5193107 5197244-E
XS103 <---> XP103 5197244
5135895-1 XS104 <---> XP104 5197244

5197242
XP102 <---> XS102 5197245
Figure 2-60 Connect Control Box Cables
Page 79
5197245
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 80
GE HEALTHCARE
a. Loosen the handles.
b. Install the
control box cover.
c. Tighten the handles.

Figure 2-61 Install Control Box Cover
16.) Install the cable supporting plate, route and ty-rap the cables, and fix them onto the plate.
Be careful of the cable moving range, and make sure the cable will not be damaged during
tube movement.
Page 80
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 81
GE HEALTHCARE
Fix
Supporting Plate
Figure 2-62 Fix Cables onto Supporting Plate
17.) Mount the cable supporting bracket onto the back of the tube stand, put the cables onto the
supporting bracket, but DO NOT fix the cables.
Figure 2-63 Mount Cable Supporting Bracket

18.) Connect the No1 cable (5197244).
Part No.
5197244
5193101
Part Name
No1 Cable
MC6 Cable
END1
Label
From
END2 Label
To
XS105
5197103's XP105
XP104
Collimator
5135895-1's XS104
XS101
5193101's XP101
XP103
Control Box
5197245's XS103
MC6
MC6
XP101
5197244s XS101
Page 81
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 82
GE HEALTHCARE
5193101 XP101 <---> XS101 5197244
DO NOT FIX
19.) Fix the cables.
4.5
Counterweight
Adjust the counterweight by adding or removing couterweight blocks until the up/down operation
force is balanced.
Page 82
Figure 2-64 Connect No1 Cable
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 83
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-65 Adjust Counterweight
4.6
Cassette Tray
For the systems which used advanced Integrated Table, the Cassette was installed before and you
can jump to the next step directly.
Unpack and take out the cassette tray, slide it into the table, and connect the cassette tray
grounding cable.
Figure 2-66 Insert Cassette Tray
Page 83
Note:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 84
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-67 Connect Cassette Tray Grounding Cable
4.7
Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)

DO NOT put anything onto the ion chamber or grid. And pay attention to the Ion Chamber
and Grid's orientation.
Note:
The fixers installation method is different with different options.
Page 84
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 85
GE HEALTHCARE
4.7.1
Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for system with standard Integrated table
1.) Demount the cassette tray side cover and two of the four fixers, and loosen the other two.
Limit
Position
Fixer
Cassette Tray
Side Cover
Figure 2-68 Demount the Cover and Fixers

2.) Install the ion chamber and grid, connect table ion chamber (5167409) and 4 m cable
(5166493), and install the cassette tray side cover back.
Page 85
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 86
GE HEALTHCARE
Block is in the
lower place
Note: Cassette Tray handle direction.
Grid
Note: Ion Chamber

direction.
Ion Chamber
Cassette Tray
Side Cover
Connect to JEDI
Cable
Routing
5166493
Figure 2-69 Install Ion Chamber and Grid
Page 86
Cable
Routing
5167409
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 87
GE HEALTHCARE
AEC1
Figure 2-70 Table Ion Chamber to JEDI
Page 87
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 88
GE HEALTHCARE
4.7.2
Install the Grid Only for system with standard Integrated table
1.) Demount the four fixers.
Fixer
Figure 2-71 Demount the Fixers

2.) Install the grid.
Page 88
Limit
Position
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 89
GE HEALTHCARE
Block is in the
upper place
Figure 2-72 Install Grid
4.7.3
Install the Ion Chamber and Grid for system with advanced Integrated table
For the system with advanced integrated table, the grid was oscillate grid. The installatation should
be done as steps below:
Page 89
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 90
GE HEALTHCARE
1.) Remove the cover A by remove the five screws as fig 2-73 shown.
screw used to Cover A

mount the cover
2.) Loosen the four screws marked with circle in Fig 2-74 which were used to tighten the ion
chamber.
the four screws used to tighten the

ion chamber. The ion chamber was
used to help to show the screws position.
Figure 2-74 Loosen the four screws

3.) Insert the ionion chamber to the holder as Fig 2-75 shown. Please be care for the orientation
Page 90
Figure 2-73 Remove the cover A
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 91
GE HEALTHCARE
of the grid.
Figure 2-75 Insert the ion Chamber to the holder

4.) Adjust the position of the ion chamber as these steps:
1.) Make the rod perpendicular.
Make the rod perpendicular
Figure 2-76 Make the rod perpendicular

2.) Use the cover A dismounted before as ruler to mark the center of the rectangle used to
hold the grid, then adjust the position of ion chamber to make the center of the ion
Page 91
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 92
GE HEALTHCARE
chamber superpose with the center line marked by the cover A. See fig 2-77.
Superpose the center of ion chamber

and the center of the rectangle.
Figure 2-77 Superpose the center of ion chamber and the center of the rectangle
5.) Route the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-78 shown.
Figure 2-78 Route the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-78 arrow shown
Page 92
3.) Tighten the four screws removed in step 2 as Fig 2-74 shown.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 93
GE HEALTHCARE
6.) Connect the ion chamber cable as Fig 2-79 circle shown.
Figure 2-79 Connect the ion chamber cable

7.) Insert the cable connections into the holder and mount the cover A.
Figure 2-80 Install the grid
Page 93
8.) Put the grid on the ion chamber surface with their center superposed as Fig 2-80 shown. Note
the orientation of the grid.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 94
GE HEALTHCARE
9.) Fix the grid with four fixers.
Fixer
Figure 2-81 Fix the grid with four fixers
4.8
Electrical Connections
1.) Connect and route System Power Cable (hospital provide).
Figure 2-82 Connect and Route System Power Cable

2.) Connect and Xray-on Light (pin 4, 6) and Room Door interlock (pin 1, 2) Cables (hospital
Page 94
For details, please refer to Chapter 10 - Schematics, Chapter 11 - MIS Chart, and Pre-Installation
Manual (5275600-100).
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 95
GE HEALTHCARE
provide). For details, please refer to Room Power Supply in Chapter 4 of Pre-Installation
Manual (5275600-100).
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3.) If wall stand ion chamber is ordered, connect and route the ion chamber 24 m cable (5166654)
and grounding cable (5193110) to JEDI.
Page 95
Figure 2-83 Connect Xray-on light and Room Door interlock Cables
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 96
GE HEALTHCARE
Service Laptop
System Console
AEC1 - Table
AEC2 - Standard Wall Stand
Figure 2-84 Wall Stand Ion Chamber Cables
Cable
Routing
5166654/5193110
Connect to Wall Stand Ion chamber

Figure 2-85 Cable Routing
Page 96
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 97
GE HEALTHCARE
4.9
Install Cabinet Tray

1.) Install generator and PDU covers, and push cabinet tray to under the table.
Push Here
Figure 2-86 Install Generator and PDU Covers

2.) Fix the cabinet tray to the table base with two screws.
Figure 2-87 Install Cabinet Tray
Page 97
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 98
GE HEALTHCARE
4.10
Table Top Installation and Leveling

1.) Demount the stopper on one side of the table top, slide the table top onto the table base, and
remount the stopper.
2.) Check the table top leveling. If it is not level, loosen the mounting anchors, and adjust the
leveling bolts, then fix them with washers.
Figure 2-89 Adjust Leveling Bolts
Page 98
Figure 2-88 Install the Table Top
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 99
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 5.0
System Console
Route the console cables to the control room.
5.1
Without Console Stand

Connect and ty-rap the console cables. Position the system console to the location where the
operator can observe the patients conveniently.
Figure 2-90 Console Cable Connections

Part Name
System
Console
The Other End
5184620
Handswitch
J1
Handswitch
J2
Service Laptop
5194292/5241079 RS232 Service Cable / ISP Download Cable
5.2
5183903
Console Power Cable
J3
PDU - TM3
5182354
JEDI Generator Communication Cable
J4
PDU - J1
With Console Stand

1.) Assemble the console onto the console stand, and demount the rear cover.
Figure 2-91 Console Installation

Page 99
Part No.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 100
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Connect and ty-rap the console cables.
Figure 2-92 Console Cable Connections

Part No.
Part Name
System
Console
The Other End
5184620
Handswitch
J1
Handswitch
J2
Service Laptop
5194292/5241079 RS232 Service Cable / ISP Download Cable

Console Power Cable
J3
PDU - TM3
5182354
JEDI Generator Communication Cable
J4
PDU - J1
3.) Demount console stand bottom cover with two screws. Confirm the location of the console with
the operator, make marks and move the console away.
Figure 2-93 Demount Bottom Cover

4.) Drill two holes at the marks, and then clean the holes of all dust and chips.
Note:
Please use 7 drill.

5.) Move the console, and let the mounting holes on the console foot panel align the holes in the
floor.
6.) Insert the supplied two M6 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
7.) Tighten the anchors.
8.) Mount the bottom cover back.
Page 100
Section 5.0 - System Console
5183903
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 101
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 6.0
Collimator Alignment
1.) Power up the system. Check LEDs status. Refer to Chapter 4 - Functional Checks - 3.1
System Power Up.
2.) Move the tube to the lowest position above the table top, open collimator light, confirm the
center of the light field projected by the collimator with an article, such as a screw.
Figure 2-94 Lowest SID

3.) Move the tube up to the highest position.
Figure 2-95 Highest SID

4.) Make sure the bias of the center is less than 3 mm, and make sure the collimator beam can
align the center point of the cassette tray handle.
Page 101
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 102
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Bias in less
than 3 mm
Collimator
beam
Handle Center
Figure 2-96 Collimator Beam Align Cassette Tray Handle Center Point
5.) If the requirements above cannot be met, adjust the three screws on the tube fork to align the
collimator.
Figure 2-97 Align Collimator
Section 7.0DAP Meter Installation

Note:
Do not touch the active area of the ionization chamber (1) with bared finger. It may degrade
the light transparency of the DAP meter.
Figure 2-98 DAP Meter

Procedures:
Page 102
Section 7.0 - DAP Meter Installation
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 103
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
Fix the cable inside the tube cover for the system which does not include the DAP meter.
1.) Installing the Chamber in the X-ray Unit
Slide the chamber into the middle level of accessory rails of the collimator till the detent is
reached.
Figure 2-99 Insert DAP Meter into the middle level of the collimator rail
2.) Connect the Chamber with system
The back side of the DAP meter includes a short cable with a round plastic plug connector
(ODU: MediSnap, 4-pin). This includes the connections for the power supply.
Note:
Please be aware that the connector cable from tube stand side is only for the use of connecting
the DAP meter.
Figure 2-100 Connect the DAP Meter to the 24V Power Supply
3.) Connect the other end of the connector to the 24V power supply of the PDU. Connection
diagram as below:
TURN OFF THE POWER BEFORE CONNECT/DISCONNECT THE CHAMBERDo not

connect/disconnect the chamber to/from the system when the power is turned on. It may
damage the electronics.
Page 103
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 104
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
DO NOT PUT THE ADDITIONAL FILTER ABOVE THE CHAMBER

Do not put any filtration between chamber and the patient in the exam. It may cause the wrong
indication of DAP value.
4.) Switching the device on/ DAP meter ready for using
After DAP meter is well mounted to collimator and connected to system power supply, the
meter is switched on when system is powered on. The display unit responds with a brief signal
tone and the following labels:
VACUDAP
Vx.xx
11111111
22222222
:
WAITING
0.00
The firmware version (Vx.xx) of the display unit is output first. The Power-On test in the
measuring chamber is then started and a display test is executed simultaneously. The display
unit waits for the result of the TEST function when the WAITING label is displayed. After the
successful conclusion of the power-on test, the meter is either in the Measuring function or an
error message is output. The measuring readiness is displayed by the measured value zero
(display: 0.00 or 0.0).
Page 104
Section 7.0 - DAP Meter Installation
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 105
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 8.0
Standard Wall Stand
8.1
Unpacking
or missing items.
parts.
1.) Loosen all the 6 fibulaes, and remove the top and sides of shipping containers together. See
Figure 2-101.
Figure 2-101 Loosen Fibulaes and Remove Crate
Page 105
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 106
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.) Take out the covers.
3.) Remove the two fixed plates with two bolts each.
Figure 2-102 Remove Fixed Plates

Page 106
Section 8.0 - Standard Wall Stand
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 107
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE

5.) Raise the wall stand.
Be careful of being injured by wall stand because of the heavy weight.
Figure 2-104 Raise Wall Stand
Page 107
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 108
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
6.) Install dolly (5241044).
Rear
Front
Figure 2-105 Dolly

7.) Adjust caster bolts to lower the casters down the wall stand base level. See Figure 2-106. Pull
wall stand into the field.
Rear
Figure 2-106 Lower Casters
8.2
Installation
1.) Refer to the room layout in Pre-Installation Manual (5275600-100), and confirm the location of
the wall stand with the operator. Move wall stand and its template to the location, adjust caster
Page 108
Front
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 109
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
bolts to upper the casters above the wall stand base level, and let wall stand stand on the
template.
2.) Demount the casters.
3.) Adjust the four leveling bolts to level the wall stand top frame and front panel in longitudinal
level and vertical level.
Figure 2-107 Wall Stand Leveling

4.) Rotate the tube facing to the wall stand front panel.
Figure 2-108 Rotate Tube

5.) Open the collimator light, move the tube from SID 1.5 m to 1.8 m, and make sure that the bias
between the cross hair projected by the collimator and the cross hair in the wall stand front
panel is less than 3 mm in two orthogonal directions.
Note:
When the collimator blades are closed to one line, it should be overlapped with the wall stand
cross hair.
Measure the rectangles length and width at 1.5 SID and 1.8 SID to make sure the bias is less
than 3 mm.
Page 109
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 110
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-109 SID 1.5 m ~ 1.8 m
Figure 2-110 Alignment

6.) If the requirements above cannot be met, adjust wall stand location or the four leveling bolts.
7.) Drill two holes through the two holes on wall stand base, and clean holes of all dust and chips.
Note:
Please use 10 drill.

8.) Insert the supplied two M10 anchors and washers, and hammer the anchors into the holes.
9.) Tighten the anchors to fix the wall stand to the floor.
Page 110
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 111
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-111 Fix the Wall Stand
8.3
Cassette Tray
Unpack and take out the cassette tray, and slide it into the wall stand.
Figure 2-112 Insert Cassette Tray
8.4
Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional)

Note:
The fixers installation method is different with different options. For details, please refer to section
4.7 Ion Chamber and Grid (Optional) in table installation.
Page 111
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 112
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
8.4.1
Install both Ion Chamber and Grid for standard wall stand
1.) Demount the wall stand front panel.
Figure 2-113 Demount Front Panel

2.) Install ion chamber and grid.
Note:
Note:
The side of grid marked as "tube side" should be on the tube side. During the installation of grid,
be careful not colliding the Ion chamber cable connection.
If 40 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers.
Page 112
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 113
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
If 60 line or 78 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers to the bottom and narrow
edge to the top.
Page 113
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 114
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Connect and route the wall stand ion chamber cable.
Cable Routing
From JEDI
Figure 2-114 Routing Ion Chamber Cables
Note:
Ion Chamber direction.
Cable Routing
From back of Wall Stand
Ion Chamber Cable Connection

(5167409/5166654)
Ion Chamber Grounding Cable
(5193110)
Figure 2-115 Connect Ion Chamber Cables
4.) Remount the front panel.
Page 114
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 115
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
8.4.2
Install the Grid Only for standard wall stand

1.) Demount the wall stand front panel.
2.) Install the grid.
Note:
The side marked as "tube side" should be on the tube side.

If 40 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers.
Note:
If 60 line or 78 line grid is ordered, use the wide edge of the fixers to the bottom and narrow
edge to the top.
3.) Remount the front panel.
Page 115
Note:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 116
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
8.4.3
Install both Ion chamber and grid

1.) Demount the wall stand front panel
2.) Demount the cassette holder with the four screws marked with circle as the Fig below shown.
four screws fix the cassette

holder
3.) Pull the the cassette holder out carefully and put it standing on ground.
4.) Demount the top cover of the cassette holder.
Figure 2-117 Remove the top cover of cassette holder
Page 116
Figure 2-116 Demount the cassette holder
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 117
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber.
Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber.
Figure 2-118 Loosen the four screws used to fix the ion chamber
6.) Demount the cover at the bottom of the front surface of the cassette holder.
7.) Insert the ion chamber in from the right side of the cassette hold at the orientation as the fig
shown below and route the cable according to the path the arrown shown.
Figure 2-119 Insert the ion chamber into the cassette holder and route the ion chamber
cable according to the path the arrow shown
8.) Lie down the cassette holder.
9.) Adjust the position of ion chamber to make sure that its center can superpose the center of
FOV as these steps:
Page 117
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 118
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.) Make the rod perpendicular.
Make the rod perpendicular
Figure 2-120 Make the rod perpendicular

2.) There is a screw hole on the center of the top side and bottom side of the rectangle
used to hold grid. Suppose the line across the two hole point was the FOV center and
we can use the cover dismounted at step 6 as a ruler to mark the line. Adjust the
position of ion chamber to make its center superpose the FOVs center.
the two screw holes can used to mark

the FOVs center line
Figure 2-121 Make the center of ion chamber superpose the FOVs center
10.) Tighten the four screws loosened at step 5 as Fig 2-115 to fix the ion chamber.
11.) Remount the top cover of the cassette holder.
12.) Remount the cassette holder to wall stand.
Page 118
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 119
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
13.) Connect the Ion chamber cable and ground cable as below Fig shown.
Connect the ground cable here
Connect the ion chamber cable here
Figure 2-122 Connect the Ion chamber cable and ground cable
14.) Remount the cover at the bottom of the front surface of the cassette holder.
15.) Remount the wall stand front panel.
Page 119
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 120
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
8.5
Counterweight
Note:
Load a cassette onto cassette tray before adjust the counterweight.

Adjust the counterweight by adding or removing couterweight blocks until the up/down operation
force is balanced.
Figure 2-123 Adjust Counterweight
Page 120
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 121
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 9.0
Final Cover Installation
After system configuration and calibration, ty-rap all the cables, and install the protective covers.
9.1
Install Standard Tube Stand Covers
3
1
2
Page 121
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 122
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.) Loosen the screw on the tube arm protective cover.
Figure 2-124 Loosen the Protective Cover

2.) Insert SID ruler through the cover, and install the ruler.
Figure 2-125 Install SID Ruler

3.) Install tube stand side covers, and tighten the tube arm protective cover.
Note:
Notice the side covers directions.

The No1 Cable (5197244) should be routed inside the right side cover.
Page 122
Section 9.0 - Final Cover Installation
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 123
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-126 Route Cable Inside Right Side Cover
Figure 2-127 Tighten the Screw

4.) Install tube stand top cover.
Page 123
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 124
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
9.2
Install Table Front Cover
Figure 2-128 Install Table Front Cover
9.3
Install Standard Wall Stand Covers
2
Figure 2-129 Wall Stand
Page 124
Section 9.0 - Final Cover Installation
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 125
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 10.0
Labels and Rating Plates
Attach English/multilingual labels to overlay the English/Chinese labels attached in factory.
10.1
System Console
Label
Description
References
5194330
System Console Rating Plate
See Figure 2-130
Figure 2-130 5194330, System Console Rating Plate
10.2
Integrated Table
Label
Description
References
5180891
Standard Integrated Table Rating Plate
See Figure 2-131
Page 125
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 126
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-131 Integrated Table Rating Plate
10.3
Cabinet
Description
References
5220653
PDU Rating Plate
See Figure 2-132
Figure 2-132 PDU Rating Plate
10.4
Page 126
Wall Stand
Label
Description
References
5183492
Standard Wall Stand Rating Plate
See Figure 2-133
Section 10.0 - Labels and Rating Plates
Label
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 127
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 2-133 5183492, Wall Stand Rating Plate
Page 127
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 128
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 11.0
Purpose:
Installation checklist to confirm that all critical installation steps have been completed.
Item #
1.)
Item
Power and ground cables connected and tightened:
Power cables (how many, where)
Ground cables (how many, where)
All signal cables connected and tightened.
3.)
Cable shield clamps installed and tightened (how many, where).
4.)
All mounting bolts installed and tightened (floor and wall).
5.)
Mechanical alignments done.
6.)
Control room cables properly dressed.
7.)
All covers installed.
8.)
Room cleaned.
9.)
Product locator cards collected.
10.)
Missing components and/or options:
11.)
List of any installation drawing deviations (all deviations should

be signed by customer).
12.)
Packing materials disposed of.
13.)
Dollies and crates returned:

Positioner Table / Standard Wall Stand dolly
14.)
Have all calibrations been completed?
15.)
Have the sample images been installed on the system?
16.)
Have purchased options been installed/enabled/configured?
17.)
All appropriate regulatory labels installed:
X-ray tube focal spot
18.)
HHS testing completed?
19.)
Have functional checks been completed?
20.)
Are all covers installed?
21.)
Have all protective tape/coverings been removed?
Table 2-1 Installation Checklist

2.)
Page 128
Sign Off
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 129
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item #
Item
22.)
Are there any cosmetic issues?
23.)
Are there any system issues?
24.)
Are there any functional limitations?
25.)
Has system documentation (paper) been given to the customer?
26.)
Has local physics inspection been completed? (some states/sites

may not allow use of system for patients until this is done)
27.)
Has backup of pristine system been performed? (Patient Data

Base as well as total system backup)
28.)
Field engineer has completed all checklists:
Pre-Installation
Installation checklist
Sign Off
Table 2-1 Installation Checklist
Page 129
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 130
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 12.0
Regulatory Tests and Final Steps
12.1
AEC Tests
12.1.1
AEC Maximum MAS
12.1.1.1
Overview
At 50kV or more, exposures shall not exceed 600mAs per exposure.
12.1.1.2
Procedure (50kV)
1.) Select 50 kV, AEC (all three areas selected) and an mA that selects 600mAs.
2.) Position the X-ray tube away from the Ion chamber selected, close collimator blades.
3.) Perform an exposure.
4.) Record the selected mAs and actual mAs. After exposure, mAs will be displayed on the LCD
screen.
Selected mAs ________________
Measured mAs _______________
5.) Verify that the AEC exposure is less than 600 mAs.
AEC Minimum Exposure Time
12.1.2.1
Overview
At 50 kV or more, minimum exposures must be less than 16 msec.or less than the time to deliver 5
mAs, whichever time is greater.
12.1.2.2
Procedure
1.) Align the tube with the image receptor. Lateral Detent ON. Select 50kV, AEC (area 1 selected).
2.) Set the SID to 100 cm.
3.) Remove all phantoms.
4.) Acquire an AEC exposure.
5.) Record the exposure time:
Ion Chamber Area 1 _____________ msec
6.) Verify that the exposure time is less than 16 msec, or less than 5 mAs.
7.) Repeat the above procedure for each detector in the system.
Record the exposure time:
8.) Verify that the exposure time is less than 16 msec, or less than 5 mAs.
Page 130
Section 12.0 - Regulatory Tests and Final Steps
12.1.2
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 131
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
12.1.3
Reproducibility Of Exposure
12.1.3.1
12.1.3.2
Overview
For any specific combination of selected technique factors, the estimated coefficient of
variation (CV) of radiation exposures shall be no greater than 0.05. HHS rejection limit is 0.045.
Test Equipment: Radiation meter with integrate mode, 3.8 cm thickness of Aluminum.
Procedure
1.) Align the tube with the image receptor. Lateral Detent ON.
2.) SID = 100 cm.
3.) For Digital table place 3.8 cm aluminum on the table, center in the collimator light.
4.) Center radiation probe 30 cm above the table top.
5.) Collimate to a field size of 13 cm square.
6.) Select 80 kV, AEC mode and mA such that the exposure will be at least 0.1 second long.
7.) Measure the exposure in mR for each of the 10 exposures. After each exposure, recycle the
technique (switch to other values and then return them to the original values). Also vary the
time between exposures to record any filament heating variations.
Test Results:
kV
mA
Time
mR
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
10
_______
_______
_______
_______
Exposure #
Coefficient of Variation = ______________ (see formula at the end of this section)

8.) Verify that the coefficient of variation is < 0.045 for AEC exposures.
9.) Repeat the above procedure for each detector on system.
Test Results
Exposure #
kV
mA
Time
mR
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
_______
Page 131
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 132
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
9
_______
_______
_______
_______
10
_______
_______
_______
_______
Coefficient of Variation = ______________ (see formula at the end of this section)

10.) Verify that the coefficient of variation is < 0.045 for AEC exposures.
Calculation for Coefficient of Variation (C.V.):

Formula:
C.V. = s / X(avg.)
where s = sample standard deviation (n-1)
Sample standard deviation (s) can be calculated on a calculator with statistics functions (such
as the TI36Y) as follows:
12.2
Clear the stat register, press (CSR).
Enter the first reading and then press (+). Repeat this step for all readings.
Press (mean) to get X(avg.).
Press sample standard deviation key (n-1).
Enter the results in the formula above.
Final Installation and Admin Tasks

2.) Install all covers on system equipment. (Refer to above for procedure.)
3.) Remove trash, remove installation equipment and tools, clean up room and store service
manuals.
4.) Fill out Product Locator Cards and return them.
Part No.
Page 132
Part Name
5183178
Pioneer console assembly
5180891
Standard integrated table assembly
5183392
Standard integrated tube stand assembly
5189248
Manual collimator
5192454
50kW Tube: Toshiba E7843X
2212259-2
Generator (VR Jedi 50 R1T)
5220653
Platform PDU
5213401
78l 10:1 180cm grid
080-1004
60l 10:1 180cm grid
5198785
40l 10:1 180cm grid
5167409-1
Table ion chamber
5167409-2
Wall stand ion chamber
1.) Ready system for normal customer operation.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 133
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Part No.
5176556
Part Name
Pioneer system console control board
5.) Record installation time in Service database.
Page 133
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 134
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 134
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 135
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration

Section 1.0
Configuration & Calibration List
Section
Content
Page
System Configuration
123
2.2
X-ray Tube Seasoning
124
2.3
Service Software User Guide
139
2.4
Tube Configuration
145
2.5
Receptor Programming
146
2.6
Automated AEC Calibration
151
2.7
CR AEC Calibration
158
2.8
Checksum Validation
160
2.9
Backup and Restore Database Parameters
162
2.1
Section 2.0
Configuration & Calibration Contents
2.1
System Configuration
During the Application screen, press these two buttons for more than 5sec to switch from
Application screen to Configuration screen. If system is at configuration screen, press these two
buttons to switch from Configuration screen to Application screen. At the configuration screen,
operator can configure the Type of Generator, System Power, Table AEC, Wall Stand, Wall Stand
AEC.
1.) Configure the Generator
Press the Patient View button
to configure that the generator is Jedi or Djinn.
2.) Configure the System Power

Press Receptor button
to configure the system power is 50kW.
3.) Configure Table AEC
Page 135
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 136
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Press the Patient Size button
to configure that system is with Table AEC or not.
4.) Configure Wallstand

Press the Focus Spot button
to configure if there is Wall-stand.
5.) Configure the Wall-stand AEC

Press the Previous Exp Recall button
to configure if there is Wall-stand AEC.
6.) Configure Dose Display

Press this button
2.2
to configure if console will display the Dose or not.
X-Ray Tube Seasoning
NO EXPOSURES SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT TUBE CURRENT AT A TUBE VOLTAGE

OF MORE THAN 50KV.
2.2.1
Requirements
1.) Use the larger focal spot of the tube, and the seasoning will be done with the circuit specified
in technical data.
2.) The operating tube voltage and current should be monitored all exposures during this
seasoning operation.
3.) The anode rotation should be utilized at normal speed (3000 or 3600 min-1).
4.) Do not exceed either the generator or the tube ratings.
ALL RADIATION SAFETY RULES MUST BE OBSERVED. IN ORDER TO PROTECT
HUMANBODY FROM HARMFUL X-RAY, CLOSE THE COLLIMATOR OR BLOCK THE TUBE
ASSEMBLY RADIATION PORT WITH AT LEAST A SIX (6) MM THICK PIECE OF LEAD.
NO PATIENT OR PERSONNEL IS ALLOWED IN THE ROOM.
2.2.2
Procedure
Effecting exposure at near peak potential and current without prior tube warm up will
damage the tube.
To maximize tube life, perform the following tube seasoning procedure.
1.) Provide continuous input of small tube current (Approx.1 mA) and increase the tube voltage
stepwise according to the time of the Seasoning Schedule at installation (See Figure 3-1).
Page 136
Section 2.0 Configuration & Calibration Contents
When warming up the tube, always take the precautionary measures to protect personnel from Xray radiation.
When a new x-ray tube is put into operation for the first time or when it has not been in operation
for more than one month, the seasoning procedures Seasoning Schedule at installation (See
Figure 3-1) shall be carried out to assure subsequent trouble-free operation. This procedure
establishes the proper relation to its new environment with the equipment in used. The action
establishes a favorable distribution of the electrical charges and Electrostatic stresses in the
insulation system of the tube and the associated equipment.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 137
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
For any X-ray equipment without the fluoroscopy circuit, perform seasoning of short-time input
from 50 kV.
2.) Use the larger focus, rotate the anode, set the tube current to 50% of the maximum permissible
tube current at maximum tube voltage, apply short-time input once a minute with exposure
time of 0.1s, and increase the tube voltage stepwise.
When unstable, states of the tube current are observed in the course of increasing tube
voltage, reduce the tube voltage to the extent that no variation occurs, and then increase it
more slowly than previously.
3.) Stain like impact traces might appear on the X-ray tube target surface by the slight discharge
in the course of the seasoning.
The phenomena are one process to recover the withstanding voltage performance at that time,
Even if unstable states appear in the course of the seasoning, the stable operation is obtained
at the maximum tube voltage of succeeding seasoning, the tube unit can be used without any
interference to its electrical performance.
(The maximum tube testing voltage must be strictly limited to the maximum rated tube voltage
of the tube unit.)
4.) When the X-ray tube unit is used after a dormant period of a week or more, use the tube unit
after performing the Seasoning Schedule at Starting (See Figure 3-1).
5.) Every day morning, when you start to use X-ray tube, you are requested to warm-up the tube
to your necessary high voltage condition for stabilized equipment operation.
a.) At least 80kV (Step 1) is requested for all operation.
b.) Need voltage up to your necessary daily voltage (Step 2 or higher step).
If discharge happened, re-warm up again under the previous condition.
Steps
(condition)
Voltage
[kV]
Current
[mA]
Focus
Expose Time
[sec.]
Cooling Time after

Exposure [sec.]
Number of
cycle
80
160
Large
0.05
20
100
160
Large
0.05
20
110
160
Large
0.05
20
120
160
Large
0.05
20
over 120 kV
(Note 1)
160
Large
0.05
20
Note 1: If you use over 120 kV, up voltage by 5 kV to your necessary voltage.
6.) After these seasoning operations are completed, the X-ray tube unit can be used in the usual
way.
Page 137
c.)
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 138
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 3-1 Seasoning Schedule
Page 138
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 139
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
2.3
2.3.1
Please press
and
together to get into HUB Mode.
Service Software User Guide

Supplies
None.
2.3.2
Tools
2.3.3
JEDI service software (the software is a DOS application)

Console R232 cable (5194292)
Computer with floppy or CD drive
Safety Precautions
Not applicable.
2.3.4
Prerequisites
Basic knowledge of PC based computer laptop, DOS and usage of Microsoft WINDOWS.
Personnel
2.3.5
1 person.
2.3.6
Time
15 minutes.
2.3.7
Procedure
2.3.7.1
Loading service software on service laptop

The Service software is a DOS application. It can operate under DOS or Windows; but for software
download or database backup, it is required to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid
communication problem (with the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART
COMPUTER UNDER DOS MODE; see Chapter 9 - - Service Tool Job Cards - Section 1.0 Software Download / Upgrade).
To load the software on to the hard drive:
Power ON Service laptop. Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer))
Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDISVC) under C:\
Insert the "Service Software" CD delivered with the equipment in the Service Tool set into the
CD drive.
Copy all the files from the CD to your hard drive.

(Double click on A:\, drag and drop on C:\ JEDISVC or whatever name of your directory.)
Double click the file JEDP424B expanding the software to your hard drive.
The service software is installed and ready for use.
2.3.7.2
Using service software

Connect Service terminal as follows:
Use the 9 pin Service cable, Part No 2207478, to connect serial line of Service terminal to
system console.
Page 139
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 140
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Switch on the Service terminal.
To run the program:

Under Windows:
Exit Windows. Restart computer in MS-DOS mode.
Select Disk Drive from where you want to run the program: C: [enter]
Change to the new directory
Type: "ASIAN" [enter] to run the program
The following screen appears:
Power ON the generator.

Press function key F1.
The following screen appears:
Page 140
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 141
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
The software will load the help screen information contained in Asiane .msg file.
Wait or press space bar to jump to screen.

The Application screen will appear:
"English text Version 1.2" is displayed 5 sec.,
then display shows the last used parameters.
2.3.7.3
If the serial line to the generator is not operating (e.g.: cable not correctly connected, I/F or kV
Control board down, Generator not ready or powered OFF), further screens will not be
displayed and no function keys will operate. Correct this problem before continuing.
Typical screen description

1
2
3
1 : Area for Parameters, Error codes. Controlled by JEDI Software.

Display of exposure parameters setup in Application mode, depending on technique selection: kV,
mAs, mA, Exposure time. (max. number of exposure in sequence, not used on Rad product.)
Specific display in Maintenance Mode (Alt S or Alt D).
Page 141
Note:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 142
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2 : Status area. Displayed by Service Software, Enlighten or blinking key controlled by JEDI
Software.
Display of function keys usable with menu displayed. Commands are remembered in help area:
Right arrow: Increase kV
Left arrow: Reduce kV
F1: Set 2 points mode

F2: Set 3 points mode
F3: Increase mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points)
F4: Decrease mA or mAs (3 points or 2 points)
F5: Increase Exposure Time
F6: Decrease Exposure Time
F9: Darkness correction + (w/t AEC Cell)
F0 (F10): Darkness correction - (w/t AEC Cell)
Lit when thermal limit is reached
Lit when ready for exposure
Error or impossible selection Lit

during exposure
Lit during exposure
3 : Select Technique, Screen film pairs, AEC cell, ...
1...4: Select workstation, whenever programmed in service menu TECH.

0: select Large focus
9: select Small focus
A, B, C: Select screen film pair (Whenever programmed)

A: Slow speed
B: Medium speed
C: High speed
D, E, F: Select cell in AEC (Whenever programmed)

D: Left cell
E: Central cell
F: Right cell
R: to Reset whenever error occurs
U: Toggle fast or normal kV change.
Z: to display in area (1) the measured exposure parameters when "DISP" in menu 5 is set ON.
APR valid: enlighten when the display in area (1) is valid for recording in Customized protocols.
(Not used in RAD)
4 : Area for Static Help, related to screen in Service Mode.
Displayed by Service Software.
Page 142
Keys always displayed, but will be active depending on configuration and technique selection.
Includes help command.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 143
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
SELECTING MAINTENANCE AND APPLICATION MODE; MAJOR KEYS

FROM
PROCEDURE
TO
APPLICATION MODE
Type <ALT> - <S > (Together)
SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODEMENU 3
APPLICATION MODE
Type <ALT> - <D > (Together)
SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODELAST MENU OR
SUB-MENU selected.
SETUP/MAINTENANCE
MODE
From any menu, type <R > (several

times if necessary) or <Q >
APPLICATION MODE
[Q]
Return to application mode
[R]
Return to a higher level menu
[W]
Validate
[ALT] & [S] (Together)
Calibration mode (Menu 3)
[ALT] & [D]
Calibration mode (Last menu called)
] and [
In maintenance mode, to move through menus
[F1] to [F0]
Function keys with action based on context.
Other keys
Based on context. Main function recalled in the screen and also

in sections wherever used.
Type [ALT] & [S] (Together) to go to Maintenance Menus (MENU 3)
Type [
Figure 3-2 shows the relationship between the Maintenance Mode menus and the function
keys used to access those menus.
To return to a higher level, key in [R]
] and [
] keys to select a menu.
The darkened menus are used for Generator and room setup (Configuration and Calibration):
menu 3, 4, 5.
Menu 3 is used to Configure the system
Menu 4 is used to calibrate AEC mode (Automatic Exposure Control)
Menu 5 is used to perform Checksum
Menu 1 is used to perform generator test and diagnostics.
Menu 2 is used to enter Date and Time, view/clear error log, and view/clear tube and generator
recorded tracking Data.
Page 143
SERVICE MENU TREE BREAKDOWN
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 144
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
MENU 1
[F1]
[F3]
HEAT
[F5]
HIGH
ANOD
AUTO,
3,4,5
[F3]
GATE
CD
Tst
ShC
INV
Tst
[F5]
LIST
MENU 3
AEC
AUTO,
3k, 9k
NoLD
MENU 2
[F7]
[F7]
NEXP
DATE
[F1]
[F5]
TECH
MODE
[F7]
[F5]
AEC
[F1]
MENU 5
[F3]
KG
KVEF
CAL
[F5]
KTIME
[F1]
CKS
KF
[F7]
RAMS
[F1]
[F9]
Vx Px.x
DSPL
[F3]
MCL
Figure 3-2 Service Menu Tree Breakdown

SUB-MENU SUMMARY DESCRIPTION
1.) Configuration - MENU3
TECH: programming workstation, technique parameters.
MODE: Select Renard or Normal scale for kV selection.
Calibration - MENU4
AEC: To set parameters if known, or modify them manually.
CAL: To calibrate Automatic Exposure Control, for each AEC chamber and Screen-film
combination.
Page 144
MENU 4
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 145
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
(See 2.6 - Automatic AEC Calibration)
2.) Ram - MENU5
RAMS: NVRAm operation & display:
Note:
CKSM: To update Checksum after configuration, calibration, parameter change. (See 2.8
- Checksum Validation)
MCLR: Clear NVRam memory. Normally not to be used, unless specifically instructed.
Do not use if Data Base backup has not been performed previously.
Vx Px.x: Display generator software version (e.g. P3.3)
DSPL: In Maintenance Mode, to display parameter after exposure using key [Z]
3.) Utilities - MENU2
LIST: To display last recorded error codes (up to 64)
-
Last error is viewed with Date and Time

Function keys allow to scroll down and up
[Z] to get back to the last recorded error
Same consecutive error are counted Up in the same line
[^H ], and [W] to clear error log
NEXP: To view/clear tube and generator recorded tracking Data. Clear must be performed
only when replacing X-Ray tube. Meaning of each parameter is found in Chapter 9 - - Service
Tool Job Cards - Section 2.0 - Tube Replacement Software Procedure.
DATE: To enter / modify the date and time.
4.) Diagnostics - MENU1
-
Auto: run fixed current on both filament (if 2 filaments) in sequence on selected tube (If
more than 1).
L or S: run 3, 4, or 5 Amps on Large or Small Focus.
ANOD: To exercise Rotor function.

-
Auto: run rotation cycle in Low Speed then High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube. (If more than 1)
3k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in Low Speed on selected tube (If more than 1)
9k: run one cycle acceleration, hold, break in High Speed (If allowed by configuration) on
selected tube (If more than 1)
HIGH: To exercise High Voltage function.

Note:
Note:
NoLD: To troubleshoot HV problem, without mA nor rotation with or without X-Ray tube.
Test is run from 80 to max. kV, adjustable from 1 to 60 sec.
Gate CD Test: to verify operation of the gate command board on the Inverter. Test is run
during 10 sec. At 0 kV.
Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.
ShC INV Tst: To verify operation of inverter with inverter in short circuit. Test is run during
100 msec. At 0 kV.
Requires manual set up. Read related information in diagnostics section.
AEC: To verify operation of AEC board. Refer to diagnostics section.
2.4
2.4.1
Tube Configuration
Supplies
None.
Page 145
HEAT: To exercise Heater/filament function.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 146
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.4.2
Tools
2.4.3

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.
2.4.4
Prerequisites
The service terminal must be configured and software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide).
2.4.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.4.6
Time
15 minutes.
2.4.7
Procedure
Load software according to tube present in the installation
A database is available on the JEDI Service Software supplied in Service Tools:
for 50 kW tube: Type E7843X

File = E7843_R?.mx (? means the current revision)
Load the file corresponding to the tube present in the installation from Service Terminal. Refer to
2.9 - Backup and Restore Database Parameters.
2.4.7.2
Verify
According to the tube used in the installation, verify if 50 kW database loaded for tube E7843X
The maximum mA displayed on the console must be 630 mA for 80 kV.

The word "Workstation" is incorrectly used and displayed in the JEDI software screens.
"Workstation" actually refers to the word "Receptor".
2.5
2.5.1
Receptor Programming
Supplies
None.
2.5.2
Tools
2.5.3

Safety Precautions
The JEDI is factory preprogrammed. Therefore, even if the data appears to correspond to the preprogramming, it must be confirmed. For example, AEC enable, wall bucky enable must be
confirmed.
Page 146
2.4.7.1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 147
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.5.4
Prerequisites
Service terminal must be configured and software installed. Refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide.
2.5.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.5.6
Time
15 minutes.
2.5.7
Procedure
2.5.7.1
Introduction
Receptor programming uses function keys indicated on screen for the following :
receptor select,
tube select,
define nominal number of exposures for 2-point mode operation,
AEC : types of chamber and number of pickup fields in each,
Screen-film combination select, (if only one Select A).
Calling the subroutine
2.5.7.2
Call TECH (setup mode, menu 3, function key [F1]).
MENU3 TECH
->
MODE
F5
F1
<-
R : Return
Q : Exit
**************
TECH :
MODE :
MENU3
**************
Select Workstation
Renard
Figure 3-3 Setup Mode, Menu 3
2.5.7.3
Note:
Parameter selection
Any new parameters created must be stored in the installation report (same as Illustration 3).
1.) Receptor Selection
OFF
No selection
Page 147
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 148
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
SPE *
Anatomic (for RF room)
DIR*
Anatomic (for RAD room)
POMU
Wall-mounted Bucky (i.e. SG50 or SG70)
SETE
Spot-film device technique on remote-controlled table (i.e. Prestilix 1600)
TOPO
Tomography Bucky
TOSE
Tomography spot-film device technique
POTA
Table-mounted Bucky
PULM
Pulmorapid
CHAN
Film changer
TOCO
Special tomographic applications
SECO
Spot-film device technique on conventional table
NUME
Digital mode
TONU
Digital tomography
Use the [
] and [
] keys to select.
* For RAD
TECH 1 = DIR
TECH 2 = POTA (TABLE BUCKY with moving grid) or DIR (if fixed grid).
TECH 3 = POMU (with moving grid) or DIR (if fixed grid) or OFF (if no Wall Bucky).
Tube
Tomo tech & time
Nominal number
of exposures In
2-point mode
Type of AEC
Figure 3-4 Receptor Menu

2.) Tube Selection
T1 Tube 1 only
3.) Select the number of nominal exposures for 2-point mode operation.
Page 148
Receptor
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 149
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Suggested values are given below:
DIR N = 2
POTA N = 2
POMU N = 2
Use function keys [F5] and [F6] to select.
4.) Selection of Exposure Chamber
IN1
Ionization chamber 1 (for Table Bucky Receptor POTA).
IN2
Ionization chamber 2 (for Wall Bucky Receptor on - POMU).
Select AEC in or out using function keys [F7] et [F8]. Each chamber corresponds to a specific
technique, i.e. POMU and POTA.
5.) Control Console Function Key assignment
Function keys are assigned using the alphanumeric keyboard ([1] corresponds to function key
1, etc., up to 8). Use the shift key for numbers 0 to 9.
With the RAD Console only four techniques are available.
The technique selected is shown in reverse video in zone 3.
6.) Selection of screen-film combination used
Keys [A], [B] and [C] are used to select the first, second and third screen-film combinations,
respectively.
The combination selected is displayed in reverse video in zone 2.
Press the key again to cancel a selection.
One combination is always selected. Select Key A for the RAD used screen film combination.
The number of pickup fields of the exposure chamber selected for AEC Mode with ionizing
chamber or II must be keyed in:
[D] middle pick-up field (one),
[F] three pick-up fields.
The number of pick-up fields is displayed in reverse video in zone 3.
8.) Validation
Use [W] to validate all values for a given function appearing on the screen.
2.5.7.4
Renard or normal scale for kv selection

1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)
2.5.7.5
Go to Service Mode, and call Menu 3 using the arrows on the keyboard.
Call MODE by pressing F5.
Select NORMAL or RENARD Scale by pressing F5.
Hit W to confirm.
Date & Time

To enter the Date and Time:
1.) Go to Service Mode, and call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.
2.) Call DATE by pressing F7.
3.) Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.
4.) Hit W to confirm.
5.) Hit F1.
6.) Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
7.) Hit W to confirm.
When replacing the battery in the CPU Board, clear the year-counter display on the righthand side
via F7 and F9 to confirm.
Page 149
7.) Selection of Number of Pickup Fields
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 150
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Anytime programming is modified, checksum must be validated (refer to 2.8 - Checksum

Validation).
RECEPTOR SELECT
1
RECEPTOR
DIR
POTA
POMU
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
TUBE
T1
T1
T1
NUMBER
OFEXPOSURES
IN
2-POINT
MODE
TOMOGRAPHIC
UNIT USED:
Y1
T1
Y2
T2
Y3
T3
Y4
T4
Y5
T5
TYPE
CHAMBER
OUT
IN1
IN2
No
No
No
OF
FUNCTION
mA
PLATEAUTIME
FOR1-POINT
MODE
EXTERNAL
RECEPTORCO
MMAND*
SCREEN-FILM
COMBINATION
S
1
2
3
NUMBER
OFPICKUPFIELDS
MODE
RENARD OR NORMAL kV SELECTION
Number of cells usedin

AEC
Table 3-1 Receptor Parameters (Example for RAD with Wall Bucky and two ionisation
chambers)
Page 150
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 151
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6
Automatic AEC Calibration
2.6.1
Supplies
None.
2.6.2
Tools
Sensitometer
Densitometer
Set of five plexiglass plates (5 cm x 25 cm x 25 cm)
For 5 cm, it is 2 inches
OR
2.6.3
A plastic bucket with a minimum height of 25 cm (for water)

Safety precautions
Standard precautions for work with ionizing radiation.
2.6.4
Personnel
2.6.5
1 person.
Time
1 hour.
2.6.6
Prerequisites
2.6.7
Working knowledge of service terminal and installed software,

Service terminal must be configured and software installed,
Workstation configuration done,
AEC option must be installed.
PROCEDURE
2.6.7.1
Development equipment
CHECK DEVELOPMENT EQUIPMENT
Note:
Check that the automatic processor is available

Check that solution concentrations and temperatures comply with the manufacturer's
specifications.
Plot a sensitometrics curve to determine the gamma value of the film and to assess solution
quality.
All the gray scale levels should be visible, and the base fog should not exceed 0.2 for the
development equipment to be correct.
This procedure normally requires a sensitometer. If this is not available, proceed as follows:
Run 2 exposures, using the same screen-film combination but with different mAs settings,
mAs(f1) and mAs(f2).
Develop and measure the density d of each, d(f1) and d(f2). (Measured optical densities must
be between 1.0 and 2.0)
Page 151
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 152
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Use the formula below to determine gamma:

Gamma = ( d(f2) - d(f1) ) / log10 (mAs(f2)/mAs (f1))
2.6.7.2
If gamma is not between 2 and 3 change or renew the solution
Preliminary Remarks
1.)
All calibrations must be performed with a source to image receptor distance between 0.8m
and 1.2m.
2.) Center the phantom over the middle pickup tube field.
3.) A calibration procedure has to be performed for each combination of ionization chamber and
screen-film.
4.) If the same screen-film combinations are used for several ionization chambers (e.g.
positionner and bucky), adjust the positionner chamber first, and adust KG only for the other
chambers.
For known screen-film combination or ionization chamber, KVEF, KT and KG could be entered with
MENU4 AEC (F5 key). Refer to 2.3 - Service Software User Guide.
2.6.7.3
Principle
The automation of this calibration is to use the optical density entered after one exposure or four
exposures to predict and propose the parameter for the next exposures. This leads to a reduction
in the number of exposures to run to find mAs, kV and reference AEC for a given optical density.
INIT
KVEF acquisition screen
Select ionization chamber

Select screen-film combination
Run kvef calibration

Select screen-film combination
If needed run
Ktime calibration
Run kvef calibration

If needed run
Ktime calibration
If needed run
Format calibration
other screen-film ?
(2more possible)
No
Other ionization chamber ?
(3 more possible)
other screen-film ?
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Select ionization chamber
No
Run grid calibration
Other ionization chamber ?
Yes
No
END
Page 152
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 153
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
Note:
2.6.7.4
If an error occurs during exposure, reset by pressing key Z - redo the exposure.
To redo an exposure after entering the optical density, enter "o" for optical density and redo
the exposure.
To clear optical density, press and hold down the CTRL key, press the H key and enter the
new optical density.
You should back-up the database after all calibration have been done. Refer to 2.9 - Backup and
Restore Database Parameters.
KVEF Adjustment
INITIALIZATION
KVEF is the main compensation coefficient for film darkening : its value varies significantly with kV
The MENU4 F7 key of the laptop service enters the calibration menu.
AEC1 1 0,00V L 80kV 10m As 15cm
OD= 0,00
O ptical
Ionization Exposure AEC
Focus Kilovolt m As Plexi or
Density
Cham ber Num ber Reference
W ater
Thickness
KVEF PARAMETER ACQUISITION

Refer to the flow diagrams in Figure 3-5, Figure 3-6 and Figure 3-7.
Press Key F7 in Menu 4
Choose screen film to be calibrated with Key A, B or C
Key A, B or C flickers
Operator : Enter a targeted optical

density (generally 1), with key T
and validate with W key
A
Figure 3-5 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram
Page 153
In this step, the available keys have the following function :
<- or -> keys to select the ionization chamber to be calibrated
F1/F2 keys to select the exposure number
F3/F4 keys to select the focus (generally Large Focus)
F5/F6 keys to select the kV
F7/F8 keys to select the mAs in Renard scale
F9/F10 keys to select plexi or water thickness
0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density (target or measured)
A, B or C key to select screen film type(slow, medium, fast) (if only one screen-film, select A
key)
T key to select and modify target density
The first proposed exposure is 80kV, 10mAs, 15cm of plexi or water thickness. Exposure time is
calculated to be closest as possible from 100ms, according to the thermal status.
The selected screen/film key flicker.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 154
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
A
Software : first kV step 80kV or next kV step (selected by Key F5-F6
(steps are 80kV, 100kV, max kV, 40kV and 60kV)
Operator : Start a serie of exposures for this kV step
Keys a & B are flickering
Software : thickness proposal for the serie
Operator : Insert plexi thickness in the XRAY beam
Software : mAs proposal

(Operator : Can modify mAs according
to the sensitivity/mAs chart)
Operator : Insert casset (24x30) in spot film
Operator : Perform exposure

Operator : After having performed the
exposure, process the film and
measure the resultant optical density
Operator : Enter the resultant optical density

for each exposure and validate with W key
Software :Try to calculate mAs0 for targeted optical

density. When found, with previous exposure
recorded, V key flickers and screen film keylights ON
NO
Is V flickering ?
YES
Operator : Valid the kV step with V key when flickered
Operator : Display final values kvref, kV,

mAS, thickness, target optical density
NO
Screen key light on?
YES
Figure 3-6 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram (Continued)
Page 154
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 155
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
B
End of kvef calibration. If first screen-film
calibration , select, if needed, time
See descriptions of time and grid

calibrations below
next screen-film calibration
Figure 3-7 KVEF Parameter Acquisition Flow Diagram (Continued)
Note:
2.) When the optical densities have been entered, the software calculate the parameters for the
next exposure regarding the result of the previous ones (AEC signal from ionization chamber
and optical density).
3.) The operator should run the next exposure proposed by the software, develop the film and
measure the optical density. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2 keys
and enters the associated read optical density with the keypad, and validates it with the W key.
The software records the AEC signal from the ionization chamber. At each optical density
entered, the software evaluates if those values permit it to find the mAs0, which provides the
target density for this screen-film combination and the kV. When the mAs0 is found, the
software calculates the KVEF associated, then the V key starts to flicker to ask the operator to
validate the calibration by pressing the V keystroke.
4.) Select another kV and repeat the previous operation for all kV steps
Don't forget to change the phantom thickness when changing kV settings!
When all kV values are calibrated, the software extend the result and calculates the equivalent mAs
(for an optical density equal to the target value) to the kV,mA plan.
At the end of the first screen-film KVEF calibration , the operator selects the KT time calibration with
the V key after the V key has been illuminated.
K TIME PARAMETER ACQUISITION (EXPOSURE TIME CORRECTION)
AEC1 1 0,00V L 80kV 10mAs 15cm OD= 0,00

Ionization Exposure AEC
Focus Kilovolt mAs Plexi or Water Optical
Chamber Number Reference
Thickness Density
F1/F2 keys to select the exposure number
0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density (target or measured)

The operator could by-pass this calibration in depressing V key again.
The software uses the KVEF calibration to find the thickness for the first KTIME exposures : if the
mAs for 80kV, 15cm of plexi or water thickness are lower than 32mAs, the software calculates the
necessary plexi or water thickness to obtain more than 32 mAs. The calculated plexi or water
thickness is displayed.
Page 155
Note:
1.) Press T key and input Destination Density, then validates it with W key. Pressing T key
deselect Destination Density. Run the first exposures proposed by the software, develop the
films and measure the optical density. For each exposure, the software records the AEC signal
from the ionization chamber. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2 keys,
enters the associated read optical density with key pad, and validates it with W key.
There is no Beep during the exposure! The laptop Icon will light during X-ray.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 156
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.) Set the plexi or water thickness indicated on the Service Terminal display
2.) Run the proposed exposures (0.5s) develop the film and measure the optical density for each
image. The operator then selects the exposure number with F1/F2/ keys, and enters the
associated read optical density with key pad, and validates it with W key. Repeat the operation
for the other proposed exposures (1s, 2s, 3.2s)
3.) If the mAs for 80kV, 15cm of plexi or water thickness is greater than 2.5mAs, the software
calculates the necessary plexi or water thickness to obtain less than 2.5 mAs. The calculated
plexi or water thickness is displayed..
4.) Set the the plexi or water thickness indicated on the Service Terminal display
5.) Run the proposed exposure (10ms), develop the film, measure the optical density, enter and
validate the value with W key.
The software calculate Ktime parameters.
6.) The operator validates the Ktime calibration with V key. For the first screen-film calibration, the
software then proposes the KF calibration. By_pass it with V key again.
KG PARAMETER ACQUISITION (GRID CORRECTION)
This KG procedure has to be followed if the same film/screen combination is used on the second
ionisation chamber.
If no second ionization chamber is present, press key R (end of calibration).
For a multiple ionization chamber, the operator runs the previous calibration (KVEF, KTIME for each
film screen combination for one ionization chamber) and runs the KG calibration for the other
ionization.
0.00V L 80kV xx mAs 15cm OD = 0,00
Ionization AEC
Focus Kilovolt
Chamber Reference
mAs Plexi or Water Optical density

Thickness
0 to 9 keys to enter the optical density.

STEP 1
Select the ionization chamber with the arrow keys (AEC2).
Set the SID at the same distance used for KVEF on AEC1. If not possible, go to STEP 3.
STEP 2
Run the proposed exposure, develop the film, measure the optical density and enter the value
with keys 0 to 9.
Repeat the same operations for the next proposed exposures until the V key flickers.
When the V key flickers, press the V key (end of calibration).
Press the R key.

STEP 3
Hit key R and return to Application Mode.
Put 15 cm plexiglass in front of Wall Stand (AEC2)
Set 2 Point Mode
Set KV to 80
For mAs :
Calculate the mAs according to :
mAs = mAs0 * (SID)2
mAs0 => mAs at 80 kV for AEC1 found during Autocalibration
Page 156
AEC2
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 157
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
SID = new SID
Example:
mAs0 = 5mAs SID = 1.4

mAs = 5 * (!.4)2 = 10 mAs
Set mAs to 16 for backup.
Run exposure in AEC
Develop the film and measure the density
If the density is not equal to 1, go to MENU 4 AEC (F5)
Select KG (Key F3)
Select Grille 2 (Key F5/F6)
Enter a KG parameter :
If density is greater than 1, decrease KG value
If density is smaller than 1, increase KG value
Redo the same exposure and correct KG if density is not equal to 1.

CHECKSUM VALIDATION
The checksum must be validated at the end of the calibration. See 2.8 - Checksum Validation.
AEC REPETITION TEST
Make a series of 10 exposures in 2-point AEC (exposure time : aproximatively 10ms) and check
mAs accuracy (+/-10%) for each exposure.
SET KVEF, KT, KG

Call the AEC menu (setup mode, menu4, function key [F5]).
AEC
KVEF KG KTIME
KF
SET KVEF
Use the function key F1 to select sub-routine KVEF.
AECV 40KV 1
KV step
a.bc
screen-film
combination
1,2 or 3
KVEF
Select screen-film combination with A, B or C keys.

Select kV step 40, 60, 80, 100, or kVmax with F3/F4 keys.
Set KVEF to known value with key pad.
Validate each new setting with W key.
Press the R key when settings have been completed.
SET KT
Use function key F5 to select sub-routine KG.
Page 157
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 158
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
AEC T N = 0 T = 0.5 1 a.bc

Time step #
Time
screen-film
combination
1,2 or 3
KTIME
Use the following keys to select the screen-film combination : A for combination 1, B for
combination 2, C for combination3. The screen-film combination selected is displayed in
reverse video.
Select time step number with F1/F2 keys. (N = 0 T = 10ms, N = 1 T = 100ms, N = 2 T = 500,
N = 3 T = 1s, N = 4 T = 2s, N = 5 T = 3.2s).
If necessary, select time with F3/F4 keys.
Set KTIME to the known value with F9/F10 keys.
Validate each new setting with the W key.
Press the R key when the settings have been completed.
SET KG
Use the function key F3 to select sub-routine KG.
AEC G GRILLE 1 KG = a.b
KG 0.8 to 2
Use the function keys F5/F6 to scroll grid (grid number corresponds to the ionization chamber
number). Set KG to the known value using F9/F10 keys
Validate each new setting with the W key
Press the R key when settings have been completed.
CHECKSUM VALIDATION
The checksum must be validated after settings have been completed; refer to 2.8 - Checksum
Validation.
2.7
2.7.1
CR AEC Calibration
Systems with CR Filming Only
Usually, a CR system does not require any compensation, so you can set all the values to 1.
2.7.1.1
Program Generator with Default CR Parameters

1.) Enter Generator service mode. Select MENU 4, AEC.
2.) Select the proper film - screen to calibrate.
Example:
A: SCR1
B: SCR2
C: SCR3
3.) Program the generator with the following default values for KVEF, KG, KTIME, and KF.
Page 158
grid no (from 1 to 4)
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 159
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Menu 4
F1 KVEF
Default KVEF Values
40 kV
60 kV
80 kV
100 kV
125 kV
Max kV
(how the film responds to kV)
Menu 4
F5 AEC
F3 KG
Default KG Values
Grille 1
Grille 2
Grille 3
Grille 4
(overall density adjustments)
(table)
(chestand)
Menu 4
F5 AEC
F5 KTIME
Default KVEF Values
N0
N1
N2
N3
N4
N5
(how the film respoonds to

Time)
10
100
500
1000
2000
3200
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
F5 AEC
F9 KF
Default KVEF Values
3 thru 16
(collimator size compensation)
4.)
5.)
6.)
7.)
Menu 4
2.7.1.2
F5 AEC
Go to MENU 5, select F7 and turn display ON using F1.

Go to MENU 5 and run CHECKSUM.
Exit service mode into applications by pressing "R" on the laptop several times.
Perform the "CR Dose Adjustment" procedure below.
CR Dose Adjustment
Refer to the specific CR service manuals for specific details.
1.) Set up the system to measure dose to the CR cassette.
2.) Make an exposure and record the dose.
3.) Adjust the KG parameter to get the desired dose (the desired dose may need determined by
Operators or CR supplier).
2.7.2
System with Film and CR Filming Combined

If the system will be used with both Film and CR at the same time, then please keep the AEC
calibration data for Film.
If the dose for CR is not proper, the "+" and "-" button on the console can be used to increase or
decrease the dose.
Page 159
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 160
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.3
Final Adjustment
2.7.3.1
Disable Unused Film-Screen

Program the generator to disable all unused film-screen combinations.
Menu 3
F1 TECH
Example:
If you calibrated SCREEN 2 only, disable SCREEN 1 and SCREEN 3.

If you calibrated Film and CR, disable the unused screen.
2.7.3.2
Perform Checksum
Refer to 2.8 - Checksum Validation:
Menu 5
F1 RAMS
2.7.3.3
F1 and V at the same time
Save Memory
Back up the generator database.
First service screen F6
Save Memory
The file can be named, but it must be in the DOS format.
Default name:
SV_VAR.MX
Acceptable name:
xxxxxxxx.MX (8 characters max.MX)
Save the file on the laptop hard drive.

Copy the file to the site floppy.
2.8.1
Checksum Validation
Supplies
None.
2.8.2
Tools
2.8.3

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.
2.8.4
Prerequisites
Service terminal must be configured and software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service Software User
Guide.
2.8.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.8.6
Time
5 minutes.
Page 160
2.8
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 161
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.8.7
PROCEDURE
2.8.7.1
Note:
Note:
2.8.7.2
Preliminary Remarks
Checksums must be validated at end of generator setup or whenever a parameter is changed.
In the checksum validation process, the processor computes a number which is a function of all the
setup parameters. When the generator is powered up, this number is computed, i.e. the sum is
"checked".
If the two numbers differ, the generator displays an error code, indicating that one or more
parameters have been changed since the last time the sums were checked, or that a RAM-related
fault has occurred.
X-ray generation is inhibited if there is a checksum error.
The display Va.b on menu 5 is for the software version in the CPU board EPROMS.
Checksum Validation
Call RAMS (setup mode, menu 5, function key [F1].
Resulting display:
RAMS
CKSM
MCLR
Enter function key [F1] and [V] simultaneously.

A buzzer will sound, indicating that the sums have been checked and OK on display screen.
MCLR is used to erase all setup parameters. Function key [F3] corresponding to this function
should not be used.
Page 161
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 162
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.9
2.9.1
Backup and Restore Database Parameters

Supplies
None.
2.9.2
Tools
2.9.3

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.
2.9.4
Prerequisites
1.) The service terminal must be configured and the software installed (refer to 2.3 - Service
Software User Guide).
2.) All calibrations must have been completed.
2.9.5
Personnel
1 person.
Time
15 minutes.
2.9.7
Applicability
Setup parameters must be logged after the setup procedure has been completed, or whenever
these parameters are changed. This enables service engineers to key in parameters rapidly, i.e.
when changing the KV Control Board in the event of a battery outage.
2.9.8
Procedure
2.9.8.1
CPU memory backup

The generator must be in application mode. The control console push buttons will be inactive during
the transfer.
Connect service terminal to system console.
Power up.
Insert the calibration CD disk with write protection off.
From Laptop Dos, A: (It can also be run from Service Laptop Hard Disk Drive but in DOS
mode).
Type JEDI on the terminal.
Hit [F6] to save memory.

The system asks for a file name. Default file name is A:\sv_var.mx.
Type a file name or hit [ENTER].

During transfer, the number of frames sent is displayed.
When transfer ends, the message "Transfer successful" is displayed.
If any error is detected, the transfer stops and an error message is displayed.
See list of error messages in this section.
Page 162
2.9.6
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 163
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.9.8.2
Note:
2.9.8.3
CPU memory restore

All parameters stored in CPU NVRAM memory must have been saved previously on calibration CD
disk.
The procedure is the same as "Memory backup" except: Hit [F7] to restore memory.
This procedure is also used to down load new software (File type for Database or Software is
automaticaly recognised).
Errors during memory restore may cause unpredictable results. A new transfer is required.
If generator is locked, cycle power and repeat the entire memory restore procedure.
Error messages
MESSAGE
2.10.1
Cannot open file
- No CD disk.
- CD write protected during attempt to backup.
File contains data.

Delete old (y,n):
The file already exists (backup).

If you answer "y", the existing file will be erased.
Error time out
- Generator OFF.
- Terminal not connected to generator..
Error communication
Error during transfer. Try a new transfer from the beginning.

Note: Ensure ASIAN.exe software running under DOS and not
under WINDOWS.
Dosimetric Calibration
Dose/DAP accuracy check procedure
Before conducting this procedure, make sure following items have been calibrated:
- Generator
- Tube
- HVL
- Collimator
- Positioner
- mR/mAs
Procedure:
1.) Set the dosimeter probe with the small ion chamber sensor at 25 cm above the Tabletop/
Wallstand where the prediction algorithm is performed.
Ensure the center of the probe is at the center of x-ray beam.
2.) Cover the detector with lead or other material, or move it out of the FOV if possible, so that the
detector will not be damaged from over exposure.
3.) Set Exposure technique:
FIXED (NON-AEC) mode
Table or Wallstand mode
Page 163
2.10
ERROR
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 164
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
100kV, 50mA, 3.2mAs

2020 cm FOV
100cm SID
4.) Take exposure.
5.) Read and take note of the results on dosimeter DoseRef. (unit in mR or Gy), the DAP value
on the DAP meter DAPviewer (Gy *m2).
6.) Convert dose unit if needed: 1 mR = 8.76Gy, 1Gy = 0.001 mGy
7.) Determine the reference field size (convert unit to m2 if needed) at the dosimeter position
Reference Field size = collimated FOV * (SOD/SID)2 where SOD is distance from tube focal
spot to dosimeter upper surface.
8.) Calculate the Reference Dose Area Product DAPRef. = DoseRef. * Reference Field size.
9.) Compare the DAPRef. with DAPviewer as following:
(DAPRef. - DAPviewer) / DAPRef.*100%
The acceptable error is less than 30% when DAP 5Gy*m2
2.10.2
Dose/DAP accuracy maintenance

4.2In case the DAP error is larger than 30% when DAP 5Gy*m2, check if the SID, FOV
calibration is good. If there is no problem, run Dose Prediction (mR/mAs) calibration then redo the
accuracy check.
Page 164
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 165
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 4 - Functional Checks

Section 1.0
Introduction
Functional Checks describes the procedures necessary to determine whether the XR 6000
system (Refer to Figure 4-1) is operating correctly and performing within specifications.
All the XR 6000 system functions should conform to safety regulations, local codes or other
applicable standards.
Operational Checks
Performance Checks
Operational Checks may be performed by the customer or trained personnel. These checks only
indicate that the unit is functioning correctly at an operational level. They do not indicate that the
unit is
performing within specifications.
Before performing Functional Checks all System Configuration and Calibrations must be
completed. Refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration.
Page 165
Performance Checks must be performed by trained personnel only. These checks verify that
the unit is performing to specification. It is recommended to complete these checks during and
after installation, during periodic maintenance, and when the equipment is replaced or modified.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 166
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3
2
10
9
5
Figure 4-1 XR 6000 System

1.) Tube Stand
2.) Tube Arm
3.) X-ray Tube
4.) Table Top
5.) Longitudinal Support
6.) Table Base
7.) Foot Pedal
8.) Cassette Tray
9.) Collimator
10.) Control Box
Section 2.0
Tools and Test Equipment
In addition to the standard service tool kit the following tools and test equipment will be necessary
to perform the functional checks described in this chapter:
Page 166
DVM
Metric Tape Measure
KEITHLEY 35080A kV peak meter (or equivalent)
RADCAL MDH2025 dosimeter (or equivalent) with 20x5-60 probe

Section 2.0 Tools and Test Equipment
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 167
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 3.0
Operational Checks
3.1
System Power Up
Power up the XR 6000 system, check that all the corresponding LEDs are displaying correctly.
Green
Red
Figure 4-2 LEDs
3.2
Tube Assembly Operation

This section is used to perform mechanical movement checks.
Page 167
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 168
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)
5.)
6.)
Vertical Travel Control Switch.

Longitudinal Travel Control Switch.
Angulation Rotating Control Switch.
All Moving Function Control Switch.
Angular Indicator.
Handle.
Tube Stand Longitudinal Movement

Pressing the longitudinal movement button moving the tube stand.
3.2.2
Check the tube stand movement is operating smoothly and uniformly.
Check that the operation of the tube stand along with the cassette tray moves smoothly all the
way to the end of the table.
Tube Stand Rotation

Hold the operation handle to drive the tube arm to the left or to the right for rotation, and check that
the tube stand can be rotated +/- 180 degree and can be stopped in anywhere.
3.2.3
Tube Arm Vertical Movement

1.) Press and hold the vertical button on the control box and check the tube arm can move
smoothly up and down.
2.) Release the button, it will stop in any position.
3.) Press the collimator lamp button.
4.) Move the tube from the lowest position to the highest position.
5.) Check the variance of the cross line, and make sure that it will be less than 5 mm, otherwise,
adjust the tube position.
3.2.4
X-Ray Tube Angulation

Press and hold the angulation button and check that the X-ray tube angulation range is from -120
degree to +120 degree. The detents are at 0, +/-90 and +/-120 degree, and 0 degree detent
position is the tube arm's horizontal axis.
Page 168
Section 3.0 Operational Checks
3.2.1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 169
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.5
X-Ray Tube Tilting

Release the machine lock (two), and check the tube can be tilting from forward 20 degree to
backward 30 degree.
3.2.6
Table Top Movement Checks

1.) Double press the table foot pedals, check the tabletop is free for both Longitudinal and
transverse movement.
2.) Check that all movements are smooth.
3.) Release the table foot pedal, the table top will automatically lock at any position.
3.2.7
Cassette Tray Movement

The Cassette Tray is normally coupled with the tube stand..
1.) In coupled state:
The Cassette Tray should move together with the Tube Stand.
2.) Uncoupled state:
a.) Press the push button on the carriage. Check that the Cassette Tray can be moved
longitudinally without the tube stand.
b.) Release the push button, the Cassette Tray is locked in the position.
3.2.8
Collimator Rotation
3.2.9
1.)
2.)
3.)
4.)
Loosen set screw.

Rotate the collimator.
Check the collimator can be rotated.
Secure the set screw.
Collimator Light Timer

Press the collimator light button and check the light will be power off in more than 30 seconds.
3.2.10
Wall Stand Carriage Vertical Movement

Check that the carriage can be moved smoothly up and down and can be locked in any position.
Section 4.0
Performance Checks
4.1
Console
1.) Check the buttons functions.
a.) Power up.
b.) Press every button except power up and off button, a beep sound will be heard.
2.) Check the APR Save function.
a.) Change any parameter of the factory default APR database.
b.) Press the APR Save button
for more than 3 seconds, and the system console will
give a beep sound to inform the operators.

Page 169
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 170
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
c.)
Power off.
d.) Power up.

e.) Check the technique parameters be saved.
3.) Check the APR Restore factory default function.
a.) Press the buttons
together for more than 10 seconds. System console will
retrieve the factory default APR database. After the retrieve is done, system console will
give a beep sound to inform the operators.
b.) Power off.
c.)
Power up.
d.) Check the technique parameters.
4.2
4.2.1
Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light Field Alignment

Requirements
The following image is gotten in a plane that is perpendicular to x-ray field. Verify below
requirements are met.
|a1| + |a2| <= 1.7% SID and |b1| + |b2| <= 1.7% SID.
Visually Defined Field
b1
b2
X-ray Field
4.2.2
a2
Test Method
1.) Put the cassette onto the table top.
2.) Set SID to 1000 mm +/- 1 mm, and measure the distance by the ruler of the collimator.
3.) Darken the test bay (all light sources should be switched off).
4.) Adjust the blades to get x-ray FOV of 260 mm x 260 mm.
5.) Using metal indicators to indicate the four edges of the actual light field, so that the light field
Page 170
Section 4.0 Performance Checks
a1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 171
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
edges can be identified from the x-ray film.
6.) Make exposure at 40kV/2mAs with large focal spot.
Note:
The mAs value may need change according to the development liquid condition.
7.) Adjust the blades to get x-ray FOV of 300 mm x 300 mm.
8.) Make exposure at 40kV/0.5mAs with large focal spot.
Note:
The mAs value may need change according to the development liquid condition.
9.) Develop the film.
10.) Measure the variance between the light field edge and x-ray field edge of the second exposure.
For each edge, record the value into following table.
2626 (cm)
|a1| + |a2|
|b1| + |b2|
11.) Calculate accuracy between X-ray field and light field.

Note:
If the accuracy meet the system requirements, please skip the following steps, and directly to
4.3 - Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor. If not meet, that is |a1|+|a2| >
1.7%SID, follow step 13) to 15).
If the test is after tube or collimator replacement, please make marks on the flange interface
between the tube and collimator what the below picture shows.
Note:
If the x-ray field is left shifted, move the flange right.
Page 171
12.) Remove the collimator from the tube, and adjust the flange position to the opposite direction
to the shift direction of the x-ray filed to the light field. For example, the x-ray field is shifted to
the left of the light field, so move the flange to the right. Please refer the figure below for
reference.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 172
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
If the x-ray field is right shifted, move the flange left.
14.) If the requirement |a1| + |a2| <= 1.7% SID and |b1| + |b2| <= 1.7% SID has been met, make
marks on the flange, spacer, and tube as below.
Note:
Please oriente the collimator flange by referring to the thin and thick lines.
Figure 4-3 Make Thin Marks Inside
Page 172
13.) Re-install the collimator to the moved flange, re-test the misalignment value between x-ray
field and light field.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 173
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 4-4 Make Thick Marks Inside

Note:
Please orient the collimator flange by referring to the marks outside.

Figure 4-5 Make Marks Outside

15.) If the misalignment is not within the system requirements, please repeat step 13) to 14) until
the accuracy is within the specification and then make marks when the accuracy finally meet
the requirements.
4.3
4.3.1
Alignment of Centers of X-Ray Field and Image Receptor

Requirements
Mis-alignment of centers of x-ray field and image receptor shall not exceed 1.7% SID. |d1| <= 0.017
SID.
4.3.2
Test Method
1.) Set SID to 945mm +/- 2mm from focal spot to table top mode measured by collimator ruler.
2.) Insert the cassette into the cassette tray.
3.) Darken the test bay (All light sources should be switch off ).
4.) Adjust the blades to get X-ray FOV less than the film size.
5.) Make exposure at 40kV,1.6mAs, large spot, and table mode.
6.) Develop the film.
7.) Using the diagonal method to find the center of X-ray field, and use halving method to find the
center of film field.
Page 173
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 174
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
8.) Measure the distance between the two centers.
9.) Check whether it meets the requirement.
Center of X-Ray Field
d1
4.4
Image Quality
The Min resolution measured with following test method should be larger than 4lp/mm.
4.4.1
Test Method
1.) Set following exposure technique:
-
45kV;
4mAs;
Small focus;
SID = 100cm;
1cm thick plexiglass phantom;
Resolution card.
2.) Put the resolution card onto the phantom, and put phantom on the center of the full FOV.
3.) Take exposure, develop the film.
4.) Put the film on a light box, maybe with the help of magnifying glass, read out the max resolution
of the film, verify the value is equal to or large than 4lp/mm.
After replace the tube or JEDI or some parts in JEDI, please do the tests below from 4.5 to 4.8.
Page 174
Center of Cassette Film
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 175
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
4.5
Tube Voltage Accuracy
4.5.1
Tools
A calibrated non-invasive kV meter of 2% accuracy or better. KV meter calibration value must be
inside the spec and must be in period of validity Or invasive Dynalyzer or equivalent.
4.5.2
Requirements
Range: 40kVp ~ 150kVp;
Minimum adjusting step: 1kV;
Accuracy: less than or equial to +/-(3%+2 kV+kV meter accuracy)
Note:
4.5.3
If measurement with non-invasive kV meter failed, turn to Dynlayzer for accurate measurement.
Procedure
1.) System power up, select radiography mA at 200mA to 630mA, set 100ms, Large focal spot,
select exposure kV as following table.
2.) Take exposure with large spot and record the data of console display. The variance should be
met the requirement as above.
Setting Value (kV)
Test Data @ 200 mA
Pass/Fail
40
80
150
4.6
Tube Current
4.6.1
Requirements
Range: 10mA~630mA separate adjustment, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0,
80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630.0;
Large Spot: 10~630mA;
Small Spot: 10~250mA;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-15%.
4.6.2
Procedure
1.) System power up, select three parameter mode (mA,kV,time) on system console. Manually
adjust exposure mA as following table, exposure at 150kV from 10 to 400mA, 80kV for 630mA,
set 100ms exposure time.
2.) Take exposure by handle switch with Large Spot, record the data of console display.
Note:
The mA used shall be minimum as allowed and mSec > 20.

Setting Value (kV)
Test Data @ 80 kV
Test Data @ 150 kV
Pass/Fail
10 mA
200 mA
Page 175
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 176
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Setting Value (kV)
4.7
4.7.1
Test Data @ 80 kV
Test Data @ 150 kV
400 mA
N/A
630 mA
N/A
Pass/Fail
Exposure Time
Requirements
Range: 1.0ms~6300ms;
Separate adjustment: 1.0, 1.25, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.2, 4.0, 5.0, 6.3, 8.0, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0, 20.0, 25.0,
32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0, 80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630.0, 800,
1000, 1250, 1600, 2000, 2500, 3200, 4000, 5000, 6300;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-(10%+1ms).
4.7.2
Procedure
System power up, select radiography exposure parameter 80kV, 100mA. Take exposure and
record the data of console display. The variance should be less than or equal to +/-(10%+1ms).
Setting Time (ms)
10
500
6300
4.8
4.8.1
Test Data (ms)
Exposure mAs
Requirements
Range: 0.5mAs~630mAs;
Separate adjustment: 0.5, 0.63, 0.8, 1.0, 1.25, 1.6, 2.0, 2.5, 3.2, 4.0, 5.0, 6.3, 8.0, 10.0, 12.5, 16.0,
20.0, 25.0, 32.0, 40.0, 50.0, 63.0, 80.0, 100.0, 125.0, 160.0, 200.0, 250.0, 320.0, 400.0, 500.0, 630;
Accuracy: less than or equal to +/-(10%+0.2mAs).
4.8.2
Procedure
1.) System power up, select two-parameter exposure mode, and select the exposure mAs as
following table at 80kV.
2.) Take exposure and record the data of console display. The variance should be less than or
equal to +/-(10%+0.2mAs).
Setting Value @ 80kV (mAs)
Test Data (mAs)
10
40
63
400 (type test)
630 (type test)
Page 176
Pass/Fail
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 177
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
4.9
Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) - Optional

If table AEC or wall stand AEC is ordered, enable them through configuration screen of the console.
4.9.1
Table AEC
1.) Adjust the SID to 100 cm.
2.) Open the collimator.
3.) Select the large focal spot.
4.) Set 80 kV, 20 mAs backup, table mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
5.) Check the exposure is terminated less than 5 mAs.
6.) Close the collimator.
8.) Set 80 kV, 600 mAs, table mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an exposure.
9.) Check that the exposure is interrupted after about 4 seconds, a buzzer will be heard, and the
inhibit indicator will light up.
10.) Check the exposure is terminated. The value is 600 mAs or less.
4.9.2
Wall Stand AEC

1.) Adjust the SID to 180 cm.
4.) Set 80 kV, 20 mAs backup, wall stand mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
5.) Check the exposure is terminated less than 5 mAs.
6.) Close the collimator.
8.) Set 80 kV, 600 mAs, wall stand mode, center cell of ion chamber selected, and take an
exposure.
9.) Check that the exposure is interrupted after about 4 seconds, a buzzer will be heard, and the
inhibit indicator will light up.
10.) Check the exposure is terminated. The value is 600 mAs or less.
Warm up or season the tube before exposures of high kV or mA can be taken appropriately.
4.10
Collimator Light Timer

Press the collimator light button and check that the light will go out automatically in more than 30
seconds.
Page 177
2.) Open the collimator.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 178
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 5.0
HHS Test
Installers must indicate that the combination of installed HHS Certified Components is compatible
on Form F3382 provided in Direction 46-013894, System Field-Test For HHS.
Figure 4-6 System HHS Compliance Compatibility List
PRODUCT CATEGORY
X-RAY CONTROL
X-RAY TUBE ASSEMBLY

HOUSING (CASING)
BEAM LIMITING DEVICE
CASSETTE TRAY
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION
SYSTEM CONSOLE
GEN. & PDU
Toshiba E7843X
MODEL NUMBER
Manual COLLIMATOR
CASSETTE TRAY
5189248
5183178
5308337
Page 178
Section 5.0 HHS Test
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 179
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Section 1.0
Theory
1.1
Glossary
Glossary of terms used in this document:
Definition
ABC
Automatic Brightness Control. Regulation loop which makes the

measured brightness equal to brightness demand
AEC
Automatic Exposure Control. Exposure cut off technique which uses the
brightness signal to cut the exposure
CAN
Controller Area Network. A network used for localized control.
CPU
Control Processor Unit. Microprocessor and peripherals which run the

software/firmware
EPLD
Erasable Programmable Logic Device.
EMC
Electro Magnetic Compatibility. The EMC function prevents the generator

from polluting the power source.
FPGA
Field Programmable Gate Array. It is programmed by the CPU core after

the reset and handles all the exposure control logic including the system
interface real-time lines.
HV RIPPLE
High voltage variations due to inverter current pulses. Typically a few

percent.
STATE
MACHINE
Software or hardware function which handles the state of a system and

authorize to go to the next state upon reception of specific events.
IGBT
Insulated gate bipolar transistor. A type of power switch
Llp
HV power inverter parallel resonant current; current in the parallel inductor
Llr
HV power inverter serial resonant current; current in the serial inductor.
MOS
Metal Oxide Semiconductor. A type of power switch
OGP
On Gantry Processor. Unit which drives the generator in CT systems
PDU
Power Distribution Unit
RMS
Root Mean Square
Chapter 5 - JEDI GENERATOR THEORY AND FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION
Page 179
Term
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 180
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.2
JEDI HIGH LEVEL BLOCK DIAGRAM
Figure 5-1 JEDI Generator / Functional Architecture
Page 180
Section 1.0 Theory
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 181
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 2.0
Theory Presentation
2.1
Introduction
Jedi is the engineering name for a family of compact high frequency X-Ray generators. This
generator family covers a wide range of applications from mobile equipment up to vascular
systems:
JEDI 12-25 kW:

Mobile applications
JEDI 24-48 kW:

CT applications
JEDI 32-50 kW:

RAD applications
JEDI 50-65-80 kW:

RF applications
JEDI 100 kW:

VASCULAR applications
2.2
Standard Features
2.3
Applications
RAD
Surgery
RF
Vascular/
Cardiac
3 Points Mode
2 Points Mode
1 Point Mode
0 Point Mode
AEC
CT
Page 181
Jedi is a family of 150 kV generators operating from 12 kW up to 100 kW for all the major
radiological, fluoroscopic and CT applications. The family handles 1 ms to continuous exposures
with tube currents ranging from 0mA up to 1000 mA.
The generators feature the very latest technology available:
Constant potential independent of line voltage variations
Power generation by a high-frequency converter (High voltage ripple: 40 kHz-140 kHz)
Distributed micro-processor controlled functions (CAN bus)

Other features include:
Single phase, three phase or battery power source
Very low kV and mA ripple, excellent accuracies and dose reproducibility
Compatible with a wide range of tubes, high speed or low speed, can supply up to 3 different
tubes. Thermal load interactive integrator ensuring optimum use of the heat protection curve
of the x-ray tube
Available in various packaging configurations: gantry, under-table, cabinet
Serviceability: high reliability, fast installation (no generator calibration), application error
codes ensure fast troubleshooting
Meets CE marking (and in particular EMC), IEC, UL, CSA, MHW regulations (if required)
Optional pulsed fluoroscopy
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 182
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Tomography
AET
Continuous/Pulsed
Fluoroscopy
Rad Exposures
Cinema 30 fr/s
Cinema 90 fr/s
ABC
Variable mA Scans
Low mA Fluoroscopy
Legend:
AEC - Automatic Exposure Control
AET - Automatic Tomographic Exposure
ABC - Automatic Brightness Control in fluoroscopy
2.4
Architecture
2.4.1
A Kernel
High voltage chain composed of kV control, HV power inverter and HV tank
Anode rotation function
Tube filaments heater function
Control bus for communication between the functions
DC bus for power distribution to each function
Input voltage to DC conversion: AC/DC function
Low voltage power supply
Application software, running on the kV control board

These functions are the Jedi core. They are present in all versions of the generator.
A function can be unique for all products, or can have several different releases based on product
specification.
Example:
2.4.2
The anode rotation function is available in 2 releases:
low speed rotation for applications where the tube has a max rotation of 3000 rpm
high speed/low speed rotation for applications where at least one of the tubes can use 800010000 rpm
The control bus is unique.
Options Depending on the Application
Page 182
A System Interface which can be:

-
CT interface
RAD interface (console interface, room interface, AEC management present or not)
ATLAS interface
Section 2.0 Theory Presentation
Refer to Illustration 19: Jedi Generator / Functional Architecture

The Jedi family is composed of 3 elements:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 183
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
EMC function
Grid function (RF, vascular)
Bias function (RF, vascular)
Tube management (2 tubes or 3 tubes option)
Figure 5-2 JEDI Generator / Functional Architecture

Page 183
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 184
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.5
A Packaging Architecture
The packaging architecture consists in a set of boxes which can be put together in several ways to
make Jedi fit either in a cabinet, or a console foot, or a table foot. The boxes can also be split in 2
units distant of several meters (example: CT gantry). Refer to Illustration 20.
The boxes normally consist of the following:
2.5.1
Auxiliaries Box
Rotation function
Heater function
Low voltage power supply (which can also be in the AC/DC box)
This box is always present.
2.5.2
Power Box
HV tank
HV power inverter
kV control
System interface (for the less complex system interface)

2.5.3
AC/DC Box
2.5.4
System Interface Box
RAD interface
AEC interface
This box is present in the RAD product.
2.5.5
Optional Boxes
Page 184
Tube selection
Grid/Bias control
Section 2.0 Theory Presentation
MC filter (optional)
AC/DC function
Low voltage power supply (which can also be in the auxiliaries box)
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 185
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Inverter
LVPS Board
(for TIGER)
Dual Snub
Tube
HV
Gate
+-
Board
KV Measure
CT
Inter
face
AC/DC
Board
HV Tank
Rectifier
Block
KV Control
Board
EMC Filter
(Optional)
AC/DC Box
Power Box
AEC
Interface
RAD
Interface
LVPS Board
(for NP and
Emperor)
Heater Board
System Interface
Box for the rad
product
Rotation
Board
Tube
Selection
Rotation
Capacitor
Grid/Bias
Control
Rotation
Capacitor
(optional)
Auxiliaries
Box
Optional
Boxes
Figure 5-3 JEDI Generator / Packaging Architecture
Page 185
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 186
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 3.0
Technique Factors Measurement Criteria
3.1
kV Accuracies
JEDI emperor: Generator 50kW
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and the peak kV during the exposure.
Radiography:
40kV~150kV range: +/- 3%+/-2kV
3.2
mA Accuracies
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and the real mean mA during the exposure
(characterized by real kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 10%+/-1mA
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-1mA
3.3
mAs Accuracies
1/3 point Mode

Definition: accuracy between operator selection (mA and ms) and the real mAs during the exposure
(characterized by real kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 15%+/-0.1mAs
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 10%+/-0.1mAs
2/2 point Mode
Definition: accuracy between the internal mAs measure displayed after the exposures on the
operator console and the real mAs during the exposure (characterized by real kV>75% of the
operator selection).
Note: mAs measure is also called postdisplayed.
Radiography, manual mode:
exposures shorter than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-0.1mAs
exposures longer than 40ms (=mA loop setting time): +/- 5%+/-0.1mAs
3.4
Exposure Time Accuracies

Time accuracy (3 point Mode)
Definition: accuracy between operator selection and real exposure time (characterized by real
kV>75% of the operator selection).
Radiography:
+/- 5%+/-0.5ms
Page 186
Section 3.0 Technique Factors Measurement Criteria

Two accuracies have to be defined: one in 3 point Mode, one in 2 point Mode.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 187
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error

Codes
Section 1.0
Exception Handling
JEDI software performs auto-test at power up and continuously monitors the correct operation of its
functions during application. Any malfunction is stored in the JEDI error log. Errors found can only
be reported if the generator is powered on and functional.
1.1
Diagnostics
There are different levels of diagnostics.
1.2
Power-On Diagnostic
1.3
Live Diagnostics
1.) Under application faults will be reported through an error code on the Service Laptop. Some
are straightforward and convey the root cause. Refer to the recommended action in the error
list.
2.) Diagnostics run separately:
-
heating function
rotation function
inverter gate command diagnostic
inverter in short circuit diagnostic
no load HV fucntion diagnostics
3.) Manual Diagnostics

Through a troubleshooting guide based on an error message or when the generator does not
reply.
1.4
Error Code Structure

The error code structure described in this chapter applies to JEDI error detection and logging. The
JEDI error log file can be accessed from the system through the system console or a laptop (JEDI
error log upload functionality).
Chapter 6 - Exception Handling And Error Codes
Page 187
At power-up the kV control performs its own initialisation, checks its memory integrity (checksum of
program and NVRAM) and starts the communication with its peripherals as well as the system.
Communication is permanently checked afterwards. It then initialises the Rotation board and
Heater board with their respective database parameters and loads kV control FPGA.
Eight LEDs (S7..S0) on the kV control board show the software status.
During power-on, the Heater board and the Rotation board CPUs are initialised and check their
memory integrity and hardware. If a problem is encountered, a PRD error is reported to the kV
control.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 188
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
When an error is detected, it is logged in the JEDI error log file. The file contains a maximum of sixty
four error logs.
Each log shows the following structure:
Simplified
Generator Error
Error
Data associated
Number of
Date &
error code Phase
Class
Code
with the error code occurrences
time
The fields are described in the following paragraphs.
1.5
Simplified Error Code Definition
1.6
Generator Phase Definition

The generator phase field contains the state of the generator when the error occurred.
Generator
Description
Phase
0
idle: entered in diagnostic mode
1
powered up; waiting for configuration
2
Stand by: configuration completed, waiting for a preparation command
3
Preparation in progress: JEDI gets ready to take X-rays
4
Ready for exposures (rotation at speed; filament; HV inverter drive ready; no
errors): waiting for an exposure command
5
High voltage on
6
Error detected and not yet cleared
1.7
Class
Page 188
Error Class Definition

There are five classes of errors that correspond to different levels of impact to the system. The class
of errors correspond to the seriousness of the errors.
Description
Section 1.0 Exception Handling
The simplified error code is a grouping of the JEDI error codes. This field gives a rapid
understanding of which part of JEDI is faulty.
Simplified
Description
Error Code
30
Tube spits errors
40
Rotation errors
50
Heater errors
60
Exposure errors (HV inverter + mA measure + exposure control
70
Power supply errors (low voltage + DC bus)Hardware errors (internal
communications + cables)
80
Hardware errors (internal communications + cables)
90
Application errors (saved RAM + software)
100
External communication errors
110
Thermal errors
120
Manipulation error
10
Rotation warnings (engineering use)
20
Heater warnings (engineering use)
25
LVPS warnings (engineering use)
27
Application warnings (mainly saved RAM battery change)
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 189
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.8
Error Code Definition

Each error code comprises two fields (which cannot be generated and used separately);
the first field describes the JEDI function which is faulty (referred to as the function code)
the second field describes the error detected.

Example: error code 0306 means:
03: high voltage generation function;
06: no kV feedback on anode.

Function Codes List
Function
Code
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
Description
Rotation
heater
High voltage generation
mA control
Power supplies
System interface
Software
Application
Tube control
Page 189

1
Errors which have no impact on the system operation.
Errors detected in background diagnostics during application. They are referred as "Warning"
errors,
to monitor drifts and used for engineering tracking.
The generator phase remains unchanged.
Errors are stored in the JEDI error log.
2
Errors which are detected by JEDI and that are recoverable automatically without noticeable
effect
on the system, such as error related to recovered tube spits.
The generator phase remains unchanged.
Errors which usually occur during exposure.
3
Errors detected by JEDI during exposure. They stop the exposure and revert the generator into
a safe state.
Error will be reset on Exposure Command release. It will require another Exposure Command to
restart the sequence.
The generator phase is set to "error" until the error is cleared.
4
Errors which are related to any hardware failures, software application or communication errors.
JEDI will revert to a safe state.
If preparation is in progress, it is stopped.
Errors are cleared either by a reset error action from the system (for system having a reset error
mechanism) or by a prep release or by a new prep command.
The generator phase is set to "error" until ther error is cleared.
Application cannot work if errors are persistent.
5
These codes may appear when the generator or tube temperature limits are reached.
The application waits until the thermal information disappears. The error information is
temporary.
The generator phase is set to "error" until the error is cleared.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 190
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
10
11
12
13
14
1.9
Tube management
Grid
Bias
AEC
Hardware
Data Associated With The Error Code

The field "data associated with the error code" shows detailed information over the state of the
generator when the error occurred.
Example:
1.10
Rotation high speed acceleration state, small focus preheat, tube number 1 selected.
Number Of Occurrences
The field "number of occurrences" is used to log the same error occurring several times
consecutively. Instead of filling the error log file with the same error which has occurred
consecutively several times, the first error is logged and successive errors are recorded through
increasing the "number of occurrences" field.
1.11
Date & Time
Section 2.0
Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting
2.1
Introduction
This diagnostics section is to introduce the JEDI generator with the following information:
Power-On diagnostics LED indication.
List all the potential error codes that can be issued by JEDI Generator.
Provide error code explanation, potential cause and recommended action.
List of diagnostics aids and explanation of diagnostics.
2.2
Power On Diagnostics
Refer to theory of operation for power-on sequence. This paragraph in this section is to provide
meaning of boards' LED status. The LED display status is offering useful information at a glance to
proceed to error code based troubleshooting. Whenever in doubt, a simple step is to watch the LED
status display on the kV control board, then the Rotation and Heater.
kV control LED status:
During Power On Diagnostics
Page 190
Section 2.0 Error Codes, Diagnostics & Troubleshooting
The field "date & time" stores the date and time when the error occurred. This is the JEDI internal
date and time which may be different from the system date and time. In the case of logging the same
error the date/time is of the most recent entry.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 191
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
kV control board
S0..................S7
_
oooo
S0.........................S7
The 8 LED's (S0...S7) are lit successively in both directions (Scrolling as indicated by the
arrows): the power up diagnostics are completed, kV control board is up and running.
S0.....................S7
o
One out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
o oo
S7, S6, S5 are lit along with either S0 or S1 or S2 (depending of the type of FPGA downOne
out of two is lit: Data base checksum problem. An error code is logged. Refer to error code
description.
When an application error occurs (Not PRD)
e.g: No communication
The simplified error code is displayed on the Leds. They blink; when the error is cleared (by a
return to the standby mode for example), the 8 LEDs are lit successively.
Heater board LED status: (See central listing)

After the power on diagnostics, heater board LEDs DS1 and DS2 are lit successively. Any
different status correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error
code description.
Rotation board LED status: (See central listing)

After the power on diagnostics, rotation board LED DS5 is blinking. Any different status
correspond to an abnormal situation. An error code is logged. Refer to error code description.
2.3
Error Code List
Simplified
Error Code
30
The error code list and associated short description is presented below.
Description
ErrorClass
ErrorCode
Description
Tube Spits
2
2
0301H
0302H
Tube spit (kV+ and kV- dropped)

Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)
Page 191
S0.....................S7
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 192
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Simplified
Error Code
40
50
Description
Rotation
Error
Heater Error
ErrorCode
Description
2
2
2
4
0303H
0304H
0305H
0101H
Tube spit (kV- has dropped)

Tube spit (kV regulation error)
FPGA problem (restarting safety signal)
No CAN message received within 5 secs
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Database not correct

Rotation current overload
Rotation Openload
Rotation Phases unbalanced
Rotation Phases error
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
Rotation command error
MAINS_DROP has failed
PRD error
F0 main frequency problem
Unknown Rotation error
Heater inverter permanent overcurrent
Filament permanent open circuit
Heater Inverter permanent short circuit
Filament too high for Pre-heat
Filament too high for Pre-heat
Filament too high for Heat
Heater command error
Current under estimated fork
Current over estimated fork
MAINS_DROP detected
PRD error
Stay too long in Boost
Filament selection error
Measured current while inverter OFF
Filament Database not correct
0102H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0107H
0108H
0109H
0110H
0111H
0149H
0201H
0203H
0204H
0205H
0206H
0207H
0208H
0209H
0210H
0211H
0212H
0213H
0214H
0215H
0216H
0221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
0248H
0249H
0306H
3
3
3
3
3
3
0307H
0308H
0309H
0310H
0311H
0312H
No kV Feedback on cathode
No kV Feedback on anode and cathode
kV detected during kV diag
kV max detected
ILP current not OK
ILR current not OK
4
60
Page 192
Exposure
errors
Unknown Heater error

No kV Feedback on anode
ErrorClass
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 193
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
0313H
0314H
0316H
0317H
0318H
0319H
0320H
0323H
0401H
0402H
0403H
0504H
0801H
0802H
0803H
1406H
1407H
1408H
1409H
1410H
0501H

ILR max current detected
ILR current timeout
Spit Max error
Spit Ratio error
kV did not reach 75% after 20ms
kV unbalanced detected
FPGA problem (safety signal)
ILP and ILR currents not OK
No mA feedback
mA scale error
mA accuracy exceeded 5%
Inverter Gate Power Supply failed
Exposure backup mAs exceeded
Exposure backup time exceeded
Exp cmd while gene not ready
time counter error
mAs counter error
AEC counter error
mAs meter saturated
FPGA Locked
DC bus out of range
0503H
0505H
0506H
0507H
0549H
0553H
0557H
0563H
0567H
0573H
0577H
0180H
Inverter Gate Power Supply error

Mains power supply has dropped during exposure
DC bus 1 phase precharge error
DC bus 1 phase discharge error
Unknown LVPS error
Detected +160V too high
Detected +160V too low
Detected -15V too strong
Detected -15V too weak
Rotor board communication problem
0181H
0280H
0281H
0321H
0322H
0601H
0602H
0902H
1402H
1403H
1404H
Rotor board has reset

Heater board communication problem
Heater board has reset
kV conversion error
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
RTL error
External CAN bus off
tube Fan supply error
Internal CAN bus off
Connectic Fault
FPGA configuration problem
Page 193

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
70
Power
4
Supply
errors
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
80
Hardware
4
error
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 194
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
90
100
110
120
10
Page 194
Communica
tion errors
Thermal
error
Manipulatio
n error
Rotor
Warning
Heater
Warning
1405H
0701H
Tank sensor problem

Saved RAM checksum pb
4
4
4
4
0702H
0703H
0704H
0603H
Software problem
Watchdog reset has just occurred
Rotor/Heater hold too long
Debug screen com error
4
4
4
4
5
0604H
0605H
0606H
1301H
0804H
Database download error

TAV communication error
MPC/Madrid communication error
AEC communication error
Tank Thermal Error
5
5
0903H
1500H
Tube exceeded 70degC

Tomo brightness error
5
5
1
1501H
1502H
0151H
Exposure switch released during exposure

AEC cut off error
CAN Domain command number error
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
0157H
0158H
0159H
0160H
0161H
0162H
0163H
0164H
0199H
0251H
CAN Domain request with no transfer init

CAN Domain Toggle bit error
CAN Domain : less than 2 data to download
CAN Domain Abort received & applied
Bad index in config upload
Tube switch while rotor not off
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
Database download while rotor speeding
Acceleration command not OK
Rotor acceleration while in error
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
Unknown rotation warning
Received command is not OK
1
1
1
0252H
0253H
0254H
1
1
1
1
1
1
0255H
0256H
0257H
0258H
0259H
0260H
Heater command not OK

Heater inverter overcurrent
(inverter1) (<3 times)
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1) (<3times)
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
20
Application
errors
4
4
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 195
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1
1
1
1
25
Low Voltage 1
Power
supply
Warnings
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
27
Application
1
warnings
2.4
0261H
0262H
0263H
0299H
0550H

Database download while heater not cut
Unknown Heater warning
No more warn +160V too low or too gigh
0551H
0555H
0560H
0561H
0565H
0570H
0571H
0575H
0599H
1401H

No more warn +15V too low or too high
No more warn -15V too low or too high
Unknown LVPS warning
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
Error Reporting
2.5
Diagnostics
This chapter describes diagnostics tools based on error codes and specific diagnostics.
Before any manual intervention, ensure the main power is off. Apply lock out-tag out procedure for
your own safety when manipulating inside the equipment is required.
2.6
Detailed Error Description & Troubleshooting Guide

The table below provides guidelines to troubleshoot Generator problems based on error code.
For each code, there is:
Associated message and additional explanation related to the error occurrence.
List potential cause, in the order of expected probability.
Recommended action, with, in some cases, link to some more information as indicated where
cases apply, such as to run some specific diagnostics.
Codes are sorted by ascending order both for simplified code and error code.
Refer to the theory of operation for error code structure.
Information about associated data structure is located at the end of each error code subset
whenever it applies.
Whenever wiring, cabling, LED check is mentioned in the recommended actions, refer to the central
listing or to Illustration 1.
Page 195
The control console only displays the simplified error code from the Jedi generator.
Whenever a generator error is displayed on the operator console, the Jedi errorlog upload
functionality is available to get more detailed information about the error .This function is performed
from the service laptop.
The simplified error code is used to find the Jedi error code in the Jedi errorlog file.
With this information, look at the Jedi trouble shooting table to find the FRU to replace.
N1 (230 V)
K1
EMC Flt.
"VCC": +5V
kV ctrl
-15V, +15V
DS 1, 2
3ph, 380 - 480 VAC
+ 15 V
- 15 V
AC/DC
DS 1
F1
- 15V
NE 1
+ 15V
LVPS
Rotor
Board
DS 7
DS 3, 2, 1
+5, -15, +15
DS 2
DC bus, 160V
(120 to 200V)
DS 3
Heater Board
GE HEALTHCARE
CB1
Figure 6-1 JEDI Visual Power Supply Distribution for XR 6000
PDU
+ 15 V
- 15 V
I/F
PUPTor
DS7-6
Console
DS 300
+ M
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V
AEC
Gate Command Board
*
*
INVERTER. & LLC. Circuit
DS 1
Neon's
Page 196
Page 196
DC bus, 400 ... 800 V
LEDs
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 197
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1
2.6.1.1
Class 2Error code
30-0301H
30-0302H
Tube spits detection Errors (Code 30)

Message/explanation
Tube spit (kV+ and kV- dropped)
kV drop/spit detected
Tube spit (kV+ has dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on Anode side
Tube spit (kV- has dropped)
kV drop/spit detected on cathode side
30-0304H
kV regulation error
This is a slow speed safety circuit in case of
"smooth" spits.
30-0305H
Re-starting safety. (unknown reason)

Error occurring on safety line, while No root
error present at the error inputs (Err 0301 to
0304). This is probably due to transient
interference (Spikes).
2.6.1.2
Class 4 Error code
40-0101H
40-0103H
40-0104H
40-0105H
Potential cause
x-ray tube spit.
1. Anode side Tube spit.
2. Anode HV cable
3. HV tank
1. Cathode side Tube spit.
2. Cathode HV cable
3. HV tank
1 smooth HV tube spits
2 kV control board (HV regulation problem)
3 too much line impedance
4 half of AC/DC capacitors open
5 Inverter (parallel inductor or filtering
capacitors)
6 HV tank
1. External unknown cause.
2. kV control board.
30-0303H
40-0102H
Errors
Anode Rotation errors (Code 40)

Message/explanation
Potential cause
No CAN message received within 5 sec's

The rotation board has not received any
signal from the kV control main software for
the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of
communication
Database not correct.
The firmware of the rotation board has
detected that the Database received from the
kV control board has wrong data.
Rotation current overload
Rotation board has detected Main or auxiliary
rotation current too high compared to the
max. Tube motor current.
Rotation current openload
Rotation board detected that no current is
flowing to the motor.
1. kV Control main software lost

2. kV control or Rotation board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of the pin on the CAN
bus line connector
Rotation phases unbalanced

The amplitude difference of the current
bwtween main and auxiliary is too large.
1.
Wrong kV control Database. It can
only happen at power up.
1. Rotation board
2. Wrong Database (improbable)
1. Tube stator winding is open circuit: x-ray

tube
2. Incorrect wiring (Open)
3. No DC bus on Rotation board
4. Rotation board
1. One rotation wire missing
2. Rotation board
3. Wrong tube configuration database
Page 197
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 198
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
40-0106H
40-0107H
40-0108H
40-0109H
40-0110H
40-0111H
Rotation command error.

Rotation board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a
DEBUG error.
MAINS_DROP has failed
The firmware of the rotation board has
detected the mains_drop signal activation
and transmitted error to kV control
PRD error
Firmware checksum, RAM test and EPLD
access are performed at power up or reset.
F0 main frequency problem.
EPLD has not applied the inverter start
command.
Unknown Rotation error.
The main software received an error from
rotation board with no error code assocxiated.
1. Rotation board
1. Rotation board
2. Tube stator winding in short circuit -> x-ray
tube
3. Wiring incorrect (shorted)
No hardware failure
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector contact in DC bus
between power unit and auxiliary unit
4. Rotation board
Rotation board
Rotation board
Software problem
Associated data structure:

PRD error:
component failure:
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
Rotation database error:
2 bytes data, each value points to a specific parameter found as being erroneous
Other errors:
rotation state:
0=inverter OFF
1=acceleration 0 to low speed
2=acceleration 0 to high speed
3=acceleration low speed to high
4=low speed run
5=high speed run
6=high speed to low speed brake
7=brake reverse
8=brake DC
Page 198
40-0149H
Rotation phase error

The rotation board has detected that the
current in the anode stator does not show the
correct phase shift between main and
auxiliary.
Rotation Inverter permanent overcurrent
An overcurrent has been detected and 3
restart have been tried unsuccessfully within
a single rotation state
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 199
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.3
Class4 Error code
50-0201H
50-0203H
50-0204H
50-0205H
50-0207H
50-0208H
50-0209H
50-0210H
50-0211H
50-0212H
Message/explanation
No CAN message received within 5 sec's
The Heater board has not received any
command from the kV control main software
for the last 5 sec., interpreted as a loss of
communication
Heater inverter permanent overcurrent. (SW
limit)
Issued by the heater board when an
overcurrent has been detected and 3 restarts
have been tried without success within 100
ms
Filament permanent open circuit.
Issued by the heater board when an open has
been detected and 3 restarts have been tried
without success within 100 ms
Heater Inverter permanent short circuit (HW
limit)
Issued by the heater board when a short
circuit has been detected and 3 restarts have
been tried without success within 100 ms
Filament current too high on inverter 1 for
"Pre-Heat"
This is the result of an integrated value of the
RMS current measurement on Heater board
comparison with max. Tube value in
Database.
"Boost"
Same as above
"Heat"
Same as above
Heater command error
Heater board has informed kV control board
that the command was erroneous; this is a
DEBUG error.
Current under estimated fork/range
RMS filament current measurement (every
0.5 msec.) on heater board is too high
Current under estimated fork range
RMS filament current measurement (every
0.5 msec.) on heater board is too low
MAINS_DROP detected.
The firmware of the Heater board has
detected the mains_drop signal activation
and has transmitted error to kV control
Potential cause
1. kV Control main software lost
2. kV control or Heater board driver failure
3. Bad contact on one of the pin on the CAN
bus line connector
1. Heater board
1. X-ray tube filament open

2. Heater to HV tank cable
3. Cathode HV cable or pin contacts
4. Open circuit in filament transformer inside
HV Tank.
1. Heater board
50-0206H
Filament Heater errors (Code 50)
1. Tube Database or calibration

2. Heater board

2. Heater board
2. Heater board
No hardware failure
Heater board
1. Open circuit
2. Heater board
1. Interference (spikes)
2. Mains drop
3. Cable or connector contact in DC bus
between AC/DC and auxiliary unit4
.
Heater board
Page 199
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 200
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
50-0213H
50-0214H
50-0215H
50-0216H
500221H
0222H
0223H
0224H
500248H
0249H
PRD error
Firmware checksum, RAM test and EPLD
access are performed at power up or reset.
Boost too long on inverter 1.
Boost command stayed longer than 400 ms
Filament selection error.
The relay on the Heater board selecting the
filament is in the wrong position with respect
to the selection
Measured current while inverter OFF
Inverter current has been measured while the
inverter was not commanded
Filament Database not correct
The firmware of the heater board has
detected that the Received Database from kV
control contains erroneous data for Tube 1, 2,
3, or 4.
1. Heater board
2. No -15V on Heater board
Unknown heater error

The main software received an error from
heater board with no error code associated.
Software problem.
May be a loss of communication during boost.

Heater board
Heater board
1. Wrong kV control Database. It can only

happen at power up.
Filament database error:

2 bytes bitmap (LSByte=small focus, MSByte=large focus)
Each bit points to an erroneous parameter
Other errors:
1 byte bitmap with the following structure:
bit7 (MSB)
bit6
bit5
bit4
bit3
bit2
focus selected
tube selected
small focus state
0=small focus selected
1=tube 1 selected
0=inverter OFF
1=large focus selected
2=tube 2
1=preheat
3=tube 3
2=boost
4=tube 4
3=heat
Page 200
Associated data structure:

PRD error:
component failure:
0001H=RAM
0002H=RAM stack
0200H=EPLD
8000H=program checksum
bit1
bit0 (LSB)
large focus state
0=inverter OFF
1=preheat
2=boost
3=heat
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 201
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.4
Exposure errors (Code 60)
Class 3 Error
code
60-0306H
Message/explanation
Potential cause
No kV feedback on anode side

kV measured <12 kV 0,5 ms after start of
exposure on anode side only
60-0307H
No kV feedback on cathode side

kV measured <12kV 0,5ms after start of
exposure on cathode side only
60-0308H
No kV Feedback (on anode and cathode)

kV measured <12 kV 0,5 ms after start of
exposure on both anode and cathode.
kV detected during kV diagnostics.
KV measured during inverter diagnostics
while no kV must be generated.
kV MAX detected
kV reached 160 kV during exposure
ILP current not OK.
The current in the parallel resonant circuit of
the inverter did not rise at the beginning of the
exposure.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
60-0309H
60-0310H
60-0311H
60-0313H
60-0314H
60-0316H
60-0318H
60-0319H
60-0320H
60-0323H
ILR current not OK

The current in the serial resonant circuit of the
inverter did not rise at the beginning of the
exposure.
Inverter max. ILR current detected.
This is a hardware detection of maximum
current in serial resonant circuit.
ILR Current time out.
The current resonant frequency is lower than
expected
Spit Max error.
kV control has detected the number of tube
spits during exposure has reached the limit
(see theory of operation, software section)
kV did not reach 75% after 20 ms.
Indicates that there were no HV ON signal
generated for exposure time count-up
kV unbalanced detected.
Detects that there is more than 12 kV
difference between kV+ and kV FPGA problem; Safety hit with unknown
reason
No error at the inputs while checking for error
source.
ILP and ILR current not OK
No inverter current measures at the
beginning of the exposure
Improper setup before the diagnostic is run.
kV control
1. Inverter LC resonant circuit (Inverter coil assy,
capa inverter assy.)
2. Inverter
3. kV control
See above
1
2
HV tank
kV control
1. kV control
2. Inverter
3. Current measurement circuit.
reasonably x-ray tube
1. kV control
HV tank
1. This may be due to transient interference

(Spikes).
2. SW bug
1. Inverter LC resonant circuit. (Inverter coil assy,
capa inverter assy, cabling)
2. Inverter
3. kV control board
Page 201
60-0312H
HV cable short circuit

HV tank
kV control board (less probable)
HV cable short circuit
HV tank
kV control board (less probable)
HV tank
kV control board
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 202
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
60-0401H
60-0402H
60-0403H
(Class 2
error)
60-0504H
No mA feedback
mA measurement function:
kV control has detected no mA feedback 20
ms after the beginning of the exposure.
mA scale error
mA has been measured to be either too low
or too high with respect to mA demand 20 ms
after the beginning of the exposure
mA accuracy exceeded 5%
Measured mA every 50 msec exceeded 5%
of mA demand.This error is logged, but does
not stop the exposure.
Inverter Gate Power Supply error
gate supply voltage has dropped below the
level required to drive the IGBTs properly
Exposure backup mAs exceeded
The exposure command last so long that the
maximum mAs allowed has been reached.
60-0802H
Exposure backup time exceeded.

The exposure command last longer than the
duration that was loaded by the system
(Backup time + 5%.)
Exp cmd while gene not ready.
generator received an exposure command
while not in ready state
60-0803H
60-1406H
60-1407H
60-1408H
60-1409H
60-1410H
Page 202
Time counter error.

Error found in verifying the counter normal
operation.
mAs counter error
Error found in verifying the counter normal
operation.
AEC counter error
If there is no AEC feedback in AEC station
exposure.
mAs meter saturated.
A check is done on mAs counter operation at
the beginning of exposure and found the mAs
meter with unrealistic value.
FPGA locked.
FPGA detected an error and did not allow
start exposure after exposure command
symbol was received
1. kV control board
2. default filament currents not correctly adjusted
3. HV Tank (improbable)
1. tube spit
1. Inverter (gate command board)

2. kV control board
3. Generator input voltage too low or line
impedance too high
1. Esposure command line stuck to the active
state
2. kV control board
3. Heater board
1. System
2. System-Generator cable
3. I/F board: exposure line stuck to the active state
1. Software bug/problem
2. Cable / communication problem
3. External cause (Spikes)
kV control board
kV control board
1. ION chamber
2. AEC cable, connection
3. AEC board
4. kV control
1. kV control
1. Software problem
2 kV control
60-0801H
1. HV tank
2. kV control board
3. x-ray tube (filament open)
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 203
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.5
Power supply (Code 70)

Message/explanation
DC bus out if range (<400 or >850)
70-0503H
Inverter Gate Power Supply error (checked at

prep)
70-0505H
Mains power supply has dropped During

exposure
Unknown LVPS error
The main software received an LVPS error
with no error code associated.
Detected +160 V too high
+160 V is higher than 225 V (measured on
heater board)
Detected
+160 V too low+160 V is lower than 110 V
(measured on heater board)
Detected +15 V too high
+15 V is higher than 17.3 V (measured on
heater board)
Detected +15 V too low
+15 V is lower than 13 V (measured on heater
board)
70-0553H
70-0557H
70-0563H
70-0567H
70-0573H
70-0577H
2.6.1.6
Class 4 Error code
80-0180H
80-0181H
80-0280H
Detected -15 V too high

-15 V is lower than -17.3 V (measured on
heater board)
Detected -15 V too low
-15 V is higher than -13 V (measured on
heater board)
Potential cause
1. mains problem (Too low or too high)
2. One phase missing at Generator input
1. Mains
2. Cable pb
3. Gate command board (Inverter)
4. kV control
unknown
Software problem
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
1. LVPS
2. Heater board
1. LVPS open circuit
2. Heater board
2. Heater board
3. rotation (short circuit)kV control (short
circuit) (improbable)
2. Heater board
1.
2.
3.
4.
LVPS (open circuit)

Heater board
rotation (short circuit)
kV control (short circuit) (improbable)
Hardware errors (Code 80)

Message/explanation
Rotation board communication problem.
kV control board communication Watch Dog
with Rotation board popped up because it did
not get reply from Rotation board.
Rotation board has reset.
kV control has detected the Rotation board
has reset. KV control will reload Rotation
Database.
Heater board communication problem
kV control board communication Watch Dog
with Heater board popped up because it did
not get reply from Heater board.
Potential cause
1. Rotation board
2. Control bus cable
3. kV control
1. Rotation board
2. Interference (Spikes)
1. Heater board
3. kV control
Page 203
Class 4 Error code

70-0501H
70-0549H
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 204
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
80-0321H
80-0322H
80-0601H
KV conversion error
KV feedback measured while no KV
generated
kV ref ADC / DAC failed
kV control DAC and ADC capability are
permanently tested for coherency.
RTL error (+ associated data to check which
of the 4 RTL lines)
Real Time Lines show a wrong state. RTL's
are tested on a regular basis in stand by.
External CAN bus off
80-0902H
Tube Fan supply error.

Rotation board has detected that a wrong
voltage is applied to the tube fan
Internal CAN bus off
Can device on kV control board detected
abnormal level on it's 2 line and sent error to
the CPU
Connection Fault
One of the flat cable connector is not
connected in Generator.
FPGA configuration problem.
Detected during power up. The kV control
main software cannot load the FPGA.
Tank temperature sensor problem.
Means that t? value of the HV tank is < 10?C
80-1402H
80-1403H
80-1404H
80-1405H
Page 204
KV control board
1. system communication power supply (for

isolated communications)
2. system communication cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV control flat cable
5. kV control board
1. system communication power supply (for
isolated communications)
2. system communication cable
3. system interface board
4. system interface to kV control flat cable
5. kV control board
1. No 115 V tube cooling supply
2. Rotation board
1. kV control
3. Heater or Rotation
Multiple, but likely improbable.
kV control board.
kV controlHV tank
80-0602H
KV control board
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 205
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.7
Class 4 Error code
90-0701H
90-0702H
90-0703H
90-0704H
2.6.1.8
Class 4 Error code
100-0603H
100-0604H
100-0606H
100-1301H
2.6.1.9
Message/explanation
NV RAM checksum pb.
Generator kV control board has detected
corruption in the NV Ram verification (After
power up)
Software problem.
Watchdog reset has just occurred.
This error is logged when the CPU of the kV
control board is reset by it's Watch Dog timer.
Rotation/Heater hold too long.
Will pop up if preparation command from the
system is maintained longer than 3 minutes.
Potential cause
1. Database problem
2. External cause (Spikes)
3. kV control
1.
2.
1.
2.
Software or Database problem.

kV control board failure.
Software or Database problem.
kV control board failure.
Software problem.
Communication errors (code 100)

Message/explanation
Debug screen com. error
Database download error
Generator has detected a problem during
Database download
TAV communication error.
Generator has detected a communication
problem between the I/F and the service
laptop (When generator is controlled by the
laptop)
MPC/Madrid
Communication error.
No reply from the console.(This error
message can be seen using the service
laptop)
AEC communication error

KV Control has detected a communication
problem with AEC board.
Potential cause
Engineering use
1. Database file incorrect
2. Transmission problem
1. Software / laptop problem
2. Cable problem
1. Cable, connection problem between

Generator and the console.
2. Interface board
3. kV control board
4. Cabling between kV control board and IF
board
5. Console problem
1. AEC board
2. I/F board
3. kV control
4. Wiring
Thermal errors (code 110)
Class 5 Error code

110-0804H
Message/explanation
Tank Thermal Error
HV tank temperature measurement has
reached 60 degree C
110-0903H
70 degree C thermal safety error

70? loop detected open
Potential cause
1. HV tank too hot; normal error
2. HV tank
3. kV control
1. X-ray tube too hot; normal error
2. Wiring problem
3. Sensor problem (Tube)
4. rotation board
Page 205
100-0605H
Application errors (Code 90)
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 206
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.1.10
Manipulation errors (code 120)
Class 5 Error code

120-1500H
Message/explanation
Tomo brightness not good
120-1501H
Exposure switch released
120-1502H
AEC CUT off error
2.7
10
Page 206
Warning Errors
Warning errors are the result of automated and regular background monitoring for either software
events or voltages exceeding thresholds.
Those errors are merely for engineering usage and do not indicate any hardware error failure.
However, as they are logged into the Generator Err_log file, just as the previous list of errors, they
are listed here to help error review. If many are seen when viewing error log, we recommend
reporting this with a CQA, since the equipment is still operating.
Rotation Warning
0151H
0152H
0153H
0154H
0155H
0156H
Bad index in config upload
0157H
Tube switch while rotor not off
0158H
Acceleration cmd while no tube selected
0159H
Acceleration cmd while database not OK
0160H
Database download while rotor speeding
0161H
Acceleration command not OK
0162H
Rotor acceleration while in error
0163H
0164H
Rotation Inverter overcurrent (< 3 times)
0199H
Unknown rotation warning
Heater Warning
0251H
Received command is not OK
0252H
Heater command not OK
0253H
0254H
Heater inverter overcurrent (inverter1) (<3
times)
0255H
Filament open circuit (inverter1) (<3 times)
0256H
Heater Inverter short circuit (inverter1)
(<3times)
0257H
Tube switch while filaments not OFF
0258H
0259H
0260H
0261H
0262H
0263H
Database download while heater not cut
20
Potential cause
Technics (kV, mA) not set at the correct value.
The brightness signal is out of range (+/-20%)
Handswitch has been released before the end
of exposure
Backup time or mAs too short; AEC did not cut
the exposure
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 207
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
25
Low Voltage Power

Supply Warnings
27
2.8
Application
warnings
0299H
0550H
0555H
0560H
0561H
0565H
0570H
0571H
0575H
0599H
1401H

No more warn -15V too low or too high
Unknown LVPS warning
Saved RAM power supply limit reached
This message is the result of a computation
that is made by the software based on the Date
for a period of approximately 7 years
Other Failures
Error code
System
Potential cause
GENERATOR does not reply to the system
1. No power on Generator
2. EMC filter
3. AC/DC- Diode bridge
4. Cable between AC/DC and LVPS
5. LVPS down
6. CAN cable problem
7. kV control
8. CT interface
9. Rotation board
10. Heater board
11. Inverter in short circuit
12. Generator to system cable
1. Short circuit on Generator :
IGBT in short circuit
ACDC or bridge rectifier in short circuit
EMC filter in short circuit
1. After software download:
-Incorrect or uncompleted download
-Checksum problem
Software or Data base corrupt
Message /
explanation
CONSOLE boot
up error
Potential cause
Recommended action Troubleshooting guide
Console power supply is not

correct
Locate the Switch Power DSP1 on the back of

PDU, then adjust VR1 to make 5V terminal out put
5.50.05V.
Page 207
Message/explanation
3 phases CB1 breaker trips in PDU
Error
code
Console

Unknown heater warning
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 208
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
System
1. No power on the
Generator
2. EMC filter
3. AC/DC- Diode bridge
4. Cable between AC/DC
and LVPS
5. LVPS down
6. CAN cable problem
7. kV control
8. RAD interface
9. AEC board
10. Rotation board
11. Heater board
12. Inverter in short circuit
13. Generator to system
cable
Perform the troubleshooting in the following way:

1/ kV control Leds S0-S7 are lit successively:
refer to system communication errors (code 06xx
H)
2/ Leds S0-S7 show a specific pattern: refer to
PRD errors section
3/ Led RESET is lit: board is maintained in reset
either by the system or by a system I/F failure or kV
control failure
4/ Led HALT is lit: replace kV control
5/ No Led is lit: verify that +5 V on kV control
board (J6, pin 2).is present. If yes, replace kV
control. If no:
6/ Verify if +15 V/-15 V is present (Leds DS1/
DS2).
If yes:
Verify that mains_drop line is not stopping the kV
control software (mains_drop active):
6_1/Check if DS1 LED on LVPS board is lit. If yes,
replace LVPS board.
6_2/Disconnect Heater board control bus cable.
Check if kV control software starts. If yes, replace
Heater board.
6_3/Disconnect Rotation board control bus cable
and connect it directly to LVPS board. Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace rotation
board.
6_4/If AEC existing, disconnect AEC cable (J5)
from IF board (J3) cable. Check if kV control
software starts. If yes, disconnect AEC chambers
and connect AEC board to IF board. If kV control
starts, check AEC chambers, else replace AEC
board.
6_5/Disconnect IF board cable (J10). Check if kV
control software starts. If yes, replace IF board,
else: replace kV control board.
if no:
7/ Verify if +15 V/-15 V is present on rotation
board (DS1/DS2) and the 160 V is present on the
heater board (DS3). If yes: check the control bus
cable to the kV control board. If no error, change
the kV control board. If no:
Page 208
GENERATOR
does not reply to
the system
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 209
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
GENERATOR
does not reply to
the
system(Cond't)
1. Short circuit on
Generator:
- IGBT in short circuit
- ACDC or bridge rectifier
in short circuit
- EMC filter in short circuit
Software or Data
base corrupt
1. After software download:

- Incorrect or uncompleted
download
- Checksum problem
Console power does not
reach the specification
Console display
malfunction
2.9
PDU DPS1:V1 output should be +5V. Adjust the

potentiometer if needed.
Heating Function diagnostics
Purpose:
Pre-requisites:
Test type:
Sequence:
The purpose of this test is to drive the heater inverter(s) on both filaments and all the tubes
connected to the Generator in order to identify a faulty heater FRU or a wrong connection between
heater board, HV Tank and tube(s).
kV control board alive and running: S0-S7 Leds are lit successively or a combination of them
blink
heater board alive and running: DS1 and DS2 Leds are lit successively
heater DC supply present: DS3 Led is lit

No manual interaction
Select the tube to run the test on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs on the small focus and then on the large focus:
5 seconds preheat
0,4 s boost
5 s heat (focal spot max current - 1Amp)

There is 10 s stop time between each focal spot run.
During the test, the heater safeties are checked the same way than in application mode.
Page 209
3 phases CB1
breaker trips in
PDU

8/ Verify if the LVPS DC input is right. If no, check
AC/DC fuse and input line
If yes:
9/ disconnect all output cables from the LVPS
board. Verify the +15 V/-15 V/160 V output. If right:
reconnect each board successively to find the one
stucking the 15V to ground. If wrong, replace LVPS
board
1/ Disconnect DC bus cables between AC/DC
and inverter (on AC/DC side)
2/ Check if these cables are in short circuit. If yes,
replace inverter
if no,
3/ Remove ACDC board
4/ Check between outputs pins then between
inputs of ACDC board. If short circuit, replace AC/
DC FRU
if no:
5/ Check bridge rectifier, between outputs, if yes,
replace ACDC FRU (including rectifier bridge)
if no:
6/ Check bridge rectifier, between inputs, if yes,
replace ACDC FRU (including rectifier bridge)
if no:
7/ Disconnect AC line input from EMC board.
Check EMC for short circuit between phases. If
short circuit, replace EMC board.
Retry download
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 210
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Error codes reporting:
Refer to the troubleshooting table.
2.10
Rotation Function diagnostics
Purpose:
Pre-requisites:
Test type:
Sequence:
Associated data points to both high speed

and low speed mode
Replace the rotation board
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table.
2.11
Inverter in Short Circuit Function diagnostics
Purpose:
Pre-requisites:
Test type:
Page 210
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter is working properly. The inverter is
commanded at a fixed frequency and is loaded with a short circuit. Verification is made that the
inverter currents are correctly set. At the same time verification is made that no High voltage is
measured. This test is performed without connecting the HV Tank to the inverter so that no Xray is
generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated during this test.
Generator input line in an acceptable range (380 V-10% to 480 V+10% for 3-phase AC input)
blink
inverter gate_cmd board DC supply present: DS300 neon is lit
inverter dual snubber board DC supply present: DS1 neon is lit
Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure

Manual operation is required.
Error code
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
0103H
0104H
0105H
0106H
The purpose of this test is to drive the rotation inverter(s) in high speed mode (for application
supporting high speed mode) and low speed mode on all the tubes connected to the Generator in
order to identify a faulty rotation FRU or a faulty dephasing capacitors FRU or a wrong connection
between rotation board and tube.
blink
rotation board alive and running: DS5 Led blinking
rotation DC supply present: DS7 neon is lit
cabling between rotation board and tube checked

No manual interaction, no loop on
Select the tube to run the test on, start the diagnostic.
The following sequence runs in low speed mode and then in high speed mode (if high speed mode
allowed):
acceleration (time depends on tube type)
2 s run
brake (time depends on tube type)

There is 2 s stop time between each speed mode.
During the test, the rotation safeties are checked the same way than in application mode.
Associated data
Conclusion
Associated data points only to high speed Power-off. Check if rotation board K2 relay is
mode
short circuiting the rotor capacitors. If yes
replace the rotation board. If no replace the
rotation capacitors
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 211
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Sequence:
1.) Disconnect the HV Tank primary cables from the inverter.
Take care not to disconnect at the same time the parallel inductor cable which is tightened with
the HV Tank primary cables.
Put the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit) between the two capacitors as shown:
Check that the parallel inductor cable do not remain unscrewed.

2.) Power on the Generator
3.) Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is lit
4.) Verify that the DS300 neon on inverter gate_cmd board is lit
5.) Start the diagnostic and verify that no error is reported on the operator console
6.) Press the exposure switch (500 ms exposure is taken)
7.) Release the exposure switch
8.) Verify error reported on the console
9.) After exiting the test, power off the Generator
10.) Remove the short circuit cable, reconnect the HV Tank primary cables (see HV Tank D/R job
card).
11.) Verify that the parallel inductor cable is connected.
Error reporting:
error
DS1 neon off
DS300 neon off
0301/0302/0303/0304/
0309/0310/0319 (H)
0311
0312
0313
0314
0320
0323
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables between AC/DC and inverter
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that HV Tank primary cables have been removed. If yes,
replace kV control board
No Ilp current detected. See note 2
No Ilr current detected. See note 3
replace kV control board
Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected. See note 4
if problem persists, replace kV control board
Both Ilr and Ilp currents not detected. See note 1
Page 211
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 212
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
0501
0503
0504
0505
Note 1:
kV control or inverter can be faulty

Isolation fault between inverter components and ground. Check
inverter inductors. If no faulty component, kV control or inverter
can be faulty
Ilp and Ilr currents not detected

1.) Check the -15 V (Led DS1) on kV control board (see central listing). If it is not lit, refer to "other
failures" section. Else:
2.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off.
3.) Check that the currents transformers (capacitor set) to gate_cmd board cable is correctly
connected. If yes:
4.) Check that the inverter inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
5.) Check that the gate_cmd to HV Tank cable and HV Tank to kV control cables are correctly
connected. If yes, replace the inverter
6.) Reconnect all the cables
Note 2:
Ilp current not detected

2.) Check that the parallel inductor is correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Check that the parallel inductor impedance is 0 Ohms. If no: replace inverter. If yes:
5.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
transformer impedance is 0. If no: replace the capacitor set. Else:
connected. If yes:
7.) Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin 20 and
pin 21 of J2 of HV Tank is 3,3 Ohms. If no replace the inverter. If yes replace kV control board.
8.) Reconnect all the cables.
Note 3:
Ilr current not detected

1.) Power off the Generator. Wait until all neons are off
2.) Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the serial current
transformer impedance is 0. If no: change capacitor set. Else:
4.) Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set.
Else:
connected. If yes:
6.) Disconnect the HV Tank to kV control cable. Check that the impedance between pin 20 and
pin 21 of J2 of HV Tank is 5 Ohms. If no replace iverter. If yes replace kV control board.
Note 4:
Ilr current resonant frequency is lower than expected

2.) Check that the inductors are correctly connected. If yes:
3.) Check that the inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes: replace the apacitor
set. Else:
4.) Disconnect the currents transformers to gate_cmd board cable. Check that the parallel current
Page 212
4.) Check that inverter capacitors (capacitors set) are not broken. If yes, replace the capacitor set.
Else:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 213
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
transformer impedance is 0. If no: change the capacitor set. Else: replace kV control board.
2.12
AEC diagnostics
Purpose:
Pre-requisites:
Test type:
Sequence:
No cell selected, Test 4 is OK if return voltage measurement is 0 V.
Select respectively one of the three cells, left, right, middle.
Test 5, 6, 7 are OK if: 1 V < measured value < 3 V.

Error Code
Associated Data
Conclusion
1111111 (*)
None
Test OK
Any combination
None
Test KO = test failed; replace AEC board
0001000
None
Communication error:
- Replace AEC board
- If same problem, apart from a DOA board, suspect
IF board then KV Control board.
(*) except for AEC board with serial number: 2184569-X: the resulting error code must be 0001111
(test is OK on this board the HV power supply test is not performed).
For the other error codes, refer to the troubleshooting table.
2.13
No Load HV diagnostics
Purpose:
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter and HV tank are working properly.
The exposure is taken as in application mode except that no filament drive nor anode rotation is
running. Verification is made that the inverter currents are correctly set and that kV regulation is
operating properly. As no filament drive is applied, no XRays are generated.
Page 213
The purpose of this test is to drive the AEC function in order to identify a faulty AEC, IF or kV control
board FRU or the wrong connection between the AEC board and ion chambers.
application mode without AEC mode is running properly
kV Control board alive and running: S0-S7 LEDs are lit successively or a combination of them
blink
cabling between IF board, AEC board and ionization chambers checked.

Automated, with the use of Service Laptop
Select AEC function in menu 1 on Service Laptop.
Press V to run the test.
AEC function is verified through a series of 7 tests as follows:
AEC return measurement test:

A voltage reference is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex.
Nominal value of return voltage = 5.24 V
Test 1 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V
This test is also performed at lower frequency count up:
Test 2 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V.
Switching Gain test (x10):

A voltage reference is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex and count up gain is
applied.
Nominal value of return volatge = 4.76 V
Test 3 is OK if: 4 V < measured value < 6 V.
AEC ion chamber HV power supply test:

A portion of HV power supply is switched to one input of the AEC select multiplex:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 214
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Pre-requisites:
Test type:
Sequence:
This test also allow to separate Generator from HV cable or x-ray tube problem by running it with
or without the HV cables plugged on the HV tank.
Generator input line in an acceptable range (380 V -10% to 480 V +10% for 3-phase AC input)
blink
inverter dual snubber board DC supply present: DS1 neon is lit
Inverter gate command diagnostic passed without failure
Inverter in short circuit diagnostic passed without failure
*) HV Receptacles must be filled with oil if HV cables are removed.

2.) Start the diagnostic and verify:
-
error reported on the operator console
inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS102, DS201, DS202 are lit: IGBTs gate drive
supply is working properly
3.) Select kV (default = 80 kV) and exposure time (default = 1 sec.).

4.) Press the exposure switch
5.) During the "exposure", verify:
-
Error reporting:
See Troubleshooting Table.
2.14
Inverter Gate Command diagnostics
Purpose:
Pre-requisites:
Test type:
Sequence:
The purpose of this test is to verify that the HV power inverter drive is working properly. The IGBTs
gate drive supply and the IGBTs gate drive is verified. At the same time verification is made that no
inverter currents nor High voltage are measured. This test is performed without DC voltage applied
to the inverter so that no Xray is generated. Anode rotation and filament drive are not activated
during this test.
generator input line in an acceptable range (380V-10% to 480V+10% for 3-phase AC input)
blink

1.) Switch the system OFF. Ensure there is no voltage on AC/DC board
2.) FOR XR 6000:
-
Remove DC BUS cable going to Inverter (refer to Chapter 8 - - Renewal Parts-3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
Remove the EMC cover (refer to Chapter 8 - - Renewal Parts-3.4 - Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly).
Refer to Central Listing to "GATE COMMAND BOARD" and to "DUAL SNUB BOARD" for
leds location.

4.) Verify that the DS1 neon on inverter dual snubbers board is not lit
5.) Start the diagnostic and verify:
Page 214

7.) Power off the Generator
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 215
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS101, DS102, DS201, DS202 are lit: IGBTs gate drive
supply is working properly
6.) Press the exposure switch (10 s exposure is taken after a 10 sec. delay)
7.) During the "exposure", verify:
-
inverter gate_cmd board Leds DS100 and DS200 are lit: IGBTs gate drive is working
properly

9.) Power off the Generator
10.) Reconnect the 2 DC bus cables from the AC/DC board (see Central Listing).
Error reporting:
Error
DS1 neon lit
DS300 neon off
if problem persists, replace Kv control board

kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
Replace inverter
Check cabling between kV control, HV Tank and gate_cmd board.

If cabling is right, kV control or inverter fault, replace inverter first
Page 215
0301/0302/0303/0304/
0309/0310/0311/0312/
0313/0314/0319/0323
(H)
0320
0501
0503
0504
one of DS101/DS102/
DS201/DS202 LEDs off
while no error reported
DS100 and/or DS200
LEDs off
Conclusion
Check that DC bus cables have been removed
Check the gate_cmd supply cable between AC/DC and gate_cmd
board
Check that DC bus cables have been removed.
If yes, replace kV control board
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 216
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 3.0
Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes
3.1
Error Codes
Error Code
C01-0001
C02-0001
C02-1000
C03-0001
C04-0001
C04-0002
C04-0003
C04-0004
C05-0001
C06-0001
3.2
Messages
System Error
Memory Error on Console Control Board
Membrane Button Error
JEDI Communication Error
APR Random or All
No AEC Config
Overlimit
Phase Missing
Generator Error
Exposure Error
Console Troubleshooting
3.2.1
System Error (C01-0001)

Adjust KV
No
KV can be changed?
Connector of J4 on
console is loosing?
Yes
No
8QSOXJ+6FRQQHFWRU
Press the button.
HS Pin1/2 and Pin3/4 can

switch with pressing?
No
Replace handswitch
If connector of TAV board and
connector J3 on Jedi is loosing?
Yes
Open PDU cover.
J2 on Jedi is loosing?
Yes
Yes
Re-connect
No
Yes
Re-connect
No
Power off console. Then
power on it after 15s, if the issue
still exists?
Power on console. Pull out TAV cable

connector from Jedi J3 and J2. Then press HS.
No
Yes
Is LED (DS4) lighting or
flashing on TAV board?
Yes
Jedi
troubleshooting
Replace
console
No
Replace TAV
board
Page 216
Section 3.0 Console Troubleshooting & Error Codes
Power up 15s
after power off
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 217
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.2
Memory Error on Console Control Board (C02-0001)

Power off console. Then
power on it after 15 sec.
Repeat this operation
for more 3 times.
If there is at least one

time error code C02-0001
displaying.
No
Replace console main

board
Yes
Make APR saving
Operation. Reset console.
Check if the APR has been

changed to above setting?
Yes
As error issue report
No
Replace console main
board
Page 217
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 218
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.3
Membrane Button Error (C02-1000)
Check if console can

enter normal work
mode?
No
Yes
Operation each button.
Check and record which
button is invalid.
If all the button on a

line all are invalid?
No
Replace console
Yes
Replace console
main board
Page 218
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 219
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.4
JEDI Communication Error (C03-0001)

Check if connector J4
of console is loosing?
Yes
No
Power off console, then
power on it after 15 sec
Check if the error
disappears?
No
Power up 15s
after power off
Yes
Power off console. Open
PDU cover
Check if the connector

of TAV board and J3 connector
of Jedi is loosing?
Yes
Re-connect
Jedi
troubleshooting
No
No
Open TAV cover,
and power on console. Check if
LED DS1 is light?
Yes
Check if DS3 is flashing?
Yes
Check if DS2 is flashing?
No
3.2.5
Replace console
or TAV board
Yes
Replace console
APR Random or All (C04-0001)

APR parameters are invalid, its root cause is perhaps one or more parameters from local database
are over-limit. LCD screen will display zero.
3.2.6
No AEC Config (C04-0002)

AEC Operation will be regarded as an error, if there is not AEC configuration.
3.2.7
Overlimit (C04-0003)
Value is out of predefined range. Jedi can not accept.
Page 219
No
Replace TAV
board
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 220
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.8
Phase Missing (C04-0004)
check if PDU misses

phase?
Yes
No
Pull out J3 of Console. Test if

Pin 5 is connected with Pin 6 of
power cable connector?
Yes
PDU
troubleshooting
No
Replace console
main board
3.2.9
Generator Error (C05-0001)

1.) It is a real time indication of Jedi error. Enter error code mode and get detail Jedi error code
information.
2.) Look up Service Manual of Jedi and enter Jedi trouble shooting.
Other Troubleshooting
3.2.10.1
LED Unlit Failure

Power off. Then power up after 15 seconds. Check if all LEDs light up in initialization.
Y: Its OK.
N: Replace the console.
3.2.10.2
Buzzer Failure
Power up. Check if there a beep sound after button press operation. If there is not a beep, buzzer
circuit is failure. Replace the console main board.
3.2.10.3
LCD Display Failure

1.) Power off. Check if Power LED lights up.
N: Replace console main board;
Y: Go to step 2).
2.) Open console cover. Check if LCD connector J1 and J14 are loosing.
Y: Fix them well;
N: Replace the console.
3.2.10.4
LCD Display Faintness

Power off. Open console cover. Power up again. Adjust R133 on console main board. Check if the
LCD display can be changed to be clear enough for watching. Otherwise, replace the console.
Page 220
3.2.10
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 221
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2.10.5
Power Un failure
Power off. Pull out J3 connector from console. Check if there is 24VDC between Pin1 and Pin2 of
Power cable. This is console 24V supplier from PDU. If it does not exist, check PDU. Otherwise,
replace the console main board.
Section 4.0
PDU Troubleshooting
4.1
4.1.1
PDU Troubleshooting
No Console Power
Check TM1 1,2,3 is
380VAC and BK is
close
No Console Power
Close BK or
hostipital BK
Check DSP1 input is

110 VAC or not
Check T1 output is
110VAC or not
Replace F3 or
filter NF1
Replace T1
Y
N
Replace Console
or Console Cable
Check DSP1 output is

24 V or not
Check T1 input is
380 VAC or not
N
Replace DSP1
N
Replace F1
Page 221
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 222
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
4.1.2
No EM Lock Power or No Collimator Power

No EM lock power
or
No collimator power
Check LED1 is light or

not
Close BK or
hostipital BK
Check DSP2 input is

110 VAC or not
Check T2 output is
110VAC or not
Replace F4
Y
N
Replace EM lock
or
Replace Collimator

24 V or not
Check T2 input is
380 VAC or not
Replace T2
Replace DSP2
Check CT2 is close or
not
Replace F2
Replace CT2
Replace Console
Page 222
Check TM3 1 vs 7 voltage

is 24 VDC or not
Section 4.0 PDU Troubleshooting
Replace K1
Check K1 is close or
not
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 223
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
4.1.3
No Generator Power
NO Generator
Power
Check TM1 1,2,3 is

380VAC
Check hospital
power

not
Replace CT1
Check K1 is close or
not

not
Replace CT2
N
N
Y
Refer to No Console Power
Troubleshooting Chart

24 VDC or not
Check T2 is output is
110 VAC or not
Replace F2
Y
Y
Replace Console
Check TM3 1 vs 7 voltage

is 24 VDC or not
Replace K2
Y
Replace K1
Page 223
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 224
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 224
Section 4.0 PDU Troubleshooting
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 225
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance

Section 1.0
Preventive Maintenance Action List
The following table lists the required planned maintenance activities and the associated Job Card
for each task.
OPERATION
FREQUENCY
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
General cleaning and painting
As required
2.1
Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips
Visual inspection
13 months
2.2
Check for debris that would indicate abnormal

wear
Functional checks
13 months
2.3
Perform the tasks described in Chapter 4 Functional Checks
Control pedals andmovement

inhibition buttons
13 months
2.4
Check condition and functioning; ensure pedals

and buttons have free play without any obstruction
Electrical cables
13 months
Check condition of cable sheathing and correct

routing
Power and ground

connections
13 months
Check condition and connections
Connector panel and cable

connectors
13 months
Check condition and connections
GENERAL
TABLE BASE
PATIENT SUPPORT
Surface finish
13 months
2.5
Check condition and clean
Bearings (longitudinal &

transversal)
13 months
Check condition and lubricate with grease
Bearing tracks and rails

(longitudinal & transversal)
13 months
Clean and wipe with light machine oil
CASSETTE TRAY AND CARRIAGE

Electrical connector and cable
13 months
2.6
Ensure connector is in good condition and making

good contact; check condition of cable sheathing
Cassette handle assembly,

push button & hand holder
13 months
Ensure handle and push button have free play

without any obstruction
Bearings and tracks (front and

rear)
13 months
Check condition; clean and wipe with light machine

oil and lubricate with grease
Tray
13 months
Check general condition of the tray
Rubber bumper end stops
13 months
Check condition of stops and tightness of

anchoring
Cassette size marker and

locking assembly
13 months
Check condition; clean and wipe with light machine

oil
TUBE STAND
Page 225
GE HEALTHCARE
Check longitudinal bearings

and rail mounting screws
13 months
If the longitudinal bearing and rail mounting screws

are loose, below steps must be performed while
installation or replacement:
1. Apply Loctite 242 (or 243) to the screws.
2. Tighten M8 screws to 24 N-m (17.7lbs-ft) with
the torque wrench; Tighten M10 screws to 48 N-m
(35.4 lbs-ft) with the torque wrench.
Counterweight chain
13 months
Carriage roller bearing

inspection
13 months
Clean roller bearings and tracks
Vertical lock
13 months
Clean and inspect
2.7
Inspect and grease length of chains; replace if

required
GENERATOR
13 months
2.8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Test exposure, including AEC if present

Record last error codes
Record result on counters
Check technique factors
Tighten terminals and remove dust
Regrease HV cables and tube

cable sockets
13 months
2.9
Perform the tasks described in Chapter 2 Physical Installation to regreasing HV cables and
tube cable sockets
Replace NonVolatile RAM on

the kV Control Board
Every 8 Years
2.10
1.
2.
3.
Upload database
Battery replacement
Download database
Collimator
Check the collimator
mounting screws
13 months
Check the flange and stop plate, if mounting

screws are loose, below steps must be performed
while installation or replacement:
1.
Apply Loctite 242 (or 243) to the screws.
2.
Tighten screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft) with
the torque wrench.
13 months
Remove tube covers, Check tube fork and tube

arm, if mounting screws are loose, below steps
must be performed while installation or
replacement:
1.
Apply Loctite 242 (or 243) to the screws.
2.
Tighten M6 screws to 9.9 N-m (7.3lbs-ft)
with the torque wrench; Tighten M8 screws to 24 Nm (17.7lbs-ft) with the torque wrench;
Tube
Check the tube mounting
screws
WALL STAND (Optional)

General cleaning and painting
As required
2.1
Keep all surfaces clean and touch-up paint chips
Visual inspection
13 months
2.2
Check for defects that would indicate abnormal

wear
Functional checks
13 months
2.3
Perform the tasks described in Chapter 4 Functional Checks
Page 226
Check generator functions
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 227
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Counterweight chain
13 months
2.7
Inspect and grease length of chains; replace if

required
Carriage roller bearing

inspection
13 months
Clean roller bearings and tracks
Vertical lock
13 months
Clean and inspect
Section 2.0
Preventive Maintenance
The following pages list the preventive maintenance detailed activities.
2.1
2.1.1
General Cleaning and Painting

Supplies
Cleaning liquids and compounds.
Touch-up paint.
2.1.2
Tools
None.
2.1.3
Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work.
Check that the power is off.
2.1.4
prerequisites
None.
2.1.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.1.6
Time
15 minutes.
2.1.7
Procedure
1.) Remove power from the system.
2.) Carefully clean all surfaces of the system. Note any paint damage as you clean the system.
3.) Apply touch-up paint to any paint-damage areas.
4.) Reapply power to the system.
2.2
2.2.1
Visual Inspection
Supplies
None.
Page 227
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 228
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.2.2
Tools
None.
2.2.3
Safety Precautions
2.2.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.2.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.2.6
Time
15 minutes.
2.2.7
Procedure
1.) Remove power from the system.
3.) If any debris, wear or damage is observed, replace or repair the affected areas.
4.) Reapply power to the system.
2.3
2.3.1
Functional Checks
Supplies
None.
2.3.2
Tools
None.
2.3.3
Safety Precautions
No specific precautions.
2.3.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.3.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.3.6
Time
45 minutes.
Page 228
Section 2.0 Preventive Maintenance
2.) Visually check around the moving parts of the system for any debris, wear or damage. This
includes tabletop, tube stand, XRT mount, collimator moving parts and the wall stand if
present.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 229
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.7
Procedure
Follow the functional checks specified in Chapter 4 - Functional Checks of this Service Manual.
2.4
2.4.1
Table Base Maintenance

Supplies
None.
2.4.2
Tools
Measuring tape.
2.4.3
Safety Precautions
Remove power from the system before beginning work as indicated in the procedure steps.
2.4.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.4.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.4.6
Time
45 minutes.
2.4.7
Procedure
1.) Control Pedals and Movement Inhibition Buttons
a.) Confirm the control pedal unlocks the table top when depressed and locks the table top
in place when released. Adjust the locks as required if there is inappropriate table motion.
b.) Confirm that each of the 4 movement inhibit buttons on the control panel release the
appropriate lock when depressed and locks the relevant motion when released. Adjust
the locks as required if there is inappropriate motion.
2.) Electrical cables
a.) Remove power from system
b.) Check condition of all cables including cable sheathing, connectors and overall condition;
if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
c.)
Confirm that the cables are correctly routed
3.) Power and ground cables

a.) Check that power is removed from system
b.) Check condition of all power and ground cables including cable sheathing, connections
and overall condition; if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
c.)
4.) Connector panel and cable connectors

a.) Check that power is removed from system
b.) Check condition of all interconnection cables including cable sheathing, connections and
overall condition; if any cable damage is noted, replace or repair affected cable
c.)

Page 229
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 230
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
d.) Reapply power when complete
2.5
Patient Support Maintenance
2.5.1
Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.
2.5.2
Tools
None.
2.5.3
Safety Precautions
2.5.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.5.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.5.6
Time
45 minutes.
2.5.7
Procedure
1.) Surface finish.
Remove the dust from the table top and table topside rails.
2.) Bearings (longitudinal and transversal).
Remove the dust.
3.) Bearing tracks and rails (longitudinal and transversal).
Remove the dust from the bearing tracks and rails. Add the light machine oil on the tracks and
rails.
4.) Rubber bumper end stops (longitudinal and transversal).
Verify the bumper stops have no cracks and one fixed tightly.
2.6
2.6.1
Cassette Tray Carriage Maintenance

Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.
2.6.2
Tools
None.
2.6.3
Safety Precautions
Page 230
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 231
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.6.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.6.6
Time
45 minutes.
2.6.7
Procedure
1.) Electrical connector and cable
Confirm properly connected.
2.) Cassette handle assembly, push button and hand holder
Check the push button function. Check the movement with the handle functions.
3.) Bearings and tracks (front and rear)
Remove the dust and add grease or light machine oil.
4.) Rubber bumper and stops
Confirm the bumper and stops have no cracks and are fixed tightly.
Confirm the pull-in and pull-out movement is smooth.
6.) Cassette size marker and locking assembly
Check the cassette size marker is firmly set and the cassette locking assembly is functional.
2.7
2.7.1
Tube Stand and Wall Stand Maintenance

Supplies
Grease.
Light Machine Oil.
2.7.2
Tools
None.
2.7.3
Safety Precautions
2.7.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.7.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.7.6
Time
45 minutes.
Page 231
5.) Tray
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 232
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.7
Procedure
1.) Counterweight chain (Tube stand)
Check the chain is fixed tightly.
2.) Carriage roller bearing inspection
Corresponding movement operates smoothly.
3.) Vertical lock
Confirm proper function.
2.8
Generator Functional Checks
2.8.1
Supplies
Film.
Error-code recording form.
X-ray counter recording form.
2.8.2
Tools
Laptop.
2.8.3
Safety Precautions
2.8.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.8.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.8.6
Time
60 minutes.
2.8.7
Procedure
2.8.7.1
Test exposure
Post display initialization:
Connect the service Laptop
Run the service software
Go to calibration mode by using keys ALT and S
Go to MENU 5 with arrow keys
Press (F7) to select DSPL
Press (F1) to select Display ON
Press Q to quit the program and return to application mode
Page 232
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 233
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
mA accuracy
Run the exposures in table below and check if the mA value on post display (Z key) is between
the min and max value.
If not , run the same exposure 10 times with exposure time set to 12.5ms and then check again.
Focus
Parameter
mA results
(Post Display)
min and max value
Small
40 kV 100mA 50ms
90-110
Small
80kV 100mA 50ms
90-110
Small
120kV 100mA 50ms
90-110
Large
40 kV 200mA 50ms
180-220
Large
80kV 200mA 50ms
180-220
Large
120kV 200mA 50ms
180-220
AEC functionality check (if existing)

Put 15cm of Plexiglas or a plastic bucket with 15 cm of water on the table top
Select Two point mode (mAs)
Set kV to 80 kV and mAs to 600
Run the exposure

Develop the film
Check that the density is 1 +/-10%.If not redo AEC calibration.
2.8.7.2
Record last error codes

Press (F3) to select LIST
Press (F5) to select the first error code
Fill the chart below with the error code number
Then use F5 key for following error code.
Refer to diagnostic section (Chapter 6) for fix if necessary.
Clear the Error Log after checking. (Use CTRL and H keys, then confirm with W key).
Simplified
Error Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Error Code
Generator
Phase
Error Class
Data associated
with the Error Code
Number of
occurrences
Date and
Time
Page 233
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 234
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
2.8.7.3
Record results on counters

Press (F5) to select NEXP(Number of EXPosures)
Fill the chart below with the counter number
Then use F5 key for following counter.
Counter name
Data
Explanation
No WARM-UP
Don't care
Number of skipped warm-up (N/A)
RX GSF
Cumulated exposure time on Small Focus
RXGLF
Cumulated exposure time on Large Focus
RXSCOP
Don't care
Cumulated exposure time in Fluoro (N/A)
ROTANOD
Cumulated anode rotation time
NEXPSF
Cumulated number of exposure on Small Focus
NEXPLF
Cumulated number of exposure on Large Focus
N100%SF
Don't care
Cumulated number of exposure on Small Focus at

100% (N/A)
N100%LF
Don't care
Cumulated number of exposure on Large Focus

at 100% (N/A)
NAMOR
Page 234
Cumulated Number of spits
KJSF
Cumulated dissipated power on Small Focus
KJLF
Cumulated dissipated power on Large Focus
Press (F5) to select the first counter
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 235
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
TIME ON

H
N EXP G
2.8.7.4
Total Generator Power On (not erasable)

Total generator number of exposure (not
erasable)
Check technique factors

Run the Accuracy checks in Functional Check procedure in Chapter 4.
Make a copy of illustrations 3, 4, 5, and 6 and fill it with the results you get.
2.8.7.5
2.9
2.9.1
Tighten terminals and remove dust
Tighten the inputs connections on generator, located near the labels on AC/DC module (refer
to illustration in disassembly / reassembly section).
Tighten the DC bus connections on generator located on the upper side of the generator (refer
to illustration in disassembly / reassembly section).
Verify if all connectors are correctly plugged in.
Remove dust by using a vacuum cleaner.
HV Cable and Sockets Regreasing

Supplies
2.9.2
None.
Tools
None.
2.9.3
Safety Precautions
2.9.4
Prerequisites
None.
2.9.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.9.6
Time
30 minutes.
2.9.7
Procedure
Follow the process specified from Step 7 to Step 11 in Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - 4.3 X-Ray
Tube of this Service Manual.
2.10
2.10.1
Replace Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAM

Supplies
None.
Page 235
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 236
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.10.2
Tools
5.5 nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
2.10.3
Safety Precautions
To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.
2.10.4
Prerequisites
Upload the database that is stored in the RAM before starting the replacement procedure
Refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters.
2.10.5
Personnel
1 person.
2.10.6
Time
45 minutes.
2.10.7
Remove and Replace the RAM

On the kV Control board, note the direction that the RAM faces. Insert the tip of a small screw driver
underneath left side of U32 and lever gently, then grasp it between your thumb and forefinger and
pull it directly away from its support on the board.
Insert the new Nonvolatile Parameters RAM in its place. Be careful to insert it facing in the same
direction.
Refer to Central Listing section for more details.

This NV RAM contains a LITHIUM CARBON MonoFlouride (LiCFx) battery, used to provide the
battery backup for the static RAM and the time keeper device.Electrical Characteristics: 3 V - 49
mAh type BR 1225.Resend the former component to your local GEMS representative for recycling.
2.10.7.2
Download Database
Reapply power.
Download the database (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore
Database Parameters.).
Page 236
2.10.7.1
Procedure
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 237
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 8 - Renewal Parts

Section 1.0
Renewal Parts List
Note:
Refer to Section 2.0 for information regarding JEDI Generator Renewal Parts.
Item
Part No.
Description
5183178
5199452
5184620
5182285
5195772
5195778
5195779
5181727
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
5182277
5195615
5191715
5181910
5181374
5184986
5180983
5215489
5184226
5184407
5184488
5184750
5184895
5196542
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
5184245
5184272
5195279
5193099
5193102
5260909
5195278
5196543
5196544
021-0103
021-0129
021-0102
021-0122
5184698
5184364
5183903
5182354
5212348
2259298-75
5308337
5213401
Pioneer console assembly

Pioneer console E-board
Handswitch
TAV board
Relay DC24V
Power supply 150W
Power supply 320W
Long electromagnetism brake assembly C (tube stand
movement)
Line wheel
Circle electrical bracket A (up/down)
Tube stand top cover (50kW)
Pioneer tube support assembly (without clamps)
Tube fork clamps
Rotundity electricity brake assembly B (tube rotate)
Pioneer tube cover assembly (mechanical parts)
Table top
Long electricity brake assembly B (table top lognitudinal)
Table front cover
Long electricity brake assembly A (table top transverse)
Lock handle (table cassette tray)
Foot Pedal Tweak spring
Pioneer WS cassette tray spring kit (spring 5193827, twist
spring 5193856)
Wall Stand bottom cover
Wall Stand top cover
Switch VS10N051C2
MC3 MC4 cable
MC8 cable
Key switch
Foot pedal switch
Bearing kit 1 GB/T276 6001-2Z(021-0141) + 5181681
Bearing kit 2 GB/T276 6001-2Z (021-0141) + 5182435
Bearing GB/T276 6200-2Z
Bearing outer circle A
Nylon outer circle B
Pioneer console power cable
Pioneer generator console cable
Table 78L 10:1 100 cm grid
Table 60L 10:1 100 cm grid
Tube (50kW): Toshiba E7843X
Wall stand with 78L 10:1 180 cm grid
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Quantity/
unit
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
6
4
12
2
19
3
4
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
Page 237
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 238
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
Note:
2226687
5189248
5136302
5224261
5224263
5224276
5224272
5224265
5224548
5224274
5224275
2259298-85
5167409-1
5167409-2
5184391
5335073
5184224
5323823
5193838
5184243
5184224
Wall stand with 60L 10:1 180 cm grid

Manual collimator
Collimator lamp 24V
Pioneer PDU breaker
Pioneer PDU contactor 50A
Pioneer PDU contactor 9A
Pioneer PDU Fuse kit
Relay MY2J 24VDC
NTC board assembly
Pioneer PDU transformer 550VA
Lose phase monitor
HV cables (8 m federal standard high voltage cable)
Table ion chamber (same as VR)
Wall stand ion chamber (same as VR)
Faceplate
Tabletop IF board
Photo drawer part assembly
Bucky Handle Assembly
Pioneer WS cassette tray support assembly
Table cassette tray
WS cassette tray
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
If the part 5192454 needs replacement, please order tube 5308337.

Item 2
Item 1
Item 39
Item 38
Item 3
Page 238
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 239
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 4
Item 7
Item 53
Item 49
Item 48
Item 47
Item 6
Item 50
(F1~F5)
Item 54
Item 52
Item 11
Item 51
Page 239
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 240
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 31
Item 33
Item 33
Item 30
Item 8
Item 31
Item 30
Item 40, 41, 43, 44
Page 240
Item 30
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 241
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 9
Item 10
Item 34
Item 46
Item 11
Item 42
Item 45
Item 16
Item 18
Page 241
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 242
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 15
Item 28
Item 13
Item 14
Two
Four Totally
Four Totally
Item 32
Page 242
Item 12
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 243
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 26
Item 27
Item 34, 37
Item 34, 37
Item 17
Item 34, 37
Item 55
Page 243
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 244
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 34, 36
Item 34, 36
Item 19
Item 19
Item 35
Item 21
Item 29
Item 21
Item 19
Item 25
Page 244
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 245
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 56
Item 57
Item 28
Item 20
Page 245
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 246
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 24
Item 34
Item 58
Item 23
Item 61
Page 246
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 247
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Item 22 - 5193827
Note:
1.1
Item 22 - 5193856
If any brake is replaced, please use electric iron to seal the cable.
Bearing kit 5196543, 5196544

1.) Power off.
2.) Demount the tube stand. Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 4.0
Integrated Table - 4.2 Tube Stand
3.) Replace the bearing.
4.) Put a standard slide between the idler wheel and the eccentric cam. Then ajust the position of
the eccentric cam to assure the clearance between idler wheel and the standard slide is 0.51mm with clearance gauge. See the illustration below.
Page 247
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 248
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Idler Wheel
Put the standard slide here
Eccentric Cam
1.2
1.3
X-Ray Tube (5192454) / Collimator (5189248) Replacement

Note:
About disassembly/reassembly of the tube assembly or collimator, please refer to Chapter 2 Physical Installation - Section 4.0 Integrated Table - 4.3 X-Ray Tube ~ 4.4 Control Box and
Collimator.
Note:
Accuracy of X-ray field and Light field alignment is required after tube or collimator replacement.
For details, please refer to Chapter 4 - Functional Checks - 4.2 Accuracy of X-Ray Field and Light
Field Alignment.
Collimator Lamp (5136302) Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Loose the fix knob, and rotate the collimator to the location which is convenient for operation.
Page 248
5.) Reinstall the tube stand.Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 4.0
Integrated Table - 4.2 Tube Stand
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 249
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Demount the back cover with four screws (two in the back cover, and two in side covers).
Another Screw
4.) Replace the collimator lamp.
Note:
Note the former lamps location.
5.) Remount back cover, rotate collimator back, and tighten the fix knob.
Page 249
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 250
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
1.4
The collimator uses a special Collimator lamp.When the collimator lamp burns out it MUST be
replaced with the replacement lamp listed in the renewal parts section. Part number 5136302 MUST
be used as a replacement lamp. DO NOT use any other lamp as a replacement bulb as X-ray field
to Light field alignment may not meet HHS requirements.
Rotundity Electricity Brake Assembly (5184986) Replacement

Note:
About disassembly/reassembly of the tube assembly, please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical

Installation - Section 4.0 Integrated Table - 4.3 X-Ray Tube ~ 4.4 Control Box and Collimator.
1.) Power off.
2.) Lower the tube assembly to the location which is convenient for operation.
3.) Disconnect all the cables of X-ray tube, collimator and control box.
4.) Rotate the tube to 180 degree, and let the X-ray window upturned.
5.) Uninstall the collimator.
6.) Uninstall the control box.
7.) Rotate the tube back.
8.) Uninstall the two upper clamps of the tube fork.
9.) Remove the tube, and put it away carefully.
10.) Loosen the three fix screws on the tube arm, and demount the tube fork.
11.) Demount the fix screw.
12.) Pull out the tube arm rotation shaft.
Note:
Page 250
Notice the ball bearing.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 251
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
13.) Demount the cable clamp, disconnect the cable, and take out the rotundity electricity brake
assembly.
Page 251
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 252
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
14.) Replace the brake, seal the cable, and fix it with cable clamp.
15.) Refer to the above steps to re-install the parts.
Note:
Wall Stand Cassette Tray Spring Kit (5196542) Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Take out wall stand cassette tray.
3.) Demount the two rear covers.
Page 252
1.5
Please refer to Chapter 2 - Physical Installation - Section 6.0 Collimator Alignment to do alignment.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 253
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
4.) Replace the springs.
BE CAREFUL OF NOT BE SCRATCHED DURING REPLACING THE SPRINGS.

5.) Remount the covers and insert cassette tray back to wall stand.
1.6
Console Replacement
Note:
Please ask customers to write down the APR parameters set by themselves.
1.) Power off.
2.) Disconnect all the cables connected to the console: power cable (J3), communication cable
(J4), and handswitch (J1).
Figure 8-1 Disconnect Console Cables

3.) Demount the handswitch socket off from the handswitch mounting plate.
4.) If console stand is ordered, please demount console off from the console stand. If not, please
skip this step.
Page 253
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 254
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 8-2 Console Uninstallation

5.) Install the handswitch socket which is demounted before to the mounting plate on the new
console.
6.) Connect the related cables.
7.) If console stand is ordered, mount the new console onto the console stand. If not, please skip
this step.
8.) Power up.
-
32kW or 50kW
WS AEC or not
Table AEC or not
Have WS or not
Dose display or not
10.) Retrieve factory default APR database.

11.) Exit configuration mode, and reset system.
1.7
Console Main Board Replacement

Note:
Please ask customers to write down the APR parameters set by themselves.
1.) Power off.
2.) If console stand is ordered, please disconnect the power cable (J3) and communication cable
(J4), and demount console off from the console stand. If not, please skip this step.
Figure 8-3 Disconnect Console Cables
Page 254
9.) Switch to configuration mode and set the sites system configuration.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 255
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Figure 8-4 Console Uninstallation

3.) Open the console cover with six screws.
4.) Disconnect all the cable connectors on the main board.
Note:
J14 LCD cable blue side is upside in the socket.

5.) Demount the main board with 8 screws, and mount the new one.
6.) Connect all the cable connectors to the main board.
Note:
J14 LCD cable blue side should be upside in the socket.

8.) If console stand is ordered, mount the console onto the console stand, and connect the related
cables. If not, please skip this step.
9.) Power up.
10.) Switch to configuration mode and set the sites system configuration.
-
32kW or 50kW
WS AEC or not
Table AEC or not
Have WS or not
Dose display or not
11.) Retrieve factory default APR database.

12.) Exit configuration mode, and reset system.
1.8
Hand Switch Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Disconnect the handswitch cable from J1.
3.) Connect the new handswitch cable to J1.
4.) Place the new handswitch handle onto handswitch socket.
1.9
TAV Board Replacement

1.) Power off.
2.) Open table front cover.
3.) Pull out the cabinet tray.
Page 255
7.) Close the console cover with six screws.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 256
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Pull Here
Figure 8-5 Pull Out Cabinet Tray
4.) Demount PDU cover.
5.) Demount TAV board cover.
6.) Disconnect the communication cable connector from TAV board J1.
7.) Demount TAV board, and install the new one.
9.) Mount the TAV board cover.
10.) Mount PDU cover.
11.) Push back the cabinet tray under the table.
Push Here
Figure 8-6 Push Back Cabinet Tray

12.) Close table front cover.
Page 256
8.) Connect the communication cable.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 257
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.10
Table Top IF Board (5335073) Replacement

1.) The default setting for DIP switch S3 as
Table 8-1
DIP-Switch bit
XR6000
On
On
On
On
2.) Set DIP switch as following before installing
Table 8-2
DIP-Switch bit
XR6000
On
On
On
Off
Section 2.0
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts
Introduction
This Section provides information for the identification of Renewal Parts for the JEDI 50 R 1T
generator.
2.2
JEDI Generator Renewal Parts List

Part No.
Description
Quantity
/Unit
2212259-2
Generator (Jedi 50 R1T)
2409043
Rotation Board JEDI Program V3.02
5126988-2
LVPS 3PH V3
5126989
Mid Power Inverter Assy
5126994-3
Programmed kV Control Board P 3.2
5126997
AC/DC 3PH Board Assy
5126999
EMC Filter
2217057
First Aid Spare
2214527
HV Tank (ref: 2186730 FRU order is 2214527)
2184567-4
RAD I/F Board
5119911
AEC Board
2409047
Filament Board
99185290
Fuse 15A
Page 257
2.1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 258
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.3
2121569
Power bridge
2200700
Inverter Coils Mid Power Assy
2159419
Non-Volatile parameters RAM
2208000
Assy AEC cable
2198191
KV Measure - KV Control cable
2215903
ROT/LVPS/Heater cable
2214511
System cable
5133341
Capa Inverter Assy
2202419
I/F RAD - AEC cable (option)
2202418
KV control - I/F RAD cable
2221983
CAN cable
2198185
KV Measure - Gate Command cable
FRU Information
Information shown for each FRU (Field Replaceable Unit) is explained below.
Wherever possible, the FRU or its position is illustrated for easy identification.
Inverter PW Assembly
2187001
Inverter Capa Assembly

2203900
Items shown in this way are

included in the FRU shown
immediately above, but may also be
ordered separately.
Page 258
Part number for

ordering
Notes. These may include:

Reference to an illustration with more information
Reference to a relevant Disassembly/Reassembly
Job Card Items included with the FRU etc.
Section 2.0 JEDI Generator Renewal Parts
FRU name
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 259
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.4
Jedi 50 R 1T Structure
JEDI 50 R 1T
2212259-2
JEDI STD HV Tank
2214527
Power Unit HLB
2214447-2
Module Auxiliaries 50 R 1T
2215808
System cable
2214511
Module Power 50 R 1T
2229597
Equipped AC/DC 50 R 1T
2221722
CAN Cable
2221983
Service Tools
2228546
Interface Module 50 R 1T
2205629-2
First Aid Spares
2217057
AEC Board (option)

2204112-2
AEC I/F Cable

2202419
Page 259
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 260
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.5
Renewal Parts
AC/DC Unit
Interface Unit
Power Unit
Auxiliary Unit
TOP VIEW
AC/DC Unit
Auxiliary Unit
Power Unit
Jedi Standard
HV Tank
REAR VIEW
Figure 8-7 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator Location of Main Assemblies
Miscellaneous Items:
First aid spares:
1 short circuit cable
1 fuse 15 A 700 VDC
1 fuse 10 A 250 V
10 M4-8 mm screws
10 tie-wraps
Page 260
Services tools
Service software, 2227656
RS232 Cable, 2207478
Interface
Unit
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 261
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
AC/DC 3 Phase Mid Power

Assy (Board & Rectifier
+ 2 cables)
2214995
5126997
FRU:
1
Job Card D/R JEDI 17-30
EMC Filter Board

2209840
5126999
FRU:
1
AC/DC Unit
AEC Board V1
2184569-2
5119911
AEC
Board V22222253
FRU: 1
RAD I/F Board V1

2184567-4
RAD I/F Board V2
2226456FRU: 1
Interface Unit
Rotor Board High Speed

2214605-3
2409043
FRU:
1
LV Power Supply 3 Ph Board

2212166
5126988-2
FRU:
1
Filament Board 1 Inv.

2214604
2409047
FRU: 1
Auxiliary Unit
Figure 8-8 JEDI 50 R 1T AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit & Auxiliary Unit
Page 261
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 262
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Inverter Coils Mid Power Assy

2200700
FRU: 2
Capa Inverter Assy

2229505
5133341
FRU:
2
Non-Volatile parameters
RAM
2159419
FRU: 2
Job Card PM JEDI 15-2
Programmed kV Control
Board
2214606-2
5126994-3
FRU: 1
A
Jedi Standard HV Tank
2214527
FRU: 1
Figure 8-9 JEDI 50 R 1T Power Unit
Page 262
Inverter Mid Power Assy

2215814FRU: 1
5126989
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 263
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6
Cables
DC_BUS N to INVERTER
DC_BUS P to INVERTER
DC_BUS to Auxiliary
Unit (Rotation Board)
88
Not Used
J1
9pts
AEC Board
J4
Not Used
Not Used
Room Door
Interface
W22
Service
Laptop
Console
9
pts
J7
9
pts
J5
9
pts
J6
9
pts
J8
25
pts
J9
PH3PH2PH1
16
pts
J3
DC_BUS+
DC_BUSJ1J2J3
DC_BUS to
Power Unit
(Gate Command
Board)
DC_BUS M
J5
PH1
PH2
J2&TP2J1&TP1
PH3
9pts 9pts
EMC Board
AC/DC Board
I/F Board
64
pts
J10
16
J3 pts
1
1
22
AC/DC Unit
THREE PHASES
+ Ground from PDU
AEC2 pts
Interface Unit
Keyed
Connections
I/F RAD - AEC cable
2202419
Assy AEC cable
CAN cable
2221983

2198191
2202418
From
KV Control
board
2198185
2208000
3
3
9
AEC1 pts
ROT / LVPS / Heater cable

2215903
System cable
2214511
Page 263
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 264
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
8
8
DC_BUS N
70 o C
DC_BUS P
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J1
DC_BUS to ACDC Unit J3
Rotor
to Tube
to Tube
NP
anode
cathode
11
Power Unit
Inverter
grey
red
1
1
J3
HV Tank
- + L0 S
F F
1 -+ ACP
J3
J1A
KV Measure
Board
J1
J2A
CF-N CF-P
J1
CF3 CF4
77
CAN
66
J2
26 pts
J1
44
50pts
LVPS
CAN Board CF1 CF2
55
KV Control
Board
26pts
J2
J2
J3
34
pts J2
50pts
to IF Board
26pts
J1
Gate J4
Command1
34
Board
pts
33
Rotation Board
High Speed
ILr ILp
blue
6 5 4 3
J2
26
pts J1
grey
26pts
CF1 CF2

1
26
J3 pts
Auxiliary Unit
64
pts
I/F RAD - AEC cable
2202419
Assy AEC cable
2198185
2208000
CAN cable
2221983

2198191
2202418
ROT / LVPS / Heater cable

2215903
System cable
2214511
Section 3.0
JEDI Generator Disassembly/Reassembly
3.1
Introduction
This section provides information to dismount and remount FRU (Field Replaceable Unit).
3.2
Tools
Serviceability of Jedi Generator requires the following tools:
Page 264
Keyed
Connections
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 265
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
K
J
I
3.3.1
G
H
Digital Multimeter
(A)
Phillips Screwdriver
(B)
Allen Key
(C)
Screwdriver With Interchangeable Socket Head
(D)
Long Extension for Ratchet Wrench
(E)
Short Extension for Ratchet Wrench

Cutting Pliers
High Voltage Wrench
Ratchet Wrench
Socket Wrench
Hexagonal Head Socket Set
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
3.3
HV Tank, 1 Tube, 1-3 Phase

Supplies
None
3.3.2
3.3.3
Tools
5.5 mm nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
3 mm Allen wrench.
13 mm socket with ratchet.
Safety Precautions
BEFORE ANY MANUAL INTERVENTION, ENSURE THE MAIN POWER IS OFF. APPLY LOCK
OUT - TAG OUT PROCEDURE FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY WHEN MANIPULATING INSIDE THE
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.
3.3.4
Prerequisites
Remove the generator from the table and put it on its bottom side on the floor or on a work bench.
Page 265
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 266
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Upload the database that is stored in the RAM before starting the replacement procedure (refer to
Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
REQUIRED TO CARRY IT.
3.3.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.3.6
Time
1 hour 30 minutes.
3.3.7
Disassembly
1.) To release the Power Unit, follow the instructions of Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Observe the Caution relating to dangerous voltages, and the Warning relating to the weight of
the generator!
Do not remove the two EMC panels from the top of the Power Unit.
2.) Disconnect the cable 1 connected to J3 on the KV Measure Board.
3.) Disconnect the short ribbon cable 2 connecting J2 on the Gate Command board (Inverter
Assembly) to J1 on the KV Measure Board (HV Tank).
4.) Disconnect the wider short ribbon cable 3 connecting J2 on the KV Control Board to J2 on
the KV Measure board (HV Tank).
5.) Using a 13 mm socket wrench, remove the three nuts 4 attaching the primary coil flat cables
Page 266
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 267
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
to the round capacitors located on the shelf just above the KV Control Board.
6.) Remove the two screws 5 on the HV Tank rear side.

Take great care not to let screws fall into the HV connector receptacles. Cover them with
plastic caps.
6
7.) Remove the 5.5 mm screws: three at the front side 6 (two at right, one at left) and three at the
right side 7 .
Page 267
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 268
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
8.) At the rear side, remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 8
Inverter Mid Power Assembly to the HV Tank.
which secure the heat sink of the
9.) Take off the assembly constitued by five parts: EMC covers, Coils Inverter Assy, Capa Inverter
Assy, Mid Power Assy and KV Control Board. The HV Tank is now free 9 .
Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble and replace the unit.
1.) Mount the flat cable J1 on the kV Measure Board of the new HV Tank (refer to (refer to
Disassembly section 2 ).
2.) Reassemble the HV Tank with the other elements of the Power Unit (refer to Disassembly
section 9 ).
3.) Mount the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the heat sink of the Inverter Mid Power Assembly
to the HV Tank. (refer to section Disassembly
8 ).
Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).

4.) Put back the 3 front 5.5 mm hex head screws (refer to section Disassembly 6 ), one at the
left side,two at the right side.
Tighten them between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
5.) Reconnect the short ribbon cable from J1 on the KV Measure board to J2 on the Gate
Command board (refer to section Disassembly 2
).
6.) Using the 13 mm socket wrench, connect the primary coil flat cables to the three capacitors 1
Page 268
3.3.8
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 269
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
).
The two flat cables with white bands on them go both together on the middle capacitor
with the parallel resonant cable (refer to section Reassembly 2 ).
Tighten the nuts to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).

8.) Reconnect the wider short ribbon cable from J2 on the kV Control board to J2 on the kV
Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).
9.) Mount the two 5.5 hex head screws securing the cover to the HV Tank on the HV outlet side
(refer to section Disassembly 5 ) and the three screws on the other side (refer to section
Disassembly 7 ).
Tighten the screws between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
10.) Mount the Power Unit on the support plate.
THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KG (66 POUNDS).

11.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure of 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly to
complete reassembly of the Unit.
12.) Put 5 cl of oil into the HV receptacles. Reconnect the HV cables.
3.3.9
Verify
Connect the service laptop (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 Service Software
User Guide) and proceed to "HV no load diagnostics" to ensure correct operation.
Skip steps "Gate Command and Inverter in Short Circuit" diagnostics.
3.4
3.4.1
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly

Supplies
None
Page 269
7.) Reconnect the cable to J3 on the KV Measure Board (refer to section Disassembly 1 ).
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 270
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.4.2
3.4.3
Tools
3 mm Allen wrench.
C-clamp for HV connections.
Safety Precautions
EQUIPMENT IS REQUIRED.THESE LEDS INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF DANGEROUS
VOLTAGE ON THE POWER SUPPLY CAPACITORS.
Look through the front of the power unit; observe leds ds 1 at the top of the dual snub board
and ds 300 at the right hand end of the gate command board. if either is lit, wait until both
are off before proceeding further.
3.4.4
Prerequisites
3.4.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.4.6
Time
2 hours.
Page 270
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 271
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.4.7
Disassembly
3
2
5
TOP VIEW
FRONT VIEW
AC/DC UNIT
POWER UNIT
INTERFACE UNIT
AUXILIARY UNIT
SUPPORT PLATE
AEC2
AEC2
AEC1
AEC1
TABLE
TABLE BUCKY
BUCKY
WALL
WALL BUCKY
BUCKY
DOOR
DOOR
LAPTOP
LAP TOP
CONSOLE
CONSOLE
Figure 8-10 JEDI 50 R 1T Generator General View
Page 271
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 272
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.4.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit
1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws holding the Auxiliary Unit on the support plate
.
, without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit and the
Interface Unit.
4.) Remove the Auxiliary Unit.
3.4.7.2
Remove the Interface Unit
2
1
3
1.) The Interface Unit appears after removing the Auxiliary Unit. Release the flat ribbon
cable 1 ,making it sliding along the cover panel 2
of the Interface Unit.
2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .
3.) On the I/F Rad Board, disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 3
Board.
Page 272
linked to the KV Control
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 273
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
THE POWER UNIT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT TRY TO LIFT IT
WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
4.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws securing the Interface Unit box to the Power box.
5.) Taking care of the flat wide ribbon cable 3 ,remove the Interface Unit box. The components
of the Power Unit appear: coils assembly, capacitors assembly, KV Control Board.
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate
3.4.7.3
3
5
1.) On the top of the generator, the two connectors
1 are fixed mecanically on the support
plate. Unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 4 power cables 2

the Power Unit and the AC/DC Unit.
coming from
2.) Remove the screw securing the ground cable on the AC/DC Unit. Disconnect the cable 3
linking the AC/DC Unit and the Power Unit 4 .
3.) Remove the four screws 5 on the support plate in order to release the Power Unit. This one
is then free.
Page 273
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 274
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.4.7.4
Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly
1.) Remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the two EMC cover panels 1
side of the Power Unit; remove the panels.
at each
2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 2 ,remove the three hex head screws securing the
Page 274
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 275
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
cables Q100C 3 , Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.
7
6
8
3.) Disconnect flat ribbon cables from J1 and J3 on the Gate Command Board 4 and
disconnnect J4 at the right hand side of the board.
4.) With 10 mm wrench, disconnect the parallel Coil connection from the Current Transformer
pass through 5 and with 13 mm wrench the other connection from the Capacitor
Assembly 6 .
5.) Remove the eight 3 mm Allen screws 7 which secure the Inverter Mid Power Assembly to
the HV Tank.
Page 275
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 276
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
6.) Remove the Inverter Mid Power Assembly 8
3.4.8
Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter assembly. Put back the eight 3 mm Allen screws to secure the
Inverter Mid Power assembly to the HV Tank (refer to section 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly 7 ).
Tighten them firmly to torque 2 N.m (20 kg.cm).
2.) Remount all cables that were removed:
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter IGBT's with three 5.5 mm screws.
Tighten them firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO

AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) Reconnect the short flat cable between the HV Tank and the Gate Command board (J3),
and the inverter current feedback cable (J1) on the Gate Command board (refer to
section 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly 4 ).
c.)
Reconnect the DC bus cable to J4 to the right hand side of the Gate Command board.
Top J4
d.) With the 10 mm screw and flat and lock washer, reconnect the shorter cable of the parallel
coil on the Inverter assembly onto the right hand side current transformer (Ti1/100) pass
through. A .
Tighten to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm) torque.
Page 276
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 277
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
e.) With the 13 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, reconnect the longer cable of the coil
on the central capacitor (C3UF) of the Capacitor assembly, together with the two primary
HV Transformer flat wires (the two with a white ring). B
Tighten to 8 N.m (80 kg.cm) torque.
3.) Perform an overall inspection before proceeding. Use the following illustration to check the
connections are right.
Page 277
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 278
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Parallel Coil
Q100C
Q200C
C
C
Q100E
E
Inverter Assembly
Coil Assembly
+ DC
Ti1/40
Ti1/100
- DC
Capa Assembly
HV Tank
4.) Remount the two EMC panels on the top of Power Unit with the 5.5 hex head screws.
Tighten all the cover screws to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
5.) Assemble the Power Unit with the AC/DC Unit on the support plate with 5.5 mm hex head
screws. Put back in place the disconnected cables: ground, DC bus (refer to section 3.4
Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
6.) Remount the Interface Unit on the support plate then the Auxiliary Unit. Follow the inverse
procedure indicated in the sections and .
7.) Remount the generator inside the table.
3.4.9
Verify
Run HV LOAD DIAGNOSTIC - "Inverter in Short Circuit Diagnostics" and "Inverter Gate Command
Diagnostic" are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.
3.5
3.5.1
I/F Board RAD

Supplies
None
Page 278
C3UF
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 279
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.5.2
Tools
3.5.3
Safety Precautions
3.5.4
Prerequisites
3.5.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.5.6
Time
3.5.7
Disassembly
The I/F Board Rad is situed in the Interface Unit. To reach this Unit, the Auxiliary Unit has to be
released from the generator. Follow the instructions of 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.5.7.1
Remove the I/F Board Rad
5
3
1.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 1 and the two cables 2 , if existing, coming from the AEC
Board.
2.) Disconnect the flat wide ribbon cable J10 coming from the KV Control Board 3 .
Page 279
15 minutes.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 280
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Remove the four screws of connectors J8 and J9 4 .

4.) Remove the ten 5.5 mm screws 5
3.5.8
securing the Interface Board Rad; remove the board.
Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between
1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
2.) Power the system on and verify that the system functions properly.
3.6
3.6.1
KV Board RAD
Supplies
None
3.6.2
3.6.3
Tools
10 mm Allen wrench.
Safety Precautions
3.6.4
Prerequisites
The KV Control board contains a saved memory Database with essentially the following
parameters:
Tube configuration parameters, AEC calibration parameters, and Room configuration

(workstation, AEC, screen film pairs).
Filament aging variable
Error Log
Recorded parameter data
If it is possible, backup database first. Else, the diagram hereafter helps you to determine the action
to take for your situation.
Page 280
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 281
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
First
Calibration
Configura*
tion
Upload
Database
Yes
Save Non
Volatile RAM
Database
DB
Upload
Possible?
KV Control
Out of Order
Is
original DB
saved?
(*)
No
No
Yes
SW
OK?
Replace
KV Control
Replace
KV Control
Replace
KV Control
No
Download
Software
Yes
Yes
Yes
SW
OK?
No
No
Download
Software
Download
Software
Download
Original
Database
(*)
Configura*
tion if
applicable
Calibrate if
applicable
Reset
Database:
* Date
* Time
* Clear Error
log
Operational
Checks
Save Non
Volatile RAM
Database
(*) or most recent
3.6.5
END
Personnel
1 person.
Page 281
Download
Database
SW
OK?
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 282
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.6.6
Time
45 minutes.
3.6.7
Disassembly
The KV Control board spare is pre-loaded with NP/NP+ software.
It will be required to download the software that is on site.
DATABASE RESTORE IS MANDATORY.
3.6.7.1

Remove the Auxiliary Unit as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.6.7.2
Remove the Interface Unit

Remove the Interface Unit as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.6.7.3
Remove the kV Control Board
1.) Disconnect the cables from J1, J2 and J3 on the kV Control Board 1 .
2.) Remove the seven 5.5 mm hex head screws which secure the kV Control Board; remove the
board 2 .
3.6.8
Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the KV Control board and the Interface Unit.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
3.6.9
Verify
1.) Connect the Service Laptop (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 Service
2.) Reapply power and verify that the 8 LEDs on KV Control board are scrolling.
3.) Verify software version (service floppy, menu 5)
-
If it corresponds to the software version on the floppy delivered with the equipment (or
upgraded by FMI), proceed to Database Restore (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton &
Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).
If not, download the software and proceed to Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards - Section
1.0 Software Download / Upgrade.
4.) Restore Database (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore
Database Parameters).
Page 282
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 283
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Up-to-date database if available
Most recent or originally saved Data Base if available
Default one from the floppy delivered with the equipment in the Service Tool set.
Alternately, you may try to swap the NVRAM chip (U32) from the former to the new KV Control
board to keep all the parameters. Refer to Chapter 7 - Planned Maintenance - 2.10 Replace
Generator NonVolatile Parameters RAMReplace Non Volatile Parameters RAM JobCard. If this
chip is not involved in the failure or the cause for replacement, it will allow to keep up-to-date data.
5.) Calibrate:
-
Perform several exposures on both focus in several workstation, with exposure time
longer than 12.5 ms.
If default database was restored, it is necessary to resume room set up and AEC calibration (if
present) (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.6 Automatic AEC Calibration). Then
perform the checksum (refer to Chapter 3 - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.8 Checksum Validation).
6.) Save Database on the service floppy delivered with the equipment (refer to Chapter 3 Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 Backup and Restore Database Parameters).
3.7
3.7.1
EMC Board 3 Phases

Supplies
None.
Tools
3.7.3
Safety Precautions
3.7.4
Prerequisites
THE WHOLE GENERATOR WEIGHTS 63 KILOGRAMS (139 POUNDS). TWO PEOPLE ARE
3.7.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.7.6
Time
45 minutes.
Page 283
3.7.2
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 284
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.7.7
Disassembly
3.7.7.1
Remove the AC/DC Unit
1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .

coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .
Page 284
2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 285
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.7.7.2
Remove the EMC Board
5
2
2.) Remove the three nuts 1 securing the phase cables and three screws 2 retaining the EMC
board to the rectifier block.
3.) Unscrew nine 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and remove the EMC Board 4 .
3.7.8
Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the EMC board.
Tighten 5.5 mm screws to torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure that U1 screw is tighten to the torque between 1.5 and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm). Refer
to Disassembly 5 .
Remount the generator inside the table.
3.7.9
Verify
Reapply power and verify the presence of 3 phases.
Verify that the system functions correctly.
3.8
AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly
3.8.1
Supplies
None.
3.8.2
Tools
5.5 mm socket, with ratchet if possible (to remove cover and board)
10 mm socket with ratchet (to remove DC and rectifier cables)

Page 285
1.) Remove ten 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 286
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.8.3
Large Philips screw driver (to remove cables from the rectifier block).
Safety Precautions
1.) Insure that the neon (orange) indicator light on the board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on this board; some become very hot.
3.) To protect the circuit boards, do not forget to wear the antistatic bracelet.
3.8.4
Prerequisites
3.8.5
Disassembly
Note:
Remove the AC/DC Unit
1.) On the top of the generator, disconnect the connectors J1 and J2 1 .

2.) On the support plate, unscrew connectors screws in order to release the 2 power cables
coming from the AC/DC Unit 2 .
3.) Disconnect the ground cable 3 .
4.) Remove the four 5.5 mm screws securing the AC/DC Unit to the support plate 4 . The AC/
DC Unit is now free 5 .
Page 286
3.8.5.1
The AC/DC 3 Phases Mid Power Assembly is made up of two main elements: AC/DC Board 3
Phases and Rectifier Block 3 Phases.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 287
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.8.5.2
Remove the AC/DC Board
1.) Remove fourteen 5.5 mm hex head screws which retain the cover. Remove that one.
2.) Remove the two DC cables fastened with 10 mm nuts on the board 1 .
3.) Remove two screws retaining the AC/DC board to the rectifier block 2 .
4.) Remove seven 5.5 mm hex head screws 3 and lift out the AC/DC Board 4 .
3.8.5.3
Remove the Rectifier Block
1.) The Rectifier Block 1 appears after removing the EMC Board (refer to 3.7 EMC Board 3
Phases) and the AC/DC Board.
2.) With the Allen key 3 mm, unscrew the 2 screws 2 holding the rectifier to the chassis and
remove the block.
3.8.6
Reassembly
1.) Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the AC/DC 3 PH Mid Power Assembly and the
Page 287
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 288
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
EMC Board.
2.) Tighten the 10 mm cable retaining nuts to 3 N.m (30 kg.cm), and the 5.5 mm hex head screws
to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Ensure cable terminals are repositioned as noticed before.
Verify that the + and - DC Bus cables are not reversed to prevent damage to the Inverter
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
The Rectifier Block has to be placed with the two poles in regard of the AC/DC Board
(Refer to section Disassembly 1 .
Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the Rectifier Block and
the chassis. This grease, called: Conductive Surface Compound, provides both thermal
and electrical conductivity that is important in reducing failure of the rectifier.
3.) Remount the generator inside the table.
3.8.7
Verify
Reapply power and verify that the system functions correctly.
3.9.1
Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly

Supplies
None.
3.9.2
3.9.3
Tools
3 mm Allen wrench.
Safety Precautions
3.9.4
Prerequisites
3.9.5
Personnel
1 person.
Page 288
3.9
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 289
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.9.6
Time
2 hours.
3.9.7
Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.
3.9.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit

Remove these Units as described in Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 3.4 Inverter MidPower Assembly.
3.9.7.2
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
3.9.7.3
Remove the Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly

2
1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC
cover panel 2 ; remove this one.
2.) With a 10 mm socket wrench with ratchet 3 , remove the three hex head screws 4 securing
Page 289
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 290
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
the cables Q100C, Q100E and Q200C on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly.
3.) Remove the 10 mm screw 5 on the left current transformer Ti1/40 pass through, top of the
Capacitor assembly. Retain the washers and release the cable.
4.) Disconnect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left 6 Use a socket wrench
to remove screws.
5.) On each side 7 , remove one 5.5 mm screw holding the coils support.
3.9.8
Reassembly
1.) Present the new Inverter Coil assembly and mount one 5.5 mm hex head screw on each side
of the frame to hold the Coil assembly (refer to 3.9 Inverter Coil Mid Power Assembly
removed 7 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm)
2.) Remount all cables that were removed.
a.) Remount the three Coil cables on the Inverter Mid Power Assembly (IGBTS) with three
Page 290
6.) Remove the Inverter Coil assembly 8 .
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 291
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
screws
1 . There is a locking washer between the screws and the cable.
Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
through 2 (refer to section Disassembly 5 .

Tighten firmly to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
c.)
Using a socket wrench, connect the two cables linking coils to capacitors at right and left
(refer to section Disassembly 6 .
Tighten to torque between 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
3.) Refer to Disassembly / Reassembly procedure for 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
Page 291
RESPECT THE ORIENTATION OF THE CABLES TO THE IGBTS CONNECTIONS TO

AVOID CABLE CONTACT WITH TOP COVER.
b.) With the 10 mm screw, with flat and lock washer, remount the remaining cable from the
right coil (of the Coil assembly) onto the upper left current transformer Ti1/40 pass
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 292
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.9.9
Verify
It is recommended to perform the No load HV diagnostics test. INVERTER GATE and
INVERTER in Short Circuit diagnostics are not pre-requested.
Verify correct operation on the whole application range.
3.10
Capacitor Inverter Assembly
3.10.1
Supplies
None.
3.10.2
3.10.3
Tools
10 mm allen wrench.
Safety Precautions
ENSURE THERE IS NO VOLTAGE ON THE DC BUS CABLE.
3.10.4
Prerequisites
3.10.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.10.6
Time
3 hours.
3.10.7
Disassembly
RESPECT THE CAUTION RELATING TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE.
3.10.7.1
Remove the Auxiliary Unit and the Interface Unit

Remove these Units as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly.
3.10.7.2
Remove the AC/DC Unit and the Support Plate

Remove the AC/DC Unit and the support plate together as described in 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power
Assembly.
Page 292
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 293
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
THE POWER UNIT IS NOW FREE BUT IT WEIGHTS 30 KILOGRAMS (66 POUNDS). DO NOT
TRY TO LIFT IT WITHOUT ASSISTANCE.
3.10.7.3
Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly

1
1.) On the Power Unit, remove the 5.5 mm hex head screws 1 which secure the L-shaped EMC
cover panel 2 ; ; remove this one.
2.) Remove the cable from connector J1 3 on the Gate Command Board.
Page 293
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 294
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Disconnect the Filament cable J3 4 from the HV Tank.
4.) Remove the 10 mm 5 and 13 mm screws 6 on the top side , and the 13 mm screws 7 on
the lower side of the Capacitor assembly. Release the cables.
5.) Remove the four left and right 5.5 mm screws 8 holding the Capacitor assembly.
6.) Remove the Capacitor Inverter Assembly 9 .
3.10.8
Reassembly
1.) Present the new capacitor assembly.
2.) Mount two 5.5 mm hex head screws to hold the Capacitor assembly (refer to section
Disassembly 8 ) ).
Page 294
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 295
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.) Reconnect the cable J1 on the Gate Command Board (refer to section Disassembly 3 ).
4.) Attach the shorter cable (parallel coil) on the upper right current transformer (Ti1/100)
pass through with a 10 mm screw 1
Tighten to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 .
5.) Remount the DC+ cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper left
side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section
Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
Disassembly 6 . Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).

7.) Remount the remaining serial coil cable to the upper left current transformer (Ti1/40) pass
through with a 10 mm screw 1
to torque 3 N.m (30 kg.cm).
and its washers (refer to section Disassembly 5 . Tighten
8.) Run the INVERTER IN SHORT CIRCUIT diagnostic:
HV TANK PRIMARY CABLES ARE DISCONNECTED AND ISOLATED.

Note:
Connect the short circuit cable (included in the first aid kit) between the left capacitor and the
central capacitor (see picture in Inverter In Short Circuit diagnostics).
a.) Tighten one extremity of the short circuit on the left capacitor with a 13 mm screw and
its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
b.) Mount the longer wire (Parallel Coil) and the other extremity of the short circuit on the
central capacitor (C3UF) with a 13 mm screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m
(80 kg.cm),
Page 295
6.) Remount the DC- cable and the corresponding serial coil cable together on the upper
right side of the capacitor assembly with a 13 mm screw and its washers (refer to section
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 296
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE

Use the illustration below to check the connections are right:
Parallel Coil
Q100C
Q200C
C
C
Q100E
E
Inverter Assembly
Coil Assembly
Ti1/40
+ DC
Ti1/100
- DC
Capa Assembly
c.)
C3UF
Reassemble the Power Unit with AC/DC Unit, Interface Unit and Auxiliary Unit (refer to
3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
d.) Run inverter short circuit diagnostics.

9.) After INVERTER SHORT CIRCUIT diagnostics, disassemble the Auxiliary Unit and the
Interface Unit (see section Disassembly). Remove the short circuit cable.
10.) On the central capacitor (C3UF), attach together the two flat wires of the primary coils of the
HV transformer that have a white ring 2 and the longer wire of Parallel Coil with a 13 mm
screw and its washers. Tighten to torque 8 N.m (80 kg.cm).
11.) Mount the two remaining flat cables 3 from the HV Tank with 13 mm screws and their
Page 296
SHORT CIRCUIT
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 297
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE

washers underneath the capacitor assembly, one on the left side, one on the right side.
12.) Reconnect the Filament cable J3 on the HV Tank (refer to section Disassembly 4 .
13.) Mount the two last remaining 5.5 mm hex head screws on the left and right side of the frame
(refer to section Disassembly).
Tighten to torque 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
14.) Reassemble the Power Unit. Mount it with the AC/DC Unit, the Interface Unit and the Auxiliary
Unit on the support plate (Refer to 3.4 Inverter Mid-Power Assembly).
3.10.9
Verify
It is recommended to perform the No load HV diagnostics test. Verify correct operation on the
whole application range.
3.11
LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
3.11.1
Supplies
None.
3.11.2
Tools
5.5 mm hex nut driver or socket wrench with ratchet.
Safety Precautions
1.) Insure that the Neon N1 (orange) indicator light on the LVPS Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the LVPS Board. Some become very hot.
3.11.4
Prerequisites
3.11.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.11.6
Time
15 minutes.
Page 297
3.11.3
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 298
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.11.7
3.11.7.1
Disassembly
1.) Disconnect the connectors J2 and J3 and the ground cable on the top of the generator 1 .
plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4 and the
Interface Unit 6 .
Page 298
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws 2 olding the Auxiliary Unit 4 on the support
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 299
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.11.7.2
Remove the LV Power Supply Board
2.) Disconnect the 3 cables 1 , 2 , 3 from the LV Power Supply 3 Phases board 4 .
3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the LV Power Supply 3 Phase Board
4 .
3.11.8
Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the LV Power Supply 3 Phases Board.
Verify that the following cables are not reversed before power ON (refer to section 3.11.7.2
Remove the LV Power Supply Board:
1.) Cables CF2 (+DC BUS) and CF1 (- DC BUS) 2 .
2.) Cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V)
3 .
Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the cover. Tighten the 5.5 mm hex head screws to 1.5 to 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
Remount the auxiliary unit on the generator support plate.
3.11.9
Verify
Page 299
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 hex head screws and remove its cover.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 300
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.12
Filament Board 1 INV
3.12.1
Supplies
None.
3.12.2
Tools
3.12.3
Safety Precautions
1.) Insure that the Neon DS3 (green) indicator light on the Filament Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Filament Board . Some become very hot.
3.12.4
Prerequisites
3.12.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.12.6
Time
15 minutes.
Page 300
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 301
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.12.7
3.12.7.1
Disassembly
2 holding the Auxiliary Unit 4
on the
support plate 5 .
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable 3 , without tearing, between the Auxiliary Unit 4
and the
Interface Unit 6 .
Page 301
2.) Remove four 5.5 mm hex head securing screws
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 302
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.12.7.2
Remove the Filament Board
2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable

. Disconnect
1 between the Filament Board
2 and the connector J2
and the LVPS Board
3 .
3.) Unscrew the six 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Filament Board 1 INV 4 .
3.12.8
Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedures to reinstall the Filament Board 1 INV.
Verify that cables CF4 (160 V) and CF3 (0 V) 2 are not reversed before power ON (refer to
section 3.12.7.2 Remove the Filament Board).
3.12.9
Verify
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.
3.13
3.13.1
Rotor Board High Speed

Supplies
None.
Page 302
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 303
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.13.1.1
Tools
3.13.2
Safety Precautions
1.) Insure that the Neon DS7 (orange) indicator light on the Rotor Board has gone out.
2.) Be careful touching components on the Rotor Board. Some become very hot.
3.13.3
Prerequisites
3.13.4
Personnel
1 person.
3.13.5
Time
15 minutes.
3.13.6
3.13.6.1
Disassembly
on the
support plate 5 .
Page 303
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 304
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
and the
Interface Unit 6 .
3.13.6.2
Remove the Rotor Board
2.) Disconnect the ribbon cable 1
between the Rotor Board High Speed 4 and the LVPS
Board 5 Disconnect cables CF1 and CF2 2 .

3.) Unscrew two 5.5 mm hex head screws that are in holes 3 below the surface of the board
and that secure an IGBT.
4.) Unscrew the eight 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove the Rotor Board High Speed 4 .
Be careful to preserve the special grease that is spread between the IGBT and a heat sink
under the Rotation Board. This grease, called "Conductive Surface Compound", provides
both thermal and electrical conductivity that are important in reducing failure of the IGBT.
3.13.7
Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reinstall the Rotor Board High Speed.
Ensure that cables are correctly connected. Ensure that marks on the cables match the
marks on the board.
Page 304
1.) The Auxiliary Unit being free, unscrew ten 5.5 mm hex head screws and remove its cover.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 305
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.13.8
Verify
Run Heater Function Diagnostics.
3.14
AEC Board
3.14.1
Supplies
None.
3.14.2
Tools
3.14.3
Safety Precautions
3.14.4
Prerequisites
3.14.5
Personnel
1 person.
3.14.6
Time
10 minutes.
Page 305
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 306
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.14.7
3.14.7.1
Disassembly
on the
support plate 5 .
and the
Interface Unit 6 .
3.14.7.2
Remove the AEC Board
1.) After removing the Auxiliary Unit, the Interface Unit appears. Release the flat ribbon cable
Page 306
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 307
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1 , making it sliding along the cover panel 2 of the Interface Unit.

2.) Unscrew twelve 5.5 mm screws that retain the cover panel and remove this one 2 .
7
4
3.) Disconnect the flat ribbon cable from J5 3 between the I/F Board RAD 7 and the AEC
Board 8 .
4.) Disconnect the connectors J2 4 and J1 5 and Test Points TP1 and TP2 6 on the AEC
Board.
5.) Remove the six 5.5 mm screws securing the AEC Board 8 .
3.14.8
Reassembly
Reverse the disassembly procedure to reassemble the unit. Tighten screws to torque between 1.5
and 2 N.m (15 to 20 kg.cm).
3.14.9
Verify
Reapply power. Proceed to AEC diagnostics to ensure correct operation.
Page 307
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 308
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 308
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 309
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 9 - Service Tool Job Cards

Section 1.0
Software Download / Upgrade
1.1
Supplies
None.
1.2
Tools
1.3

Safety Precautions
1.4
Prerequisites
1.5
Personnel
1 person.
1.6
Time
15 minutes.
1.7
1.7.1
Procedure
Load Software File on Service Laptop
1.) To load the software on to the hard drive(windows 2000 or under):It can operate under DOS
or Windows;
2.) Power ON the computer, Under Windows, run the File Manager (Explorer);
3.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\;
4.) Insert the JEDI Software floppy delivered with the equipment into the floppy drive;
5.) Copy all the files from the floppy to your hard drive.
1.7.2
Unzip software file

The CD drive supplied with the equipment (or the upgrade kit) contains Auto-zipped files.
Page 309
Not applicable.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 310
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE

It is necessary to load those files on the hard disk drive and run them; they will unzip and create
other files that you will use.
Double click on the JEDP424B.exe file, and verify that the new file is created.
1.7.3
Software download
1.) Connect console R232 cable Part No. 5194292 to console connecter J2;
2.) System power up;
3.) Press button
together more than 5 seconds to enter the HUB model;
4.) Restart the computer in DOS mode (for software download or database backup, it is required
to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid communication problem).
With the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART COMPUTER UNDER DOS
MODE.
5.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
*
Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:
C: [enter]
key in: ASIAN [enter]
6.) From the laptop software main screen, type F7: restore memory.
7.) Type appl.mx, then enter (or C:\JEDI\appl.mx).
Wait for the count to start. It may take 20 seconds before starting. The software code transfer
will take about 20 minutes. Download is complete when all the LEDs on kV Control board are
ON and laptop indicates download is complete.
Normally, the kV Control board will reset at the end of transfer and all the LEDs will scroll.
8.) Verify the software version is P3.2, behind RAM text (or P3.X in case of new software);
Page 310
Section 1.0 Software Download / Upgrade
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 311
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
9.) Select menu 2 with the arrows, select LIST, and clear generator error log. (^H, then W);
10.) To exit program, press Q, or R to return then ESC, or ESC twice.
Section 2.0
Tube Replacement Software Procedure
2.1
Supplies
None.
2.2
Tools
2.3

Safety Precautions
Not applicable.
2.4
Prerequisites
Knowledge of Service Software (refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.3 - Service
2.5
Personnel
1 person.
Page 311
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 312
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6
Time
15 minutes.
2.7
2.7.1
Procedure
Perform a Database backup
Refer to Chapter 3 - - Configuraton & Calibration - 2.9 - Backup and Restore Database Parameters
1.) Connect console R232 cable Part No. 5194292 to console connecter J2;
2.) System power up;
3.) Press button
together more than 5 seconds to enter the HUB model;
4.) Restart the computer in DOS mode (for software download or database backup, it is required
to run ASIAN.exe under DOS to avoid communication problem).
With the mouse, click on START, SHUTDOWN, RESTART COMPUTER UNDER DOS
MODE.
5.) Run the program:
Under DOS:
Select Disk drive from where you want to run the program:
C: [enter]
key in: ASIAN [enter]
6.) Save memory

From the laptop software main screen, type F6: save memory.
2.7.2
Reset Tube Data tracking counter and error log.

1.) Type ALT-S to jump to Service Menu.
2.) Select menu 2 with the arrows.
3.) Type F5 to select NEXP.
Page 312
Section 2.0 Tube Replacement Software Procedure
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 313
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Note:
Before resetting all the memory, it is advised to record them on table 2.7.4 - Generator Counter
Reading Record, found at the end of this Job Card.
4.) Enter ^H, press W to confirm.
All the tube related Data will be erased; only Generator related Data will be kept.
The filament ageing parameter will be reset to default value.
Page 313
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 314
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
5.) Type Q to go back to main screen.
2.7.3
Verify new tube operation, clear error log

1.) Press F1 to jump to application screen.
2.) Run a dozen of exposures from low kv, mA, to high kV, mA in direct workstation.
4.) Go in menu 2, LIST (F3); Clear the Error log.
5.) Exit from laptop service software.
6.) Run exposures from the Operating console.
7.) Take necessary steps to ship the replaced tube. Include filled out table with tube
information.
2.7.4
Generator Counter Reading Record
GENERATOR COUNTER READING RECORD

Date of reading:
Date of putting into service:
Address of
installation:
Generator identification:
Serial number:
Software version:
Options: (AEC)
X-Ray system
description:
Counter name
NO WARMUP
Page 314
Tube data
Explanation
Number of skipped Warm-up (N/A on Tiger)
3.) Verify correct operation of the system.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 315
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
RXGSF
Cumulated exposure time on small focus
RXGLF
Cumulated exposure time on large focus
RXSCOP
Cumulated exposure time in fluoro (N/A on RAD.)
ROTANOD
Cumulated Anode rotation time
NEXPSF
Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus
NEXPLF
Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus
N100%SF
Cumulated Number of exposure on small focus at

100 % Power (N/A on Tiger)
N100%LF
Cumulated Number of exposure on large focus (N/

A on Tiger)
NAMOR
Cumulated Number of spits
KJSF
Cumulated dissipated power on Small focus
KJLF
Cumulated dissipated power on Large focus
TIME_ON
Total generator Power On time (Not erasable)
N_EXP_G
Total generator number of exposure (Not erasable)
Tube Database Download

The service tool software can operate under Windows (Windows 2000 or lower version) or DOS.
1.) Use the RS232 Service Cable (5194292) to connect the console connector J2 with computer.
2.) Power up the computer, insert the CD (5212186). Under Windows, run the File Manager
(Explorer).
3.) Create a new directory (e.g.: JEDITEST) under C:\.
4.) Copy all the files from the CD to your new directory.
5.) Double click the file "ASIAN.EXE" to run service tool software.
6.) System power up.
7.) On the application screen, press button
together for more than 5 seconds to
enter the HUB mode.

8.) Press function key F7 to Load Software according to the tube installed.
-
50 kW tube: type E7843X
File : E7843_R?.mx (? means the current revision)
9.) When the successful installation message display, press Esc button on the computer.
10.) Press the function key F1 into the Jedi application interface.
11.) Press Alt and S key together to enter service interface.
12.) Set Date&Time.
-
Call Menu 2 using the arrows on the keyboard.
Call DATE by pressing F7.
Enter date (MM DD YYYY) via numeric keypad.
Hit W to confirm.
Hit F1.
Page 315
2.7.5
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 316
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE

Enter time (HH MM) via numeric keypad.
Hit W to confirm.
13.) Checksums
Checksums must be validated at the end of the generator setup or whenever a parameter is
changed.
Call Menu 5 using the arrows on the keyboard.
Press function key F1.
Press function key [F1] and [V] simultaneously.
A buzzer will sound, which indicating that the sums have been checked and OK on display
screen.
14.) Press "R" key to return to the application mode.
15.) Press Esc key to exit the JEDI software.
Page 316
1:28 PM
Page 317
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 10 - Schematics
Section 1.0
MIS Map
3 Phase
Stud
P1
PDU
System Cabinet
P1
P2
P1 P2 P3
HV -
HV +
J2/J3
TM2
HV +
HV -
5166493
5166654
Grounding
Grounding
Tube
DAP Meter
Collimator
HV -
HV +
Ele-Magnetic
Brakes
Terminal
Tube
Console
Tube Stand
24 VDC
24 VDC
Table
EM Brakes
Switches
Ion-Chamber
FIRST MADE FOR:
Pioneer
GEHL MEDICAL SYSTEMS
51888818 BLK
Pioneer System Architecture
TITLE
Wallstand
Ion-Chamber
24 VDC
TM1
Handswtich
Rotor/Tube fan/Pressure SW
24 VDC
XR 6000 Fixed Grid Configuration Block
Power Supply
P2
GND
Stud
P3
Grounding
P3
P1 P2 P3
Jedi
Generator
RS485/
RS232
J4
J1
REV
1/4
SHT/CONT ON
Page 317
Hospital Power
Supply
GND
TM3
J6
J3
System Console
AEC1
Xray-On Light
HV Line
Others
AEC2
J6
J9
RTL
Door Interlock
AC Power Line
DC Power Line
Serial / RTL
Grounding Line
RS232
J8
Serial RS485 / RTL
24VDC/PSW

GE HEALTHCARE
J1
PDU
5183465/
5220653
Console
J3
5194507
J4
J1
J1 J1
TM3
TAV
5182285
GND
TM1 Stud
GND
Stud
J2
GND
Stud
TM2
GND
Stud
AEC1
5166654
2269002-5
2269002-5
5195936
5166493
5193607
5193105
5193110
5194292/
5241079
Service Laptop
Serial port
GND
Stud
5183561
Table
5194508
AEC2
Wallstand
TM1
GND
Stud
AEC1
5183392/
5184093
Tube Stand
Rotation
Anode
HV +
HV -
FIRST MADE FOR:
Pioneer 500
51888818 BLK
Pioneer 500 System Architecture
TITLE
XR 6000 Fixed Grid Configuration Interconnect Cable Diagram
5184620
Handswtich
5197678
TM1
GND
Stud
Door
2212259-2/4
J2
HV +
J3
HV -
AEC2
Jedi R1T 50
5182354
TM1
Hospital Main Power 380

3 phase
5197679
5196643
5182354
laptop
LU
LV
LW
GND
Stud
DOOR Interlock
Room Light
console
5183903
5196454
UVW
GND
Stud
5193106
GND
Stud
5193103
XP105
REV
2/4
SHT/CONT ON
Section 1.0 MIS Map
Page 318
1:28 PM
Page 318
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Page 319
PioneerSM_ENG.book
GE HEALTHCARE
P2
P1
PDU
System Cabinet
P1
P3
J1
P1 P2 P3
HV +
J2/J3
TM2
24 VDC
Grounding
Terminal
Tube
Console
Tube
Ele-Magnetic
Brakes
HV -
HV +
Collimator
DAP Meter
EM Brakes
Switches
Ion-Chamber
Bucky
Bucky
FIRST MADE FOR:
Pioneer
51888818 BLK
Pioneer System Architecture
TITLE
Wallstand
Ion-Chamber
Switches
EM Brakes
Handswtich
TM1
TM1
24 VDC
Table
24 VDC
24 VDC
Tube Stand
Grounding
Wall-stand Bucky Control
5166654
Table Bucky Control
5166493
HV -
HV +
Rotor/Tube fan/Pressure SW
24 VDC
XR 6000 Oscillating Bucky Configuration Block
Power Supply
P2
Grounding
P3
J4
P1 P2 P3
HV -
J1
REV
3/4
SHT/CONT ON
Page 319
Hospital Power
Supply
TM3
J4
Jedi
Table Bucky
Generator
AEC1
J6
J6
RS485/
RS232
J4
AEC2
GND
Stud
GND
Stud
J3
110 VAC
System Console
WS Bucky
C
3 Phase
Others
J9
RTL
Xray-On Light
Door Interlock
AC Power Line
DC Power Line
HV Line
Serial / RTL
Grounding Line
RS232
J8
Serial RS485 / RTL
24VDC/PSW

GE HEALTHCARE
J1
J4
J1
J1
J1
J3
5194507
Console
TM3
GND
Stud
GND
Stud
HV -
HV +
J3
J2
AEC1
Table
Bucky
WS
GND
Stud Bucky
J4
TM2
GND
TM1 Stud
TAV
5182285
J1
J4
J2
5315834
5166654
2269002-5
2269002-5
5195936
5313869
5166493
5315864
5193607
5193105
5193110
5194292/
5241079
HV -
HV +
5316773
5316772
Table
AEC2
5183392
Tube Stand
Rotation
Anode
AEC1
Bucky
TM1
GND
Stud
Bucky
TM1
Wallstand
GND
Stud
Serial port
Service Laptop
XR 6000 Oscillating Bucky Configuration Interconnect Cable

Diagram
Handswtich
5184620
PDU
5220653
TM1
GND
Stud
Door
2212259-2
AEC2
Jedi R1T 50
console
Hospital Main Power 380

3 phase
5197678
5197679
5196643
LU
LV
LW
GND
Stud
DOOR Interlock
Room Light
5183903
5196454
UVW
5313870
5182354
5182354
laptop
TM1
5193103
XP105
GND
Stud
5193106
GND
Stud
Pioneer 500
51888818 BLK
Pioneer 500 System Architecture
TITLE
FIRST MADE FOR:
REV
4/4
SHT/CONT ON
Section 1.0 MIS Map
Page 320
1:28 PM
Page 320
PioneerSM_ENG.book
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 321
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
1.1
Jedi 50 R 1T Cabling
Page 321
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 322
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 322
Section 1.0 MIS Map
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 323
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 2.0
Central Listings
2.1
kV Measure Board
This board forms part of the oil seal of the High Voltage Tank. It can only be removed at the
factory. The Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) is the complete HV Tank.
Page 323
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 324
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.2

HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS3 GOES OUT.
DC
160v
LF Common
SF
DS3 - Green - +160v

DC present
DS4 - Yellow - Inverter
Output Running
SF_LF - Yellow - Small

Focus / Large Focus
Relay Feedback
RST - Red - Board being
reset or powered up
DS2 - Yellow - Status

LED
DS1 - Yellow - Status

LED
Page 324
Section 2.0 Central Listings
ON - Yellow - Inverter
Command ON
160v
DC
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 325
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.3
Rotation Board High Speed

HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS6 AND DS7 (NEONORANGE) GO OUT.
Auxiliary
DC bus
Common
Main
DS6
DC bus
Page 325
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 326
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.3.1
Indicators
2.3.2
1
INDICATOR
COLOR
INDICATES:
RESET
RED
BOARD BEING RESET OR POWERED UP
INV_ON
YELLOW
THE INVERTER IS RUNNING
DS1
GREEN
PRESENCE OF +15 V SUPPLY
DS2
GREEN
PRESENCE OF -15 V SUPPLY
DS3
GREEN
PRESENCE OF +5 V SUPPLY
DS4-DS5
YELLOW
BOARD STATUS
DS6
NEON (ORANGE)
FAN VAC POWER SUPPLY PRESENT
DS7
NEON (ORANGE)
DC BUS PRESENT
J2 Wiring
2
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
115V
Fan*, 115V AC
Line output
Fan, 115V AC
Line input
X-ray tube
Thermal safety
* used in application with fan cooling
Page 326
sense
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 327
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.4
LV Power Supply 3 PH Board

HIGH VOLTAGE AND HOT SURFACE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL INDICATOR NE1
(NEON - ORANGE) GOES OUT.
NE1 - Orange - indicates presence of DC Bus
+ 400
DC bus
- 400
160V
DC
0
DS2 - Green - 160 VDC
DS1 - Red - Mains

Drop
Page 327
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 328
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.5
Gate Command Board

HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT TOUCH BOARD UNTIL DS300 ON THIS BOARD AND DS1 ON
DUAL SNUB BOARD ARE OUT.
Hot surface on transformer T300 and heat sink.
DS300
DC bus
DS300 - Neon (Orange) Presence of voltage on DC

bus for Flyback Converter to
create power supplies for
both Gate Commands
DS200 - Yellow - High

IGBT* (Q200) Gate
Command running
DS200
DS201 DS202
DS202 - Green - Pres

ence of -10 V Supply on
high IGBT* Gate Command
Inverter
ILP
current
feedback
ILR
DS100 -Yellow-Low IGBT*
(Q100) Gate Command run ning
DS100
DS102
DS101 - Green - Presence of

+20 V Supply on low IGBT*
Gate Command
DS101
DS102 - Green - Presence

of -10 V Supply on low
IGBT* Gate Command
* Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistor
Page 328
DS201 - Green - Presence

of +20 V Supply on high
IGBT* Gate Command
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 329
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.6
Dual Snub Board

HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL INDICATOR DS1 (NEON - ORANGE)
GOES OUT.
DS1 - Neon (Orange) - Indicates presence of voltage on DC Bus
Page 329
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 330
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.7
kV Control Board
Page 330
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 331
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.7.1
2.7.2
SWITCH OR JUMPER
FUNCTION
RST
RESET PUSH BUTTON
Indicators
INDICATOR
COLOR
INDICATES:
CONF
RED
FIELD
PROGRAMMABLE
GATE
ARRAY
CONFIGURATION NOT ACCOMPLISHED
OK
YELLOW
INVERTER GATE POWER SUPPLY OK
TX_TAV
YELLOW
TRANSMIT TO SERVICE LAPTOP
RX_TAV
YELLOW
RECEIVE FROM SERVICE LAPTOP
TX_CONS
YELLOW
TRANSMIT TO CONSOLE (IF EXISTING)
RX_CONS
YELLOW
RECEIVE FROM CONSOLE (IF EXISTING)
T_CAN_X
YELLOW
SYSTEM CAN BUS TRANSMIT
R_CAN_X
YELLOW
SYSTEM CAN BUS RECEIVE
HALT
RED
MICROPROCESSOR HALTED
RESET
RED
BOARD BEING RESET
S0 TO S7
YELLOW
STATUS LED
IN APPLICATION MODE THESE
SEQUENCE CONTINUOUSLY
DS1
GREEN
-15V SUPPLY
DS2
GREEN
+15V SUPPLY
LEDS
(FPGA)
FLASH
IN
Non Volatile RAM

REFERENCE
DESIGNATION
U32
NON VOLATILE
INCLUDED)
PARAMETERS
RAM
(BATTERY
Page 331
2.7.3
Switches and Jumpers
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 332
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.8
AC/DC 3 Phase board

HIGH VOLTAGE: DO NOT GO INTO GENERATOR UNTIL DS1 (NEON - ORANGE) GOES OUT.
Some components on this board can become very hot.
Page 332
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 333
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.9
I/F Board RAD V1
N1 - Orange (neon) Indicates presence of 100

VAC for the
ON & VAC
Pin 9
Table Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Wall Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Room Door & Light
Pin 1
Service Laptop
TUBE
Presence of strap
Console
PUPT - Yellow Data being sent to the console
Serial Link Configuration

(RS422)
Page 333
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 334
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.10
I/F Board RAD V2

ON & VAC
N1 - Orange (neon) Indicates presence of

100 VAC for the Bucky
Pin 9
Table Bucky
Pin 1
Pin 9
Wall Bucky
Pin 1
Room Door & Light I/F
To AEC board
Pin 9
Pin 1
CAN TRANSMIT
(yellow)
DS5:
EXT.CAN
TRANSMIT (yellow)
DS6: Receive Data

from console (yellow)
Console
OPTIONAL
DS7: DATA being sent to

console (TRANSMIT)
(yellow)
No strap (engineering
use)
Presence of strap TUBE 1
DS3:
Reset led (red)
DS1, DS2: Status micro

processor (yellow)
Page 334
Service Laptop
DS4:
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 335
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.11
AEC Board
2.11.1
Test Points
Testpoint
Measurement
SIGNAL
RANGE
TP1
230 VDC
230 VDC _5%
TP2
230 VDC
230 VDC _5%
TP3
230 VDC
230 VDC _5%
TP4
230 VDC
230 VDC _5%
R10V
10 VDC (reference)
10 VDC _1%
Page 335
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 336
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.12
AEC Board V2
AEC4
2.13
AEC3
AEC2
N1 - Orange (neon) Presence of 230 VDC
Test Points
TESTPOINT
TP1
TP2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
TP7
TP8
TP9
TP10
TP11
Page 336
AEC1
MEASUREMENT
SIGNAL
230 VDC
230 VDC
230 VDC
230 VDC
AEC assignment reference
10 VDC (reference)
AEC return voltage
AEC1 return voltage
AEC2 return voltage
AEC3 return voltage
AEC4 return voltage
RANGE
230 VDC _5%
230 VDC _5%
230 VDC _5%
230 VDC _5%
0 to 10 V
10 VDC _1%
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 337
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 3.0
Schematics
3.1
PDU Connection Diagram
Page 337

GE HEALTHCARE
&
'
'&9
'&9
DC24V
$&9
DC24V
$&9
5
/'
0&
6
6
6
'
6
&ROOLPDWRU
'
'
6
0&
0&
0&
0&
6
'
0&
0&
7ROHUDQFH
'
'
6
0&
'
5HY
'HVFULSWLRQ
0DGH E\
'DWH
S1 Foot pedal switch

6
VZLWFK
S2 Cassette)RRG
tray-column
coupling switch
S3 Cassette tray lock switch
S4 Tube movement
66
7DEOHswitchWUD\ VZLWFK
S5 Tube stand longitudinal movement switch
S6 Tube arm vertical travel switch
6
7XEHswitchVWDQG VZLWFKDOO
S7 Tube rotation
MC1,MC2 EM
lock - Table
top lateral
movement
6
7XEH
VWDQG
VZLWFK

MC3,MC4 EM lock - Table top longitudinal movement
MC5 EM lock - Tube stand longitudinal travel movement
6
7XEH
VWDQG
VZLWFK
MC6 EM lock
- Tube arm
vetical travel
MC7 EM lock - Tube rotation
MC8 EM lock
- Cassette
tray
6
7XEH
VWDQG
VZLWFK
6&+
'RF7\SH
7KHRU\'UDZLQJ
3DUW 1R

5199500SCH
6&+
2
12

5HY

3DJH
)LQLVK
6FDOH 0DWHULDO

7LWOH
'HVLJQ'DWH &KHFN'DWH $SSURYDO'DWH
3LRQHHU7DEOH(OHFWULFDO
*(+/ 0(',&$/ 6<67(06

&
'
Page 338
Table Electrical Schematics

3.2
1:28 PM
Page 338
PioneerSM_ENG.book

GE HEALTHCARE

:
&20
:
3(
:
:
6
1&
70
3(

:
:
;3
;3

;6
;6

3(
:
1&
12
&20 6
3(
:
0&
&20
6
1&
1&
12
&
1&
12
&
6
6
3(

/'
$':
'RF7\SH
6
1&
12
&
1&
12
&
0&
0&
6
'HVFULSWLRQ
5HY
:

3DUW 1R
5197241ADW
0DGH E\
'DWH

0&
0&
3
5HY

3DJH
Pioneer Table Cables Assembly
)LQLVK
6FDOH 0DWHULDO

7LWOH
'HVLJQ'DWH &KHFN'DWH $SSURYDO'DWH
*(+/ 0(',&$/ 6<67(06
7ROHUDQFH
3(
:
:
:

cd
cd
3(
&74 7DEOH
'LPHQVLRQ

;3
;6
&74
0&
0&

;3
;6

&74
:
0&
;6
;3

;3
;6
&
3(
:
70

70
3(
:
&
'
Page 339
3'870
: :
:
3(
3'870
'
)

3(
3(
3(
3(
3(
1:28 PM
Page 339
PioneerSM_ENG.book
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 340
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 340
Fri
Feb
16
15:30:36
2007
ARM_CON<9..0>
ARM_RESET
FEED_DOG
ARM_CON<9..0>
ARM_RESET
CPLD_CLK
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
ARM_CON<9..0>
ARM_RESET
LCD
EPM570
HCLK
ARM_IO<30..0>
ADDR<23..0>
DATA<31..0>
I7
HCLK
LED<6..1>
CPLD_IO<33..0>
ARM_IO<30..0>
ISP_ENTER
ADDR<23..0>
DATA<31..0>
I3
FEED_DOG
ARM_IO<30..0>
ADDR<23..0>
CPLD_CLK
DATA<31..0>
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
I1
ARM_JTAG<5..0>
LPC2294
Path
totallogic
Block
ISP_ENTER
ARM_RESET
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
ARM_JTAG<5..0>
ARM_RESET
LED<6..1>
CPLD_IO<33..0>
JTAG
INTERFACE
ARM_IO<30..0>
ARM_IO<30..0>
MEMORY
I6
I4
I8
Block
2 of
Sheet
POWER
5176556SCH
Dwg No
Rev
Company
2 of
Sheet
Restricted
GE Healthcare
I5
15
GE HEALTHCARE
3.3
Page 341
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
A61001C Console Control Board Circuit Diagram
Page 341
Page 342
Mon Mar
12
C1
1U
16V
10%
OHM
13:17:28
600
FL3
BLM31A601S
C2
10N
50V
10%
2007
GND
CPLD_CLK
C3
50V
0.1U
10%
R1
R2
1K
0.125W
1%
33.2
0.125W
1%
13
Y1
10MHZ
ENABLE
VCC
GND
VOUT
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
12
GND
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
U13
74LVC-LCX14
100P
50V
5%
C4
5C6>
ARM_RESET
PO19_MOSI1
19
Path
lpc2294
Block
PO20_SSEL1
PO18_MISO1
18
20
PO17_SCK1
R3
0.125W
0.125W
0.125W
0.125W
R6
R5
R4
0
0%
0%
0%
0%
CPLD_TMS
CPLD_TDI
CPLD_TDO
Block
P1_0_CS0
P1_1_OE
TD1
1 of
Sheet
5176556SCH
IO
AGND
ARM_IO<30..0>
0%
GND
IO
OUT
ARM_JTAG<5..0>
Rev
Company
Sheet
3 of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
R7
0
1
2
3
4
5
ARM_CON<9..0>
0.125W
ARM_RTCK
ARM_TDO
ARM_TDI
ARM_TCK
ARM_TMS
ARM_TRST
138
139
CS0
OE
0
9
26
34
24
15
7
102
95
86
82
70
60
52
144
140
126
113
43
CAN1_TX
91
90
22
Dwg No
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
VSS(11..0)
VSSA_PLL
VSSA
P1_16_TRACEPKT0
P1_17_TRACEPKT1
P1_18_TRACEPKT2
P1_19_TRACEPKT3
P1_20_TRACESYNC
P1_21_PIPESTAT0
P1_22_PIPESTAT1
P1_23_PIPESTAT2
P1_24_TRACECLK
P1_25_EXTIN0
P1_26_RTCK
P1_27_TDO
P1_28_TDI
P1_29_TCK
P1_30_TMS
P1_31_TRST
SYM 1 OF 2
P0_0_TXD0_PWM1
P0_1_RXD0_PWM3_EINT0
P0_2_SCL_CAP0_0
P0_3_SDA_MAT0_0_EINT1
P0_4_SCK0_CAP0_1
P0_5_MISO0_MAT0_1
P0_6_MOSI0_CAP0_2
P0_7_SSEL0_PWM2_EINT2
P0_8_TXD1_PWM4
P0_9_RXD1_PWM6_EINT3
P0_10_RTS1_CAP1_0
P0_11_CTS1_CAP1_1
P0_12_DSR1_MAT1_0
P0_13_DTR1_MAT1_1
P0_14_DCD1_EINT1
P0_15_RI1_EINT2
P0_16_EINT0_MAT0_2_CAP0_2
P0_17_CAP1_2_SCK1_MAT1_2
P0_18_CAP1_3_MISO1_MAT1_3
P0_19_MAT1_2_MOSI1_CAP1_2
P0_20_MAT1_3_SSEL1_EINT3
P0_21_PWM5_CAP1_3
P0_22_CAP0_0_MAT0_0
P0_23_RD2
P0_24_TD2
P0_25_RD1
P0_27_AIN0_CAP0_1_MAT0_1
P0_30_AIN3_EINT3_CAP0_0
CPLD_TCK
42
49
50
58
59
61
68
69
75
76
78
83
84
85
92
99
100
101
121
122
123
4
5
6
8
21
23
25
32
33
PO0_TXD0
PO1_RXD0
PO2_SCL
PO3_SDA
PO4_SCK0
PO5_MISO0
PO6_MOSI0
PO7_SSEL
PO8_TXD1
PO9_RXD1
PO10_RTS1
PO11_CTS1
PO12_DSR1
PO13_DTR1
PO14_DCD1
PO15_EINT2
PO16_EINT0
PO17_SCK1
PO18_MISO1
PO19_MOSI1
PO20_SSEL1
PO21_PWM5
PO22
CAN2_RX
CAN2_TX
CAN1_RX
AIN0
AIN1
AIN2
AIN3
17
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
27
28
29
30
XTAL1
XTAL2
RESET_N
V3(9..0)
V3A
142
141
V18(1..0)
V18A
14
CPU_CLK
U1
LPC2292FBD144
143
135
1V8
ARM_RESET
3V3
IO
15
4C7>
4D3>
GE HEALTHCARE
3V3
OUT
U13
74LVC-LCX14
Page 342
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

B Size
Thu
Mar
01
14:31:59
12V
1V8
3V3
VCC
2007
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R11
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R10
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R17
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R8
AGND
R12
2K
0.125W
1%
AGND
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R15
AGND
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R14
AGND
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R13
C8
0.1U
50V
10%
C7
0.1U
50V
10%
C6
0.1U
50V
10%
C5
0.1U
50V
10%
30
29
28
27
3V3
ARM_IO<30..0>
3A8<>
11
DATA<27> 27
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R19
DATA<31..0>
BOOT 1:0
BOOT1
VOLTAGE MONITOR
IO
DATA<26>
3V3
98
105
106
108
109
114
115
116
117
118
120
124
125
127
129
130
131
132
133
134
136
137
1
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
BOOTUP
BOOT0
10K
0.1W
0.1%
R16
DATA<0>
DATA<1>
DATA<2>
DATA<3>
DATA<4>
DATA<5>
DATA<6>
DATA<7>
DATA<8>
DATA<9>
DATA<10>
DATA<11>
DATA<12>
DATA<13>
DATA<14>
DATA<15>
DATA<16>
DATA<17>
DATA<18>
DATA<19>
DATA<20>
DATA<21>
DATA<22>
DATA<23>
DATA<24>
DATA<25>
DATA<26>
DATA<27>
DATA<28>
DATA<29>
DATA<30>
DATA<31>
INTERNAL
26
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Path
lpc2294
Block
1V8
3V3
C10
0.1U
50V
10%
C9
0.1U
50V
10%
P3_0_A0
P3_1_A1
P3_2_A2
P3_3_A3
P3_4_A4
P3_5_A5
P3_6_A6
P3_7_A7
P3_8_A8
P3_9_A9
P3_10_A10
P3_11_A11
P3_12_A12
P3_13_A13
P3_14_A14
P3_15_A15
P3_16_A16
P3_17_A17
P3_18_A18
P3_19_A19
P3_20_A20
P3_21_A21
P3_22_A22
P3_23_A23_XCLK
P3_24_CS3
P3_25_CS2
P3_26_CS1
P3_27_WE
P3_28_BLS3_AIN7
P3_29_BLS2_AIN6
P3_30_BLS1
P3_31_BLS0
SYM 2 OF 2
P2_0_D0
P2_1_D1
P2_2_D2
P2_3_D3
P2_4_D4
P2_5_D5
P2_6_D6
P2_7_D7
P2_8_D8
P2_9_D9
P2_10_D10
P2_11_D11
P2_12_D12
P2_13_D13
P2_14_D14
P2_15_D15
P2_16_D16
P2_17_D17
P2_18_D18
P2_19_D19
P2_20_D20
P2_21_D21
P2_22_D22
P2_23_D23
P2_24_D24
P2_25_D25
P2_26_D26_BOOT0
P2_27_D27_BOOT1
P2_28_D28
P2_29_D29
P2_30_D30_AIN4
P2_31_D31_AIN5
U1
LPC2292FBD144
89
88
87
81
80
74
73
72
71
66
65
64
63
62
56
55
53
48
47
46
45
44
41
40
36
35
30
29
28
27
97
96
C12
0.1U
50V
10%
C11
0.1U
50V
10%
C14
0.1U
50V
10%
C13
0.1U
50V
10%
ADDR<0>
ADDR<1>
ADDR<2>
ADDR<3>
ADDR<4>
ADDR<5>
ADDR<6>
ADDR<7>
ADDR<8>
ADDR<9>
ADDR<10>
ADDR<11>
ADDR<12>
ADDR<13>
ADDR<14>
ADDR<15>
ADDR<16>
ADDR<17>
ADDR<18>
ADDR<19>
ADDR<20>
ADDR<21>
ADDR<22>
ADDR<23>
CS3
CS2
CS1
WE
BLS<3>
BLS<2>
BLS<1>
BLS<0>
3
2
1
4
8
7
6
5
Block
C15
0.1U
50V
10%
2 of
Sheet
ARM_CON<9..0>
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
C16
0.1U
50V
10%
ADDR<23..0>
C17
0.1U
50V
10%
OUT
OUT
3B8>
C18
0.1U
50V
10%
5176556SCH
Dwg No
Rev
Company
4 of
Sheet
Restricted
GE Healthcare
GND
C19
0.1U
50V
10%
15
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 343
Page 343
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Thu
Mar
01
14:32:02
2007
IN
GND
FEED_DOG
1
2
1
2
S1
KT11B1JM
10K
0.125W
1%
VCC
J3
1K
0.125W
1%
R18
JUMPER
C20
2.2U
10V
10%
2.49K
0.125W
1%
C21
47N
50V
10%
GND
C22
4.7N
50V
10%
10K
0.125W
1%
R21
VCC
5V
Path
lpc2294
Block
SRT
SWT
GND
RESET_IN
WDI
WDS
RESET_N
3
4
VCC
1
6
5
U24
MAX6301
GND
C23
0.1U
50V
10%
3V3
20K
0.125W
1%
OUT
TWD=2.67*CSW*500=6.3S
Block
3A4<
TRP=2.67*CRST=125.5MS
EXTENDED MODE
ARM_RESET
3 of
Sheet
5176556SCH
Dwg No
Rev
Company
5 of
Sheet
Restricted
GE Healthcare
15
GE HEALTHCARE
ARM RESET & WATCH DOG
R9
R20
Page 344
Page 344
R22
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

B Size
Page 345
Fri
Feb
16
2007
0.1U
50V
10%
0.1U
50V
10%
C24
C25
15:28:51
0.1U
50V
10%
C26
C27
0.1U
50V
10%
3V3
0.1U
50V
10%
0.1U
50V
10%
C28
C29
0.1U
50V
10%
IO
IO
IN
IN
IN
IN
IO
IN
GND
0.1U
50V
10%
ADDR<23..0>
ARM_IO<30..0>
ARM_CON<9..0>
SWITCH<7..0>
DATA<31..0>
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
ARM_RESET
CPLD_CLK
HCLK
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3V3
GND
3
2
1
0
DATA<0>
DATA<1>
DATA<2>
DATA<3>
DATA<4>
DATA<5>
DATA<6>
DATA<7>
DATA<8>
DATA<9>
DATA<10>
DATA<11>
DATA<12>
DATA<13>
DATA<14>
DATA<15>
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
R23
10K
0.125W
1%
CPLD_TDI
CPLD_TMS
CPLD_TCK
CPLD_TDO
3V3
IO_1
IO_2
IO_3
IO_4
IO_5
IO_6
IO_7
IO_8
IO_11
IO_12
IO_13
IO_14
IO_15
IO_16
IO_21
IO_22
IO_23
IO_24
IO_27
IO_28
IO_29
IO_30
IO_31
IO_32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
11
12
13
14
15
16
21
22
23
24
27
28
29
30
31
32
TDI
TMS
TCK
TDO
IO_18_GCLK0
IO_20_GCLK1
IO_89_GCLK2
IO_91_GCLK3
IO_60_DEV_OE
IO_61_DEV_NCLR
34
33
35
36
18
20
89
91
60
61
VCCINT<3..0>
VCCIO1<3..0>
VCCIO2<3..0>
0
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
C30
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
22
21
C31
1
2
3
4
5
6
NLED<6..1>
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
84
85
86
87
88
93
94
95
96
97
98
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
U6
EPM570T144C5
GNDI0<7..0>
GNDINT<3..0>
IO_109
IO_110
IO_111
IO_112
IO_113
IO_114
IO_117
IO_118
IO_119
IO_120
IO_121
IO_122
IO_123
IO_124
IO_125
IO_127
IO_129
IO_130
IO_131
IO_132
IO_133
IO_134
IO_137
IO_138
IO_139
IO_140
IO_141
IO_142
IO_143
IO_144
IO_73
IO_74
IO_75
IO_76
IO_77
IO_78
IO_79
IO_80
IO_81
IO_84
IO_85
IO_86
IO_87
IO_88
IO_93
IO_94
IO_95
IO_96
IO_97
IO_98
IO_101
IO_102
IO_103
IO_104
IO_105
IO_106
IO_107
IO_108
IO_37
IO_38
IO_39
IO_40
IO_41
IO_42
IO_43
IO_44
IO_45
IO_48
IO_49
IO_50
IO_51
IO_52
IO_53
IO_55
IO_57
IO_58
IO_59
IO_62
IO_63
IO_66
IO_67
IO_68
IO_69
IO_70
IO_71
IO_72
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
57
58
59
62
63
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
Path
epm570
Block
5
4
5
6
7
10
11
12
13
23
24
109
110
111
112
113
114
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
127
129
130
131
132
133
134
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
GND
Block
2
1
6
5
4
3
IO
IN
OUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
A1
A2
A3
A4
11
13
15
17
Sheet
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
3V3
9
7
5
3
GND
0.1U
50V
10%
C32
R30
O4
O3
O2
O1
O4
O3
O2
O1
LED<6..1>
OUT
RED
Company
6 of
Sheet
Restricted
GE Healthcare
Rev
DS2
HSMS-C650
GND
15
332
0.125W
1%
3V3
VCC
S2
CHS_04TB
10K
0.125W
1%
R31
10K
0.125W
1%
HEART BEAT
5176556SCH
Dwg No
2
1
18 6
16 5
14 4
12 3
I4
VCC
I3
I1
I2
I4
4
4
10K
0.125W
1%
S3
CHS_04TB
I3
3
5
I1
I2
1
2
10K
0.125W
1%
R27
10K
0.125W
1%
R26
10K
0.125W
1%
R29
R28
R25
2
3
10K
0.125W
1%
R24
10K
0.125W
1%
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
OE_N
U16
74ABT244
19
GND
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
OE_N
1
2
4
6
8
U16
74ABT244
SWITCH<7..0>
1 of
CPLD_IO<33..0>
PO21_PWM5
NLED<6..1>
PO22
FEED_DOG
ISP_ENTER
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
GE HEALTHCARE
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R32
Page 345
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Mon Mar
7A8>
12
50
EXP
2007
OHM
BLM31P500S
FL4
PREP
TERLOCK 1
13:53:07
7C7>
7C7>
DOORIN
PDUGND
SMBJ5.0
6.7V
CR2
PDUGND
SMBJ5.0
6.7V
CR1
ON/OFF_KEY<3..0>
12V
12V
4.99K
0.125W
1%
R38
1%
0.125W
15K
R37
4.99K
0.125W
1%
R36
1%
0.125W
15K
R42
1%
0.125W
15K
R43
1%
0.125W
15K
12V
11D3<>
R39
B
Q1
MMBT3904
1%
GND
GND
0.125W
15K
R44
0.1U
50V
10%
C34
0.1U
50V
10%
C33
10
13
0.1U
50V
10%
C35
MMBT3904
Q2
PDUGND
PDUGND
U14
IN
GND
19
OPEN2
CLOSED2
4
5
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
3
6
8
1
9
7
5
3
3V3
OPEN1
CLOSED1
COILP
COILN
11
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
RESP_CTRL
6
O
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
RESP_CTRL
8
O
A1
A2
A3
A4
10B1<>
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
11C8<>
11
13
15
17
OE_N
74LVC_LCX244
9B3<>
IO
CPLD_IO<33..0>
4
5
CPLD_EXP
CPLD_PREP
Path
7A8<
9B3<
X_RAY_LIGHT
R45
10K
0.125W
1%
CPLD_INTERLOCK
VCC
PSW
interface
Block
1
2
CPLD_IO<2>
CPLD_IO<3>
CPLD_IO<0>
CPLD_IO<1>
GND
OPEN2
CLOSED2
K3
G6B_2114P_US24VDC
0.1U
50V
10%
OPEN1
CLOSED1
3
6
24V_IN
C37
COILP
COILN
U8
CLOSED<1>
OPEN<1>
CLOSED<0>
OPEN<0>
K2
G6B_2114P_US24VDC
COM<0>
COM<1>
8
1
COIL1
COIL2
0.1U
50V
10%
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
MC1489A
U14
IN
1
2
K1
AZ742-2C-24D
C36
RESP_CTRL
MC1489A
U14
IN
MC1489A
GND
VCC
LSM340J
40V
D2
LSM340J
40V
D1
PDU24V
10D4<
IN
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
RESP_CTRL
OVER_CURRENT
U14
MC1489A
GND
0.1U
50V
10%
C38
R46
GND
R47
50
3
4
PIN
50
1
2
OHM
BLM31P500S
FL7
MH1
WIRE_TO_BOARD
RIGHT_ANGLE
J4
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH2
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH3
SHIELD
EXP
2A
J7
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH7
MH8
1 of
5176556SCH
Dwg No
PIN
C39
GND
22N
250V
20%
PDU24V
Rev
Company
7B5>
7C1<
15
R48
1MEG
0.125W
1%
7 of
Sheet
Restricted
GE Healthcare
CONNECTOR
WIRE_TO_BOARD
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH6
1
2
3
4
200V
SHIELD
TERLOCK
MURS320T3
D3
DOORIN
PSW
RIGHT_ANGLE
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH5
HANDLE
PREP
7D1<
F1
7D1<
PIN
1
2
3
RIGHT_ANGLE
4
5
6
WIRE_TO_BOARD
J6
MHP4_50TB10_00
GND
POWER CONNECTOR
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH4
XRAY_ON_LIGHT
MHP4_50TB10_00
Sheet
OHM
BLM31P500S
FL5
Block
PDUGND
1%
0.125W
15K
12V
10C6>
20K
0.125W
1%
R33
20K
0.125W
1%
R40
R41
20K
0.125W
1%
20K
0.125W
1%
12
9
5
1
1
1
1
1

1
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 346
Page 346
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

B Size
Fri
Dec
15
15:41:33
9C8<
IN
2006
GND
1
2
28
26
27
GND
3V3
5V
C41
0.1U
50V
10%
20K
0.125W
1%
R49
SYNCIN
0VIN1
0VIN2
VS1
VS2
3V3
ARM_RESET
C40
0.47U
16V
10%
U2
DCR010505U
VOUT
ERROR_N
VREC
ENABLE
0VOUT
GND
17
12
16
13
14
R51
10K
0.125W
1%
R50
10K
0.125W
1%
1U
16V
10%
C42
CAN_GND
TIN
VCC
TP1
R52
0
0.125W
0%
9
10
11
6
7
CAN1_TX
CAN1_RX
Q
Q_N
26
25
YELLOW
DS1
HSMY-C650
12
CAN_VCC
C45
0.47U
16V
10%
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
A_N
B
RD
CEXT
REXT_CEXT
C44
47U
10V
10%
R54
1K
0.125W
1%
TIN
U12
74VHC123A
C43
1U
16V
10%
R53
10K
0.125W
1%
TP2
3V3
R55
332
0.125W
1%
25
26
C47
0.1U
50V
10%
Path
GND
VCC
GND
C46
0.1U
50V
10%
interface
Block
CAN1_RX
CAN1_TX
VCC
VDD2
GND2
VO
GND2
GND1
VI
VDD1
U4
VO
VDD2
HCPL0720-060
GND1
VI
VDD1
U3
HCPL0720-060
ARM_IO<30..0>
C48
0.1U
50V
10%
R56
332
0.125W
1%
CAN_GND
C49
0.1U
50V
10%
CAN_VCC
9B1<>
CAN_GND
IO
Block
RXD
TXD
VREF
S
CANL
CANH
2 of
Sheet
CAN_L
5176556SCH
Dwg No
GND
VCC
CAN_H
VCC=CAN_VCC;GND=CAN_GND
5
8
U5
TJA1050
C50
0.1U
50V
10%
10C8<>
10C6<>
Rev
Company
8 of
Sheet
Restricted
GE Healthcare
15
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 347
R57
121
0.125W
1%
Page 347
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
8B6<>
Mon Mar
12
13:22:15
ARM_IO<30..0>
2007
GND
C51
0.1U
50V
10%
DATA_OUT
9 PO9_RXD1
24
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
A1
A2
A3
A4
OE_N
U8
74LVC_LCX244
C54
0.1U
50V
10%
PO8_TXD1
DATA_IN
T1IN
T2IN
R1IN
R2IN
C1P
C1M
C2P
C2M
1
3
4
5
11
10
13
8
VCC
VP
VN
16
2
6
U17
MAX3232C
GND
15
GND
R58
4.99K
0.125W
1%
PO1_RXD0
C56
1U
16V
10%
RS485_RX-
RS485_RX+
DATA_OUT
VCC
11C8<>
10C8>
14
7
12
9
10B1<>
7A5>
10C6>
T1OUT
T2OUT
R1OUT
R2OUT
7D4<>
OVER_CURRENT
GND
PO0_TXD0
2
4
6
8
1 ISP_RXD
C55
0.1U
50V
10%
3V3
CPLD_IO<33..0>
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
18
16
14
12
C53
0.1U
50V
10%
C52
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
3V3
14
ISP_TXD
R59
110
0.1W
0.1%
VCC
DI
VCC
U18
MAX488E
interface
Block
Path
GND
C57
0.1U
50V
10%
PO14_DCD1
GND
RO
GND
VCC
GND
RTS
D4
PMBD914
85V
0
0.125W
+0.05
R63
DATA_IN
RS485_TX-
R60
110
0.1W
0.1%
RS485_TX+
10C6<
10C8<
3V3
Q3
MMBT3904
15K
0.125W
1%
GND
R62
20K
0.125W
1%
R64
20K
0.125W
1%
ISP_ENTER
3V3
DTR
OUT
GND
R67
10K
0.125W
1%
R65
10K
0.125W
1%
1U
16V
10%
C58
Block
Sheet
3 of
GND
GND
C
Q4
MMBT3904
C60
0.1U
50V
10%
R71
3V3
R72
332
0.125W
1%
Rev
Company
9 of
Sheet
Restricted
GE Healthcare
ARM_RESET
YELLOW
0
0.125W
+0.05
11D6<>
C59
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
3V3
DS5
13
HSMY-C650
D6
PMBD914
85V
5176556SCH
Dwg No
RS232<3..0>
D5
PMBD914
85V
3V3
PO9_RXD1
Q
Q_N
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
A_N
B
RD
CEXT
REXT_CEXT
PO8_TXD1
R69
0
0.125W
0%
1
2
3
14
15
U12
74VHC123A
15
8C1<
GE HEALTHCARE
R68
R66

R61
20K
0.125W
1%
Page 348
Page 348
20K
0.125W
1%
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Mon Mar
11
2007
CPLD_IO<11>
BUZ_CMD
10A6>
CPLD_IO<33..0>
13:26:28
10C8<
12
11C8<>
7D4<>
9B3<>
GND
EXPOSURE_ENABLE
0.1U
50V
10%
C61
12V
DI
GND
RO
R75
C62
0.1U
50V
10%
A1
A2
A3
A4
OE_N
0.1U
50V
10%
C64
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
GND
VCC
7C5>
CPLD_IO<10>
X_RAY_LIGHT
R79
10K
0.125W
1%
10
R82
10K
0.125W
1%
GND
R81
110
0.1W
0.1%
R80
4.99K
0.125W
1%
VCC
BUZ
DI
R77
10K
0.125W
1%
18PIN
Path
interface
Block
I1
I2
I3
I4
I5
I6
I7
I8
ULN2803
Q6
RO
GND
2111738
24V
VCC
MAX488E
U21
12
14
16
18
R78
10K
0.125W
1%
XRAY_ON/OFF-
XRAY_ON/OFF+
RESET
GND
0.1U
50V
10%
C65
6
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
RESET
XRAY_CMD
3V3
10C6>
EXPOSURE_ENABLE
0.1U
50V
10%
C63
74LVC_LCX244
U7
GND
3V3
10C6< 10C8>
10C8<
VCC
GND
R83
10
RESP_CTRL
MC1489A
IN
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U20
1%
GND
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
0.125W
15K
74LVC-LCX14
74LVC-LCX14
U13
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
A1
A2
A3
A4
OE_N
74LVC_LCX244
U7
EXPOSURE_ENABLE-
R76
110
0.1W
0.1%
EXPOSURE_ENABLE+
U13
CPLD_IO<9>
CPLD_IO<8>
11
17
PREPARE
15
CPLD_IO<7>
13
CPLD_IO<5>
11
19
GND
CPLD_IO<6>
GND
XRAY_ON/OFF
EXPOSURE
VCC
MAX488E
U19
CPLD_IO<4>
R74
110
0.1W
0.1%
R73
4.99K
0.125W
1%
VCC
VCC
20K
0.125W
1%
R84
O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8
GND
R85
110
0.1W
0.1%
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
RESET-
RESET+
GND
24V
BUZ
XRAY_ON_LIGHT
PREPARE_SW
EXPOSURE_SW
XRAY_ON/OFF
COMMON
GND
BUZZER
I150
P1
10A8>
10A6>
9B3<
10C8<
10C6<
7A7<
10B3<
10A3>
9A5>
8B8<>
10C6>
10B2<
10C8<
10C6<
XRAY_CMD
GND
VCC
C66
7
9
15
PREPARE_SW
Block
4 of
Sheet
CAN_GND
PIN
J11
RO
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
GND
RIGHT_ANGLE
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
DI
VCC
MAX488E
U22
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
OHM
CAN_L
12V
Company
10
of
15
10A8>
10A6>
9B3<
8C8<>
10C6>
Restricted
Sheet
10C8<
10C6<
10C1<
10A3<
10A3>
9A5>
GE Healthcare
Rev
RS485_RX-
RESET-
XRAY_CMD-
EXPOSURE_SW
RS485_TX+
XRAY_CMD-
R89
110
0.1W
0.1%
XRAY_CMD+
EXPOSURE_ENABLE+
XRAY_ON/OFF+
BUZ_CMD
50
BLM31P500S
FL6
GND
5176556SCH
Dwg No
GENERATOR CONNECTOR
RIBBON_CABLE_STANDARD
25
23
21
EXPOSURE_ENABLERS485_TX-
19
XRAY_ON/OFF-
17
13
CAN_H
11
5
RS485_RX+
RESET+
GND
R87
110
0.1W
0.1%
R86
4.99K
0.125W
1%
VCC
XRAY_CMD+
0.1U
50V
10%
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 349
R70
332
0.125W
1%
332
0.125W
1%
Page 349
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Wed Feb
28
IN
16:00:42
332
0.125W
1%
R35
332
0.125W
1%
R34
2007
LED<6..1>
VCC
YELLOW
DS4
HSMY-C650
GREEN
DS3
HSMG-C650
GND
CPLD_IO<12>
CPLD_IO<13>
CPLD_IO<14>
CPLD_IO<15>
16 CPLD_IO<16>
17 CPLD_IO<17>
12
13
14
15
0.1U
50V
10%
9
7
5
3
18
16
14
12
C67
A1
A2
A3
A4
7B2<>
GND
R97
READY
150
0.125W
1%
R93
R99
10K
0.125W
1%
DTR
1
3
5
7
9
3
1
3
5
7
9
J8
KEYBOARD CONNECTOR
J12
2
4
6
8
10
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
GND
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
2
4
6
8
10
Path
interface
Block
RTS
ISP_RXD
PDUGND
PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE
DUAL_ROW_HEADER
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
27
29
31
PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE
RIBBON_CABLE_LOW_PROFILE
OFF
ON
ISP_TXD
332
0.125W
1%
332
0.125W
1%
R96
1.21K
0.125W
1%
WARM
R95
INHIBIT
TUBE
R98
10K
0.125W
1%
150
PDU24V
0.125W
1%
POWER ON R100
VCC
XRAY ON
10K
0.125W
1%
R94
10K
0.125W
1%
R92
10K
0.125W
1%
10K
0.125W
1%
GND
R102
R91
RS232<3..0>
10K
0.125W
1%
R106
10K
0.125W
1%
R105
10K
0.125W
1%
R104
R103
10K
0.125W
1%
R101
10K
0.125W
1%
ON/OFF_KEY<3..0>
GND
11
13
15
17
A1
A2
A3
A4
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
19
OE_N
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
U26
74LVC_LCX244
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
1
2
4
6
8
OE_N
U26
74LVC_LCX244
3V3
R90
10K
0.125W
1%
9D7<>
100V
100V
D12
MMSD4148
100V
D11
MMSD4148
100V
D10
MMSD4148
100V
D9
MMSD4148
100V
D8
MMSD4148
D7
MMSD4148
Block
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
A1
A2
A3
A4
Y1
Y2
Y3
Y4
A1
A2
A3
A4
OE_N
5 of
Sheet
GND
11
13
15
17
19
2
4
6
8
GND
VCC
0.1U
50V
10%
C68
CPLD_IO<19>
CPLD_IO<18>
CPLD_IO<23>
CPLD_IO<22>
CPLD_IO<21>
CPLD_IO<20>
5176556SCH
Dwg No
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
9
7
5
3
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U23
74ABT244
18
16
14
12
OE_N
U23
74ABT244
19
18
23
22
21
20
Rev
Company
11
Sheet
of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
CPLD_IO<33..0>
15
9B3<>
7D4<>
10B1<>
GE HEALTHCARE

1
Page 350
Page 350
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

B Size
Fri
Dec
15
15:41:36
PDUGND
24V_IN
CR3
SM6T27A
27V
2
PDUGND
24V_IN
TIN
OHM
2006
OHM
GND
12V
200
FL2
ZJYS51R5-2P
200
FL1
ZJYS51R5-2P
TIN
TP4
TP3
200
OHM
GND
C72
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
C71
0.1U
50V
10%
TIN
TP6
C73
4.7U
50V
10%
C74
0.1U
50V
10%
1
3
4
8
10N
50V
10%
C75
OUTPUT
10N
50V
10%
HV
L1
J1
1
2
G1
G2
33U
20%
D14
5A
LSM340J
40V
G1
G2
PIN
RIGHT_ANGLE
WIRE_TO_BOARD
1
2
C85
L2
33U
20%
D13
5A
LSM340J
40V
C86
TWO PARTS AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE
CXA-L10L
U25
C76
1
3
4
8
TO 12V
INPUT
SWIT_OUT
FEEDBACK
BOOST
ON_OFF
GND
TAB_GND
U10
LM2676
24V
TIN
TP5
INPUT
SWIT_OUT
FEEDBACK
BOOST
ON_OFF
GND
TAB_GND
U9
LM2676
TO 5V
TO LCD
2
6
7
R112
1K
0.125W
1%
R111
9.09K
0.1W
0.1%
R109
3.16K
0.1W
0.1%
2
6
7
R110
1K
0.125W
1%
12V
FL8
ZJYS51R5-2P
C70
100U
50V
20%
5.11K
0.125W
1%
R108
C69
100U
50V
20%
5.11K
0.125W
1%
R107
24V
22U
35V
10%
Path
R114
1K
0.125W
1%
DS7
HSMG-C650
GREEN
R113
499
0.125W
1%
DS6
HSMG-C650
GREEN
power
Block
CR5
P6SMB18A
18V
CR4
SMBJ5.0
6.7V
12V
VCC
SHIELD
22U
35V
10%
2
1
POWER SUPPLY
2
1
5
4
C77
0.1U
50V
10%
1K
0.125W
1%
R115
PDUGND
24V_IN
GND
VCC
3.3V
200
OHM
FL9
ZJYS51R5-2P
10U
16V
+80%-20%
Block
1.21V
Sheet
1 of
3
6
1
2
4
5
GND
24V
1.4K
0.1W
1%
5176556SCH
C82
100U
50V
20%
2.87K
0.1W
1%
1K
0.125W
1%
R120
1K
0.125W
1%
R118
TP9
R117
TIN
GND
Dwg No
C81
0.1U
50V
10%
GND<1-0>
VOUT
SENSE_ADJ
75V
D16
BAS116
GND1
GND2
VOUT
SENSE
TO 20V
VIN
SHDN_N
VR1
LT1963EQ
2
1
75V
VIN
SHDN_N
VR2
LT1529-3.3
D15
BAS116
5V TO 3.3V
5V TO 1.8V
GND
C80
0.1U
50V
10%
1K
0.125W
1%
R116
TIN
TP7
C78
10U
16V
+80%-20%
VCC
TIN
C79
TP8
GND
3V3
TIN
TP10
10U
16V
+80%-20%
Rev
Company
12
Sheet
of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
1V8
C83
100U
16V
10%
15
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 351
R119
C84
Page 351
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Fri
Dec
15
15:41:38
2006
IO
ARM_JTAG<5..0>
IN
ARM_RESET
5
2
4
3
0
1
IO
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
GND
2
4
6
8
10
R123
10K
0.125W
1%
R122
10K
0.125W
1%
jtag
Block
Path
CPLD_JTAG<3..0>
3V3
R121
10K
0.125W
1%
2
4
6
8
10
1
3
5
7
9
J2
1
3
5
7
9
R126
10K
0.125W
1%
3V3
R127
10K
0.125W
1%
1
0
2
CPLD_TDI
R129
10K
0.125W
1%
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
J5
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
R130
10K
0.125W
1%
Block
1 of
Sheet
R131
10K
0.125W
1%
PIN
STRAIGHT
DUAL_ROW_HEADER_BREAK
CPLD_TCK
CPLD_TDO
CPLD_TMS
3V3
ARM_TRST
ARM_TDI
ARM_TMS
ARM_TCK
ARM_RTCK
ARM_TDO
R128
10K
0.125W
1%
PIN
STRAIGHT
DUAL_ROW_HEADER_BREAK
GND
R124
10K
0.125W
1%
GND
C88
0.1U
50V
10%
5176556SCH
Dwg No
Rev
Company
13
Sheet
of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
15
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 352
Page 352
C87
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

B Size
Mon Mar
12
13:27:29
2007
3V3
600
OHM
FL10
BLM31A601S
C89
1U
16V
10%
C90
10N
50V
10%
GND
OUT
C91
0.1U
50V
10%
HCLK
R134
R132
1K
0.125W
1%
Y2
33.2
0.125W
1%
40MHZ
ENABLE
VCC
GND
VOUT
GND
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
U13
74LVC-LCX14
IN
IN
3V3
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
U13
74LVC-LCX14
TIN
ARM_CON<9..0>
R135
TIN
10K
500MW
10%
R133
CW
TP_LCDV
GND
ADDR<0>
ADDR<1>
ADDR<2>
ADDR<3>
ADDR<4>
ADDR<5>
ADDR<6>
ADDR<7>
ADDR<8>
ADDR<9>
ADDR<10>
ADDR<11>
ADDR<12>
ADDR<13>
ADDR<14>
ADDR<15>
lcd
14B7>
14B7>
14B7>
14B7>
Path
FPD<3>
FPD<2>
FPD<1>
FPD<0>
GND
FRM
LOAD
CP
DISP
Block
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
3
9
4
CS3
OE
WE
14B7>
14B7>
14B7>
14B7>
ARM_RESET
ADDR<23..0>
33.2
0.125W
1%
IN
TP_LCDGND
R125
10K
0.125W
1%
Page 353
3V3
3V3
CNF0
CNF1
CNF2
CNF3
CNF4
SCANEN
TSTEN
37
38
G1
G2
G1
G2
VSS<4..0>
GND
SHIELD
Block
Sheet
1 of
C93
0.1U
50V
10%
14C4<
C92
0.1U
50V
10%
14C4<
14C4<
DISP
C94
0.1U
50V
10%
C95
0.1U
50V
10%
INPUT
5176556SCH
Dwg No
GND
3V3
14C4<
LOAD
FRM
CP
23
24
29
26
30
27
31
TIME
FPSHIFT
XECL
YSCL
FPLINE
FPFRAME
MOD_OUT
YDIS
CYCLE
14D4<
14D4< FPSHIFT:CLOCK
14D4<
14D4<
IO
IO
FPD<0>
FPD<1>
FPD<2>
FPD<3>
DATA<31..0>
21
20
19
18
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
FPDAT0
FPDAT1
FPDAT2
FPDAT3
DATA<0>
DATA<1>
DATA<2>
DATA<3>
DATA<4>
DATA<5>
DATA<6>
DATA<7>
ARM_IO<30..0>
52
51
50
49
47
46
45
44
54 PO16_EINT0
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
WAIT_N
SOCKET
RIGHT_ANGLE
FLEX_CABLE_ZIF_BOTTOM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J14
XCG1
XCD1
35
34
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
RESET_N
36
56
57
58
59
60
CLKI
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
A10
A11
A12
A13
A14
A15
16
15
14
13
11
10
9
8
6
5
4
3
2
64
63
62
39
CS_N
RD_N
WR_N
AS_N
43
41
42
61
COREVDD<2..0>
HIOVDD<2..0>
NIOVDD<1..0>
U15
S1D13700F02
C96
0.1U
50V
10%
Rev
Company
14
Sheet
of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
= 16
15
GE HEALTHCARE
R136
15K
0.125W
1%
16
Page 353
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Page 354
Fri
Dec
15
15:41:41
2006
IO
ARM_IO<30..0>
PO3_SDA
PO2_SCL
R137
10K
0.125W
1%
3V3
GND
1
2
3
6
SDA
Path
memory
Block
VCC=3V3;GND=GND
A0
A1
A2
SCL
WP
U11
24C256
R138
10K
0.125W
1%
GND
3V3
0.1U
50V
10%
C97
Block
1 of
Sheet
5176556SCH
Dwg No
Rev
Company
15
Sheet
of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
15
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 354
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM

B Size
Fri
Dec
29
16:04:03
2006
GND
VCC
C1
10U
35V
10%
P
12V_GND
12V_IN
1A
63V
C2
0.47U
16V
10%
F1
FAST_ACTION
200
OHM
12V
1
2
28
26
27
5V
SYNCIN
0VIN1
0VIN2
VS1
VS2
U1
DCR010505U
ISOLATED
FL1
ZJYS51R5-2P
POWER SUPPLY
17
12
16
13
14
VOUT
C4
0.1U
50V
10%
ERROR_N
VREC
ENABLE
0VOUT
5V
C3
100U
35V
20%
TP1
2
6
7
12V
C5
1U
25V
10%
GND
TIN
TP2
4
8
1
3
jedi_tav
Path
10N
50V
10%
C7
D1
LSM340J
40V
33U
20%
5A
L1
RS232_GND
C8
0.47U
16V
10%
RS232_VCC
TO 5V
Block
C6
47U
35V
10%
TIN
TP3
INPUT
SWIT_OUT
FEEDBACK
BOOST
ON_OFF
GND
TAB_GND
VARIOUS
U2
LM2676
CHANGE TO 16V
R3
10K
0.125W
1%
R2
1K
0.125W
1%
R1
3.16K
0.125W
1%
TIN
TIN
TP4
C9
10U
35V
10%
6.8V
D2
MMSZ5235B
VCC
Block
1 of
Sheet
5182285SCH
Dwg No
OFF
WANG ZY
WANG ZY
SIGN
Rev
Company
Sheet
1 of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
29-DEC-06
DATE
03-JULY-06
1
ECR/ECO
A
REVISION
POWER GOOD
DS1
HLMP-1790
GREEN
R4
511
0.125W
1%
GE HEALTHCARE
2
1
REV 2 01July04
3.4
Page 355
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Jedi Generator TAV Interface Board
Page 355
Wed Sep
13
14:29:56
2006
C11
0.1U
50V
10%
VCC
R8
0
0.125W
+0.05
20K
0.125W
1%
R7
RS232_GND
R6
20K
0.125W
1%
C13
0.1U
50V
10%
RS232_VCC
1U
16V
10%
C14
C1P
C1N
C2P
C2N
2
4
5
6
1
12
Q_N
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
A_N
B
RD
CEXT
REXT_CEXT
U4
74HC123
1
2
3
14
15
RS232_GND
14
GND
13
4
13 RS232_TX
9 RXD
10
16
T1OUT
R1OUT
EN_N
INVALID_N
FORCEON FORCEOFF_N
T1IN
R1IN
VCC
VP
VN
15
3
7
U3
MAX3221E
CONVERTOR
TXD
11
RS232_RX 8
RS232
C12
0.1U
50V
10%
R5
1K
0.125W
1%
RS232_VCC
RS232_RX
C10
0.1U
50V
10%
RS232<1..2>
RS485
GND1
VCC
GND1
VI
VDD1
R16
110
0.1W
0.1%
Block
VCC
R13
1K
0.125W
1%
GND
C31
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
R14
1U
16V
10%
C15
CONSOLE_TX-
20K
0.125W
1%
Sheet
9
10
11
6
7
RO
GND
GND
Q_N
12
CONSOLE_RX+
VCC
R18
511
0.125W
1%
Rev
Company
Sheet
2 of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
RX LED
YELLOW
DS3
HLMP-1719
RS485<1..4>
CONSOLE_RX-
R17
110
0.1W
0.1%
5182285SCH
Dwg No
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
A_N
B
RD
2 RS485_RX
CEXT
REXT_CEXT
U4
74HC123
DI
VCC
U7
MAX488E
2 of
3
CONSOLE_TX+
C32
0.1U
50V
10%
VCC
VCC
6 RS485_TX
2 RS485_RX
VCC
GND2
VO
VDD2
Path
jedi_tav
Block
R11
511
0.125W
1%
GND2
VO
TX LED
YELLOW
VDD2
RS232_GND
TXD
VDD1
VI
U6
HCPL0720-060
RS232_VCC
1
2
RS232_GND
RXD
U5
HCPL0720-060
RS232_VCC
C30
0.1U
50V
10%
DS2
HLMP-1719
C29
0.1U
50V
10%
GE HEALTHCARE
REV 2 01July04
Page 356
Page 356
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
Wed Sep
13
14:29:56
2006
GND
R19
20K
0.125W
1%
GND
VCC
C16
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
VCC
C17
0.1U
50V
10%
RS485<1..4>
GND
VCC
C18
0.1U
50V
10%
CONSOLE_JEDI<1..7>
1
2
1
2
GND
VCC
4
7
5
AND CONNECTORS
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U8
74ACT00
INTERFACE
EXT_CAN_H
C19
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
VCC
C20
0.1U
50V
10%
GND
G1
G2
G1
G2
C23
0.1U
50V
10%
Path
GND
VCC
GND
VCC
C24
0.1U
50V
10%
RS232_GND
SHIELD
14EXPOSURE_SW
15PREPARE_SW
16ON_SW
17CONSOLE_RX18CONSOLE_TX19EXT_CAN_L
20JEDI_TX21JEDI_RX22JEDI_EXP_SW
23
24
EXT_CAN_H
25
RS232_TX
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
SOCKET
RIGHT_ANGLE
STD_DENSITY
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
J1
jedi_tav
Block
C21
0.1U
50V
10%
RS232_GND
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
12V_GND
12V_IN
CONSOLE_RX+
CONSOLE_TX+
JEDI_TX+
JEDI_RX+
JEDI_ON_SW
JEDI_PREP_SW
EXT_CAN_L
RS232_RX
2
2
3
4
3
4
3
4
Block
Sheet
3 of
GND
5182285SCH
Dwg No
MH4
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH3
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH2
MHP4_50TB10_00
MH1
MHP4_50TB10_00
RS232<1..2>
1
1
C22
22N
250V
20%
Rev
Company
Sheet
3 of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
SHIELD
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 357
REV 2 01July04
Page 357
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
VCC
Wed Sep
13
GND
14:29:56
1U
16V
10%
C25
2006
EXPOSURE_SW
VCC
R22
GND
C26
0.1U
50V
10%
D3
BAS116
75V
RS232_GND
IN
13
4
1U
16V
10%
C27
GND
COM
COIL1
COIL2
1
5
9
10
11
6
7
13
Q_N
11
12
4
Y
15K
0.125W
1%
R24
R25
20K
0.125W
1%
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U8
74ACT00
PREPARE_SW
12V
GND
IN
10
Path
jedi_tav
Block
6
O
1
5
RED
4
3
511
0.125W
1%
R26
JEDI_PREP_SW
Block
4 of
Sheet
5182285SCH
Dwg No
Rev
Company
Sheet
4 of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
VCC
CONSOLE_JEDI<1..7>
AND INDICATOR
CLOSED
OPN
DS4
HLMP-1700
COM
COIL1
COIL2
K2
G6RN_1_12VDC
RESP_CTRL
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U8
74ACT00
RS232_GND
U10
MC1489A
C28
0.1U
50V
10%
D4
BAS116
75V
PREPARE,EXPORSURE
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
A_N
B
RD
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
U8
74ACT00
JEDI_EXP_SW
12
4
3
CEXT
REXT_CEXT
U9
74HC123
CLOSED
OPN
K1
G6RN_1_12VDC
RESP_CTRL
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
3
O
U10
MC1489A
Q_N
VCC=VCC;GND=GND
A_N
B
RD
CEXT
REXT_CEXT
U9
74HC123
1
2
3
14
15
R23
200K
0.125W
1%
R21
20K
0.125W
1%
15K
0.125W
1%
12V
R20
392K
0.125W
1%
GE HEALTHCARE
REV 2 01July04
Page 358
Page 358
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 359
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.5
I/F Board RAD Electrical
Page 359
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 360
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 360
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 361
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 361
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 362
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 362
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 363
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.6
I/F Board RAD V2 Electrical
Page 363
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 364
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 364
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 365
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 365
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 366
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 366
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 367
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.7
Rotor board
Page 367
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 368
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 368
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 369
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 369
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 370
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 370
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 371
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 371
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 372
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 372
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 373
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 373
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 374
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 374
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 375
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 375
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 376
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 376
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 377
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 377
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 378
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.8
Heater board
Page 378
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 379
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 379
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 380
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 380
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 381
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 381
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 382
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 382
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 383
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 383
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 384
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 384
State: RELEASE - Document is released and under formal Change Control. Changes are subject to the ECR/ECO Process.
See the GEMS ePDM System to determine the status of this document.
Tue
26
A1
L2
FILTER
14:10:18
DCBUSN_IN
0.25AMP
2005
3
4
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
0.25AMP
2.5A
DCBUSP_IN
2X3.3MH
A1
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
150K
0.1W
1%
C20
0.1U
50V
10%
C28
2.2N
50V
10%
R29
10K
0.1W
1%
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
R26
C24
100P
50V
5%
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
R30
20K
0.1W
1%
R32
4.99K
0.1W
1%
-400V_LINE
R28
20K
0.1W
1%
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
C5
2.2U
450V
5%
1%
R31
1MEG
0.1W
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
C29
2.2N
50V
10%
7
4
2
3
DCBUS_N
8
6
1
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
GND
VREF
VOUT
COMP
0.25AMP
STARTUP_CHAIN
100
0.1W
1%
R27
VIN
RT_CT
VFB
I_SENSE
0.25AMP
R20
STARTUP_CHAIN
R13
0.25AMP
STARTUP_CHAIN
STARTUP_CHAIN
U5
UC3844A
0.25AMP
C25
0.1U
50V
10%
Approved Document - 2212166-5SCH_r1.pdf Page 2 of 3
Apr
PIN
STRAIGHT
TAB
CF1
CF2
PIN
STRAIGHT
TAB
DCBUS_P
0.25AMP
+400_LINE
VOLTAGE
R21
2
R10
1
2
1
2
FROM LINE
47K
1W
5%
47K
1W
5%
47K
1W
5%
2
NEON
NE1
N76530
100K
0.5W
5%
R23
1
C23
HIGH
C27
2.2N
50V
10%
R25
22
0.5W
5%
1K
0.1W
1%
R35
DCBUS_N
0.5AMP
CR17
70V
BAV99
0.1U
50V
10%
DCBUS_N 0.25AMP
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
C7
CR9
SMCJ43A
50.3V
C19
0.47U
50V
10%
Block
R24
20K
0.1W
1%
75V
Path
CR15
SMCJ43A
50.3V
CR14
SMCJ43A
50.3V
CR16
SMCJ43A
50.3V
CR21
SMCJ43A
50.3V
CR20
SSTA206S
600V
CR19
SSTA206S
600V
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
CR11
SSTA206S
600V
CR5
SSTA206S
600V
T1
V160AC
0.75AMP
19
19
9
1010
SNUB_CHAIN
0.25AMP
11
20
12
12
13
13
14 14
15
15
R34
100V
CR2
DSS10-01A
1 of
Sheet
1AMP
0.5AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
-5V
VIN
GND
R3
1 OHM
0.5MW
5%
LOW_VOLTAGE
1.5AMP
TAB
STRAIGHT
PIN
TURN CF3
M15V
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
0.5AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
R12
1 OHM
POWER_M15V 0.5MW
5%
0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
Rev
Company
Sheet
1 of
Restricted
GE Healthcare
0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
2212166-5SCH
Dwg No
3
1
VOUT
1AMP
A1
TAB
STRAIGHT
PIN
CF4
0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
L4
1U
2.5
A1
160V
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
X2
X1
X3
X4 X5 X6
HOLE HOLE HOLE HOLEHOLEHOLE
1U
2.5
TURN
P15V
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
2PIN
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
CR18
SMCJ43A
100V
R33
CR22
SMCJ43A
47K
100V LOW_VOLTAGE 1W
0.75AMP
5%
V160DC
0.75AMP
POWER_P15V
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
LOW_VOLTAGE L1
LOW_VOLTAGE
10A
U1
LM7915
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
2
100V
CR1
MBR3100
C13
0.47U
50V
10%
C8
3.3U
250V
20%
0.75AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
3.3U
250V
20%
C6
1U
2.5
TURN
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
LOW_VOLTAGE
Block
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
L3
V160DC
0.75AMP
C16
0.47U
50V
LOW_VOLTAGE10%
1AMP
1KV
1N
20%
C30
11A
1200V
CR3
DSEI12-12A
330
1W
5%
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
V160DC
0.75AMP
220P
2KV
10%
C26
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
18 18
3 3
LOW_VOLTAGE 17
17
0.25AMP
16
44
16
22
DCBUS_N
0.25AMP
88
0.25AMP
SNUB_CHAIN
SNUB_CHAIN
0.25AMP
0.25AMP
SW_SNUB
C31
220P
2KV
10%
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
HS1
HEATSINK
Q1
IRG4PH10U
2198557
CR13
BAW56
0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
MID_ZD
DCBUS_SW
0.25AMP
LVPS_TRI_V5
0.25AMP
DCBUS_N
2 K2
1 K1
CR10
SMCJ43A
50.3V
ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
CR8
SMCJ43A
50.3V
CR4
SMCJ43A
50.3V
ZENERS_CHAIN
0.25AMP
0.5AMP
DCBUS_N
100U
25V
20%
R14
F1
F2
C4
C3
100K
0.5W
5%
K2
1 A
1500U
25V
20%
C1
R38
R37
R36
1
7
11
330
1W
5%
330
1W
5%
330
1W
5%
1500U
25V
20%
CR12
SMCJ16A
330U
25V
20%
CR7
SMCJ16A
1
0.1 DCBUS_N 0.1

1W
1W
1% 0.25AMP
1%
0.1
1W
1%
330U
25V
20%
C2
2
1
18V
1
R7
R5
R4
GE HEALTHCARE
330
1W
5%
6
20
C12
C18
1
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
AK
FORWARD_MEASURE
0.47U
50V
10%
GREEN
18V
DS2
HLMP-1790
0.47U
50V
10%
REV 2 01July04
3.9
Page 385
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
LVPS board
Page 385
State: RELEASE - Document is released and under formal Change Control. Changes are subject to the ECR/ECO Process.
See the GEMS ePDM System to determine the status of this document.
12:17:55
2005
75V
K2 2
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP
C10
0.47U
50V
10%
0.25AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP
R19
1K
0.1W
1%
R17
1K
0.1W
1%
R1
C15
0.1U
50V
10%
P15V
100K
0.1W
1%
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP
R8
C22
0.47U
50V
10%
M15V
LOW_VOLTAGE
2
LOW_VOLTAGE
3
0.25AMP
R15
20K
0.1W
1%
FOR 100MA
10
1W
5%
0.25AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
10K
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.1W
1% VCC
0.25AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
1AMP
C17
0.1U
50V
10%
OPTIMIZE
P15V
LOW_VOLTAGE
R16
2K
0.1W
1%
R18
2K
0.1W
1%
M15V
C14
0.1U
50V
10%
C11
0.1U
50V
10%
LOW_VOLTAGE
P15V
LOW_VOLTAGE
R11
0.25AMP
K1 1
Approved Document - 2212166-5SCH_r1.pdf Page 3 of 3
Mon May 16
CR6
BAW56
0.5AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
FORWARD_MEASURE
3 A
VP
4 VN
1 GND
BAL_STR
6
5 BAL
1
R6
10K
0.1W
1%
5V
VIN
Path
VCC
C21
0.1U
50V
10%
LVPS_TRI_V5
Block
4
GND
0.75AMP
_MAINS_DROP
RED
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP
0.25AMP
4
3
6
7
2
DI
DE
A
B
RE_N
RO
U2
MAX485
1
0.25AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
C9
0.1U
50V
10%
LOW_VOLTAGE
VCC
0.25AMP
VCC=VCC;GND=GND_CHASSIS
VCC
LOW_VOLTAGE
DS1
HLMP 1709
ISLOCALPART=TRUE
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP
R9
2K
0.1W
1%
VCC
0.25AMP
VOUT
U4
MC78M05CDT
7
VOUT
U3
LM311
VCC
LOW_VOLTAGE
0.25AMP
2
1
Block
Sheet
2 of
R2
1K
0.1W
1%
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
2212166-5SCH
Dwg No
POWER_M15V
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
Rev
Company
Sheet
2 of 2
Restricted
GE Healthcare
LOW_VOLTAGE
POWER_P15V
PIN
STRAIGHT
RIBBON_CABLE_STANDARD
1
3
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
23
25
J1
0.25AMP
LOW_VOLTAGE
GE HEALTHCARE
REV 2 01July04
Page 386
Page 386
B Size
PioneerSM_ENG.book
1:28 PM
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 387
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.10
Inverter
Page 387
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 388
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.11
Gate cmd
Page 388
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 389
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 389
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 390
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 390
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 391
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.12
Dual snub
Page 391
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 392
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.13
AC/DC board
Page 392
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 393
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.14
AEC board
Page 393
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 394
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 394
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 395
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 395
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 396
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 396
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 397
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.15
Rad IF
Page 397
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 398
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 398
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 399
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 399
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 400
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 400
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 401
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Chapter 11 - MIS Chart

Section 1.0
Scope
This section provides detailed information about each MIS run in the form of individual MIS cable
charts.
Each of the following charts defines a single interconnection in the system. The charts are arranged
in the order, according to MIS numbers. In some cases, a particular MIS number is repeated, except
for a letter added at the end. Such a set of charts use the same cable, and carry essentially the
same signals, however the applications for each chart is different - the point of connection is
different (at one or both ends) for each chart in the set.
Section 2.0
How to Use
Figure 11-1 MIS Chart Example
Page 401
Each MIS cable shown on the MIS map has its own MIS chart. Each chart identifies all signals
present on the cable, and the specific pins associated with each signal. See Figure 11-1 for an
example.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 402
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 3.0
MIS Charts
3.1
3.1.1
System Console
J1 Handswitch Interface, 5184620
Handswitch
System Console
Handswitch
J1
COM
PREP
COM
EXP
2
3
4
J2 FW Download Serial Port, 5194292
System Console
Service Laptop
J2
Serial Port
1
2
3
Receive Data
Transmit Data
to console
from console
4
5
Page 402
Signal Ground
Section 3.0 MIS Charts
GND
3.1.2
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 403
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
System Console
Download Tool
J2
Serial Port
1
2
3
Receive Data
Transmit Data
to console
from console
Data Terminal Ready

4
from console
Signal Ground
GND
6
7
from console
3.1.3
Request to Send
J3 Power and RTL Interface, 5183903
PDU
System Console
TM3
J3
DC24V
GND
2 Console Power Input
GND
Power Issue A
6
7
Power Issue B
PSW
4
5
6
7 RTL (0-DC24V; Active: 0V)
Page 403
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 404
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.1.4
J4 Generator Interface, 5182354
System Console
TAV
J4
12V_GND
RS485_RX+
10
RS485_TX+
11
12V_GND
12
12V_IN
13
14
17
22
23
24
CAN_H
Exposure_SW
Prepare_SW
ON_SW
RS485_RX-
RS485_TX-
CAN_L
4
5
6
14
15
16
17
18
19
15
Page 404
J1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 405
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
JEDI
TAV
J9
J1
11
RS232-GND
10
RS485_TX+
RS485_RX+
17
ON_SW
15
Prepare_SW
24
23
14
13
RS485_TXRS485_RX-
Exposure_SW
CAN_H
JEDI
11
12
20
21
22
24
TAV
J8
J1
TX
RX
10
22
CAN_L
RS232-GND
25
13
23
Page 405
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 406
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.2
3.2.1
Generator
Generator Power Cable, 5196454
PDU
TM1 Un
TM1 Vn
TM1 Wn
3.2.2
Generator
380 VAC
380 VAC
380 VAC
Page 406
P3
Generator
Table
TM1-XS105 Cable, 5193103
Table
Tube Stand
TM1
XP105
XP106 1
XP106 2
Grouding Bar
3.3.1
P2
Generator Grounding Cable, 5196643

PDU
3.3
P1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 407
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.3.2
Table Grounding Cable 1, 5193105

PDU
Grouding Bar
3.3.3
Table

Table
PE1
Tube Stand

Tube Stand
PE2
3.3.5
PE2
3.3.4
PE1
Tube Control Box
PE3

Table Base
PE5
Table Cassette Tray
PE6
Page 407
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 408
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.3.6
Table Power Cable, 5193607

PDU TM2
5
6
7
8
9
3.3.6.1
24 V
0V
foot-1
24 V
0V
3
4
8
2
1
Table MC7 Cable, 5197242
Tube Stand
XP102
MC7 Cable
24V
0V
1
2
Control Box
Page 408
Table TM1
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 409
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
3.3.7
Table Cable No1, 5197244

Control Box / Collimator
Tube Stand
Control Box XS103 1
XP101 1
Control Box XS103 2
XP101 2
Control Box XS103 3

Control Box XS103 4
XP105 1
Control Box XS103 5
XP105 2
XP105 3
XP105 4
Collimator Connector 2
XP105 5
XP105 6
Page 409
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 410
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 410
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 411
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility

(EMC)
Section 1.0
Compliance Statement
This equipment complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices.
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy. The equipment may
cause radio frequency interference to other medical and non-medical devices and radio
communications.
To provide reasonable protection against such interference, this product complies the radiated
emission as per CISPR11 Group1 Class A standard limits.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation.
If this equipment is found to cause interference (which may be determined by turning the equipment
on and off), the user (or qualified service personnel) should attempt to correct the problem by one
or more of the following measure(s):
Reorient or relocate the affected device(s)
Increase the separation between the equipment and the affected device (see recommended
separation distances)
Power the equipment from a source different from that of the affected device
Consult the point of purchase or service representative for further suggestions
Use of accessories, transducers, cables and other parts other than those specified by the
manufacturer of this equipment may result in increased emissions or decreased immunity of the
equipment.
The manufacturer is not responsible for any interference caused by using other than recommended
interconnect cables or by unauthorized changes or modifications to this equipment. Unauthorized
changes or modifications could void the users' authority to operate the equipment.
All interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded, except when
technologically prohibited. Use of cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the
equipment causing radio frequency interference.
The XR 6000 is predominantly intended for use in non-domestic environments, and not directly
connected to the Public Mains Network that supplies buildings used for domestic purposes.
The compatible accessories must be used within the recommended operating conditions outlined
in the operation manuals. In addition to calibration and warm-up, other devices must be reset before
and after use to ensure accurate dose measurements. Sustained exposure to electromagnetic
fields (exceeding the test conditions) may cause false measurements. Failure to follow the
recommended use may cause false measurements.
The magnetic field environment from a MRI device located nearby is a risk of interference.
All of the above are required to achieve the Electromagnetic Compatibility for a typical installation
of the XR 6000. Further detailed data & requirements are described in the Use Recommendations
and Installation Recommendations sections.
Appendix A - Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
Page 411
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 412
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Section 2.0
Compatibility Tables
This equipment complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices.
The XR 6000 is suitable to be used in an electromagnetic environment, as per the limits &
recommendations described in the tables hereafter:
Emission Compliance level & limits (Table 1).
Immunity Compliance level & recommendations to maintain equipment clinical utility (see
Table 2 and Table 3).
Note: This system complies with above mentioned EMC standard when used with supplied cables.
If different cable lengths are required, contact a qualified service representative for advice.
2.1
Electromagnetic Emission
Guidance and manufacturers declaration Electromagnetic Emissions
The XR 6000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The
customer or the user of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Compliance
Electromagnetic Environment Guidance
RF emission,
CISPR 11
Group 1
The XR 6000 uses RF energy only for its internal

function. Therefore, its RF emissions are very low and
are not likely to cause any interference in nearby
electronic equipment.
RF
emissions, Class A
CISPR 11
The XR 6000 is suitable for use in non-domestic

environments, and not directly connected to the Public
Mains Network. The XR 6000 is predominantly intended
for use (e.g. in hospitals) with an appropriate power
supply (see operation manual) and the recommended
shielding for portable use.
Harmonic emissions, Not applicable

IEC 61000-3-2
Voltage fluctuations/ Not applicable
flicker
emissions,
IEC 61000-3-3
Table 1 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Emission
Page 412
Section 2.0 Compatibility Tables
Emissions Test
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 413
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
2.2
Electromagnetic Immunity
Guidance and Manufacturers declaration electromagnetic immunity.

The XR 6000 is intended for use in the electromagnetic environment specified below. The customer or the user
of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in such an environment.
Immunity Test
IEC 60601-1-2 Test Level Compliance Level
Electrostatic
6 kV contact.
discharge
(ESD), 8 kV air.
IEC 61000-4-2
Electrical
transient/burst,
EC 61000-4-4
6 kV contact.
8 kV air.
Electromagnetic
Guidance
Environment
Floors
should
be
wood,
concrete, or ceramic tile. If floors
are covered with synthetic
material, the relative humidity
should be at least 30%.
fast 2 kV for power supply 2 kV for power supply Mains power quality should be
lines.
lines.
that of a typical commercial or
1 kV for input/output 1 kV for input/output hospital environment
lines.
Surge,
IEC 61000-4-5
1 kV differential mode. 1 kV differential mode. Mains power quality should be

2 kV common mode.
2 kV common mode. that of a typical commercial or
hospital environment.
< 5% UT, (> 95% dip in UT) 0% UT for 5 sec.
for 0.5 cycle.
40% UT (60% dip in UT)
for 5 cycles.
70% UT (30% dip in UT) for
25 cycles.
< 5% UT, (> 95% dip in UT)
for 5 sec.
Power frequency (50/ 3 A/m

60 Hz) magnetic field,
IEC 61000-4-8
3 A/m
Mains power quality should be

that of a typical commercial or
hospital environment. If the user
of the XR 6000 requires
continued
operation
during
power mains interruptions, it is
recommended that the XR 6000
be
powered
from
an
uninterruptible power supply or a
battery.
Power frequency magnetic fields
should be at levels characteristic
of a typical location in a typical
commercial
or
hospital
environment.
Note: These are guidelines. Actual conditions may vary.
Table 2 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Immunity
Page 413
Voltage dips, short

interruptions
and
voltage variations on
power supply input
lines, IEC 61000-411
lines.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 414
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Guidance and Manufacturers declaration - electromagnetic immunity. The XR 6000 is suitable for use in the specified
electromagnetic environment. The customer or the user of the XR 6000 should assure that it is used in an
electromagnetic environment as described below.
Immunity Test
IEC
60601-1-2 Compliance
Test Level
Level
Conducted
IEC 61000-4-6
RF, 3 Vrms, 150 kHz to V1 = 3Vrms

80 MHz
Radiated
IEC 61000-4-3
RF 3 V/m, 80 MHz to E1 = 3V/m

2.5 GHz
Electromagnetic Environment Guidance

Portable and mobile RF communications equipment
should be used no closer to any part of the XR 6000,
including cables, than the recommended separation
distance calculated from the equation appropriate for the
frequency of the transmitter.
Recommended Separation Distance
d = 1.2
d = 1.2
d = 2.3
80 MHz to 800 MHz

800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
Field strengths from fixed RF transmitters, as

determined by an electromagnetic site surveya, should
be less than the compliance level in each frequency
rangeb.
Interference may occur in the vicinity of equipment
marked with the following symbol:
Field strengths from fixed transmitters, such as base stations for radio (cellular/cordless) telephones and land
mobile radios, amateur radio, AM and FM radio broadcast, and TV broadcast cannot be predicted theoretically with
accuracy. To assess the electromagnetic environment due to fixed RF transmitters, an electromagnetic site survey
should be considered. If the measured field strength in the location in which the XR 6000 is used exceeds the applicable
RF compliance level above, the XR 6000 should be observed to verify normal operation. If abnormal performance is
observed, additional measures may be necessary, such as re-orienting or relocating the XR 6000.
b
Over the frequency range 150 kHz to 80 MHz, field strengths should be less than [V1] V/m.
These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and reflection
from structures, objects, and people.
Table 3 XR 6000 Electromagnetic Immunity (Continued)
Page 414
Section 2.0 Compatibility Tables
where, P is the maximum output power rating of the

transmitter in watts (W) according to the transmitter
manufacturer and d is the recommended separation
distance in metres (m).
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 415
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Recommended separation distances between portable and mobile RF communications equipment and the XR 6000
The XR 6000 is intended for use in an electromagnetic environment in which radiated RF disturbances are controlled.
The customer or the user of the XR 6000 can help prevent electromagnetic interference by maintaining a minimum
distance between portable and mobile RF communications equipment (transmitters) and the XR 6000 as
recommended below, according to the maximum output power of the communications equipment.
Rated Maximum Output Power (P)
of Transmitter Watts (W)
Separation distance according to frequency of transmitter

150 kHz to 80 MHz
80 MHz to 800 MHz
800 MHz to 2.5 GHz
d = 1.2
d = 1.2
d = 2.3
Separation
meters
Distance
Separation
meters
Distance
Separation
meters
0.01 (10 mW)
0.12
0.12
0.23
0.1 (100 mW)
0.38
0.38
0.74
1.2
1.2
2.3
10
3.8
3.8
7.3
100
12
12
23
Distance
NOTE 1: At 80 MHz and 800 MHz, the separation distance for the higher frequency range applies.
NOTE 2: These guidelines may not apply in all situations. Electromagnetic propagation is affected by absorption and
reflection from structures, objects, and people.
Table 4 Recommended Separation Distances
Level
System
Name
XR-6000 system
Fix exposure
Subsystem
AEC
Subsystem
Positioner
movement
Subsystem System console
Subsystem
Power Distribution
Unit
Component Bucky
Essential Performance
Exposur; Exposure parameter
display and set; Positioner
movement.
Prob./Appl
.
Severity
of Failure of Failure
See below
See below
Test
Reqd
Test Methord
Pass/Fail Criteria
Yes
See subsystems below See subsystems below
No unintended exposure;
No Incorrect exposure the
exposure results is not meet
product registration
standard
Acquire expectant dose
MEDIUM
MEDIUM
Yes
Monitor exposure
parameter that
displaied on system
console.
Table electromagnetic lock (EMlock) function.
MEDIUM
LOW
Yes
Check EM-lock after

immunity test.
The EM-lock function work as

intended after immunity test.
Exposure parameter display

Exposure parameter set .
MEDIUM
LOW
Yes
Observance Exposure
parameter; Set
exposure parameter
after Immunity Test.
No exposure parameter
change during immunity test;
Exposure parameter set as
intended after immunity test.
LOW
LOW
Yes
Turn on and boot up.
System able to turn on and

boot up successfully after
immunity test.
MEDIUM
LOW
Yes
Monitor grid Oscillating No grid Oscillating aborted

during immunity test.
during immunity test.
Provide power to sub-systems.
Oscillating Grid
Page 415
For transmitters rated at a maximum output power not listed above, the separation distance can be estimated using
the equation in the corresponding column, where P is the maximum output power rating of the transmitter in
watts (W) according to the transmitter manufacturer. V1 and V2 are the COMPLIANCE LEVELS for the IEC 610004-6 test and E1 is the COMPLIANCE LEVEL for the IEC 61000-4-3 test. V1 and V2 are in V and E1 is in V/m.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 416
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Table 5 Product Essential Performance
Section 3.0
Use Recommendations
This product complies with IEC 60601-1-2:2001+A1:2004 EMC standard for medical devices and
with radio frequency emission requirements per CISPR11 Group1 Class A standard limits. The XR
6000 is predominantly intended for use in hospitals.
Do not use devices which intentionally transmit RF Signals (Cellular Phones, Transceivers, or
Radio Controlled Products) in the vicinity of this equipment as it may cause performance outside
the published specifications. Keep the power to these types of devices turned off when near this
equipment.
Adhering to the distance separation recommended in Table 4, between 150 kHz & 2.5 GHz, will
reduce disturbances recorded at the image level but may not eliminate all disturbances. However,
when installed and operated as specified herein, the system will maintain its essential performance
by continuing to safely acquire controlled radiological X-ray exposures in a mobile radiography
environment.
For example, a 1W mobile phone (800 MHz to 2.5 GHz carrier frequency) shall be put 2.3 meters
apart from the XR 6000 (in order to avoid image interference risks).
The use of accessories, transducers, and cables other than those specified may result in degraded
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY of the XR 6000.
Section 4.0
Installation Recommendations
This system complies with above mentioned EMC standard when used with supplied cables.
In order to minimize interference risks, the following requirements shall apply.
4.1
Cable Shielding & Grounding

All interconnect cables to peripheral devices must be shielded and properly grounded. Use of
cables not properly shielded and grounded may result in the equipment causing radio frequency
interference.
4.2
Subsystem & Accessories Power Supply Distribution

All components, accessories subsystems, systems which are electrically connected to the XR
6000, must have all AC power supplied by the same power distribution panel & line.
4.3
Stacked Components & Equipment

The XR 6000 should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipment; if adjacent or stacked
use is necessary, the XR 6000 should be tested and verified in order to ensure normal operation in
the configuration in which it will be used. Consult qualified personnel regarding device/system
configurations.
Page 416
Section 3.0 Use Recommendations
The medical staff in charge of this equipment is required to instruct technicians, patients, and other
people who may be around this equipment to comply fully with the above equipment requirements.
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 417
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
4.4
Low Frequency Magnetic Field

Not applicable.
4.5
Electrostatic Discharge Environment & Recommendations

In order to reduce electrostatic discharge interference, install a charge dissipative floor material to
avoid electrostatic charge buildup.
The relative humidity shall be at least 30 percent.
The dissipative material shall be connected to the system ground reference, if applicable.
Page 417
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 418
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 418
Section 4.0 Installation Recommendations
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 419
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Appendix B - Revision History

Revision
Date
Reason for change
June 20, 2007 First Release
Nov. 08, 2007 Add cabinet tray pull/push location, silicone compound to HV
cables, PDU troubleshootings, part replacement, Jedi schematics,
and PM form
Update table unpacking process, accuracy of x-ray field and light
field alignment, table top part number
Feb. 15, 2008 Remove "LING LONG"

Add door light and gate command pin direction
Add Collimator PM
April 25, 2008 Add technique factors measurement criteria.

Add CR AEC calibration process.
Add tube stand bearing replacement instruction
Add note to grid installation instruction.
Add instruction to table leveling adjustment.
Add system configuration instruction.
Aug 28,2008
Mar 09, 2011 Update tube voltage accuracy in chapter 4.

Update FRU list
Aug 18, 2011 Revise EMC standard version
Jun 15,2012
Add Bucky Handle Assembly to FRU list.
Jun 29, 2012
Add requirement to meet the 3rd edition IEC60601 standards.
10
Jun 25, 2014
Remove CE Mark.
11
Aug 25, 2014 Add CE Mark. update Figure 2-55
12
Oct 30, 2014
Add installation instruction for oscillate grid for the system

configured with advanced tube stand and advanced wall stand.
Add HHS test instruction.
Page 419
Add LOCTITE 242(or 243) requirements during the tube

installation; Add FRU parts Item 63, item 64
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 420
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
Page 420
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 421
1:28 PM
Xr
ay
PioneerSM_ENG.book
Page 422
1:28 PM
GE HEALTHCARE
422
NO.1, YONGCHANG NORTH ROAD

ECONOMIC & TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT ZONE
FAX: 86-10-67881850
TELE: 86-10-58068888
BEIJING, P. R. CHINA 100176

GE XR6000 X-Ray - Service Manual

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

GE XR6000 X-Ray - Service Manual

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

PioneerSM_ENG.

Thursday, October 30, 2014

Copyright 2007~2008 by General Electric Company, Inc. All

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

TENTO PROVOZN NVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICKM JAZYCE.

DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN P ENGELSK.

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET ENGELS

KESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES.

TM HUOLTO-OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI.

THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY.

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE NEST DISPONIBLE QUEN ANGLAIS.

DIESE SERVICEANLEITUNG EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE.

EZEN KARBANTARTSI KZIKNYV KIZRLAG ANGOL NYELVEN RHET

WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET, SO KANN ES ZU

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

ESSI JNUSTUHANDBK ER EINGNGU FANLEG ENSKU.

IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE

Thursday, October 30, 2014

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

APKALPES ROKASGRMATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANGU VALOD.

IS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA PRIEINAMAS TIK ANGL KALBA.

DENNE SERVICEHNDBOKEN FINNES BARE P ENGELSK.

BRDINJUMA NEIEVROANA VAR RADT ELEKTRISKS STRVAS

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

NINIEJSZY PODRCZNIK SERWISOWY DOSTPNY JEST JEDYNIE W JZYKU

ESTE MANUAL DE ASSISTNCIA TCNICA S SE ENCONTRA DISPONVEL

O NO CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR EM PERIGO A SEGURANA

ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI N LIMBA ENGLEZ.

NO TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

TENTO NVOD NA OBSLUHU JE K DISPOZCII LEN V ANGLITINE.

ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO SOLO EXISTE EN INGLES.

ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA ME VYSTI DO ZRANENIA

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

DEN HR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGNGLIG P ENGELSKA.

BU SERVS KILAVUZUNUN SADECE NGLZCES MEVCUTTUR.

BU UYARIYA UYULMAMASI, ELEKTRK, MEKANK VEYA DER

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

OMISSIONS & ERRORS

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL

Standardized conventions for representing information is a uniform way of communicating

Text Format of Signal Words

Thursday, October 30, 2014 1:28 PM

XR 6000 SERVICE MANUAL